Home

FS-9130DN FS-9530DN - KYOCERA Document Solutions

1. 2 4 2 E 8 3 2 a ul E ui a E Tw a re 2 9 e rz 7
2. EE I D oo AO Ord eoi Light path Paper path Figure 1 1 3 Machine cross section Paper feed section Main charging section Laser scanner unit Developing section Transfer and separation section Cleaning and charge erasing section Fuser section Eject and switchback section Duplex section 2GZ 261 This page is intentionally left blank 1 1 6 2GZ 2G1 2 1 2 1 Installation environment 1 Temperature 10 to 32 5 C 50 to 90 5 F Humidity 15 to 8096 RH 3 Power supply 120 V AC max 11 4 A 220 to 240 V AC max 6 1A 4 Power source frequency 50 Hz 0 3 60 Hz 0 396 5 Installation location Avoid direct sunlight or bright lighting Ensure that the photoconductor will not be exposed to direct sunlight or other strong light when removing paper jams Avoid extremes of temperature and humidity abrupt ambient temperature changes and hot or cold air directed onto the machine Avoid dust and vibration Choose a surface capable of supporting the weight of the machine Place th
3. Separate the wire 8 covered with the black tube and the signal wires as shown on the above drawing and install the retainer C using the screw 7 removed in step 6 and the two M4 x 06 TP screws D Refit the cover 6 using the screw 5 removed in step 5 S parer le c ble 8 recouvert par le tube noir et les c bles de signaux comme montr dans le dessin ci dessus et installer l l ment de retenue C l aide de la vis 7 retir e l tape 6 et les deux vis TP M4 x 06 D Remettre le couvercle 6 en place l aide de la vis 5 retir e auparavant l tape 5 Separe el cable 8 cubierto con el tubo negro y los c bles de sefial tal como aparece en el dibujo de arriba e instale el ret n C usando el tornillo 7 removido en el paso 6 y los dos tornillos TP M4 x 06 D Vuelva a colocar la tapa 6 usando el tornillo 5 quitado en el paso 5 Trennen Sie das mit dem schwarzen Mantel umh llte Kabel 8 und die Signalkabel wie in der obigen Zeichnung gezeigt und installieren Sie die Halterung C indem Sie die Schraube 7 benutzen die Sie in Schritt 6 entfernt haben sowie die zwei M4 x 06 TP Schrauben D Bringen Sie die Abdeckung 6 wieder mit der in Schritt 5 entfernten Schraube 5 an Separare il cavo 8 coperto con il tubo nero e i cavi del segnale come indicato nel disegno qui Sopra e installare il fermo C utilizzando la vite
4. Before adjusting the document finisher height 4 Remove the screw 1 from the left side of the assembly base X insert M4 x 10 hexagon head screw Z into the right side hole to tighten it temporarily Avant d ajuster la hauteur du retoucheur de document 4 Retirer la vis 1 du c t gauche de la base d ensemble X ins rer la vis t te hexagonale M4 x 10 Z dans l orifice de droite pour la resser rer temporairement Antes de ajustar la altura del finalizador de documentos 4 Quite el tornillo 1 del lado izquierdo de la base del conjunto X e inserte el tornillo de cabeza hexagonal M4 x 10 Z en el agujero del lado derecho para apretarlo temporalmente Vor dem Einstellen der H he des Dokument Finishers 4 Entfernen Sie die Schraube 1 von der linken Seite der Bauteile Basis X stecken Sie die M4 x 10 Sechskantschraube Z in das rechte Loch ein und ziehen Sie diese danach vor bergehend an Prima di regolare l altezza della finitrice di documenti 4 Togliere la vite 1 dal lato sinistro della base di assemblaggio X e inserire la vite con testa esagonale M4 x 10 Z nel foro sul lato destro per fissarla temporaneamente VERT SE BU 4 JEJE X DO A MIU T BRET 1 K M4 X 10 RARR Z A Ai OU FLAS INT EN EN 4 LIA DI ODFMWO ELA 1 1 REAL MA X 10 KF RIDE AU C citi D TB EX 2 11 Disassembling the base slider 5 Remove the two scre
5. E ERE RANT 4 A BO REO AS ERI LF MFP AMO AM Y AS Y FE OFFIC L YS 7 I EdkvcOmP5ofBE ELIT5LIC Note Remove the lift plate stopper 1 from each paper cassette and attach it to the storage location 2 Remarque Retirer la but e de plaque d l vation 1 de chaque tiroir et la fixer l emplacement de rangement 2 Nota Quite el tope de placa de elevaci n 1 de cada caj n de papel y fije en el lugar de almacenamiento 2 Hinweis Entfernen Sie den Hebeplattenanschlag 1 von jeder Papierlade und bringen Sie ihn an der Speicherposition 2 an Nota Rimuovere il fermo della piastra di sollevamento 1 da ciascun cassetto della carta e fissarlo nella posizione di immagazzinaggio 2 E Jk PE BERGERAC RE Br 2 LE zz ENTE Y ROU 7 MEA bY 1 ALAR THA 2 HM YHH Z Remove the lower paper cassette 3 from the MFP Retirer le tiroir inf rieur 3 du MFP Quite el caj n de papel inferior 3 del MFP Nehmen Sie die untere Papierlade 3 vom MFP ab Rimuovere il cassetto inferiore della carta 3 dall MFP UE MFP FHL P BEA 3 o MP ARO FRYE v F 3 ROHS
6. Regulador de tama o longitudinal s lo especificaciones de pulgadas 2 Tornillo de roscado de cabeza en cruz redonda M3 x 8 s lo especificaciones de pulgadas 2 Verbundschraube M4 x 16 2 PBapiertormatplatte 2 L ngsgr fsen Einsteller nur Zollspezifikationen 2 Kreuzschlitz Rundkopf Schneidschraube M3 x 8 nur Zollspezifikationen 2 Vite di serraggio M4 x 16 Piastra formato carta Regolatore della misura longitudinale solo per le specifiche in pollici 2 xq e Vite autofilettante circolare a croce M3 x 8 SO M MM UM della carta i gt solo per le specifiche in pollici 2 C Fermo m D Vite TP M4 x 06 22 E Sospensione esses 1 p AER Iesse 1 BK MERIAH WI 2 SLAM 2 WSA Yh ta REF AE A PORTER s 1 CEA FRET AIRE Ah 2 EE 2 57 24 3 ELLE M3 X 8 C XR III 1 NIT 2 D TP BR2Z M4 X 06 2 BASE BAWERA CET LI UA SAY F M4 X16 T SD an CAA CER CIDE L Zeck 2 A BSS HD SH ANE AN AE 1 PSN ET AT pem Pils shea he anaes 2 Br E ra ee 2 META AAR A VY FAERODH 2 C EE erate device Sue soupes 1 CA FRB X EEN D EA TP MAX 06 coccion 2 AYFIERDI Li 2 Procedure Be sure to turn the MFP main switch off and disconnect the MFP power plug from the wall outlet before starting to
7. Press the OK key Execute will be displayed and operation will start 5 To stop operation press the OK key or the CANCEL key 1 3 4 Checking switches for paper conveying Description Displays the on off status of each paper detection switch on the paper path Purpose To check if the switches for paper conveying operate correctly Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U031 gt Check Switches 0031 2 Press the cursor right key to display the submenu screen 3 Press the cursor up down keys to select the switch to check Submenu display Switches gt gt Check SW F1 Feed switch 1 FSW1 SW F2 Feed switch 2 FSW2 k SW F3 Feed switch 3 FSW3 SW MP MP feed switch MPFSW SW RE Registration switch RSW SW EJE Eject switch ESW k SW Feedshift switch FSSW SW E Duplex paper conveying switch DUPPCSW Turn on or off the switch manually to check the switch status 0 Off 1 On gt gt Check SW F1 031 1 SW F2 1 Maintenance item No 2GZ 2G1 1 Description U032 Checking clutch operation Description Turns each clutch on Purpose To check the operation of each clutch Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U032 gt Check Clutches 07032 2 Press the cursor right key to display the submenu screen 3 Press th
8. 2 Place the MFP 6 on top of the paper feeder A with the positioning pins 4 at the front left and right of the paper feeder A aligned with the holes 5 in the base of the MFP 2 Placer le MFP 6 sur le bureau papier A en alignant les broches de positionnement 4 situ es aux c t s avant gauche et droit du bureau papier A sur les orifices 5 la base du MFP 2 Coloque el MFP 6 sobre el alimentador de papel A con las clavijas de posicionamiento 4 de la parte frontal izquierda y derecha del alimentador de papel A alineadas con los huecos 5 de la base del MFP 2 Setzen Sie den MFP 6 auf den Papiereinzug A wobei die Positionsstifte 4 vorne links und rechts am Papiereinzug A mit den L chern 5 in der Basis des MFP ausgerichtet sein m ssen 2 Installare l MFP 6 sopra l unit di alimentazione della carta A mantenendo i perni di posizionamento 4 situati sul lato anteriore sinistro e destro dell unit di alimentazione della carta A stessa allineati con i fori 5 situati sulla base dell MFP 2 ERTES A HA RE ER eed A Y pere MFP THU THI HI AE 5 JE 8 FP EDL 6 HE DEA LEG A Lo 2 257 4 F A DEF DAH CY 4 MFPPAKON AOK 5 2323323 LI posce ope A l MFP RIR 6 or 3 Secure the MFP to the paper feeder A 4 Refit the lower paper cass
9. 1 B Riegelschlofsbausatz C Schienenhalterungseinheit E D F hrungsschieneneinheit 1 Parti fornite A Finitrice di documenti 1 B Dispositivo di arresto xd C Fermo della guida 251 D Guida della rotaia 1 c 2E ATK JE DUSSIER 1 tHE A BREAS EE 1 B Zo UN as ee er tp RE Es 1 C Lo 1 D Z2 Rto te I 1 ACI Qmm ACTI Onm E F Klemme Nicht f r Vollfarbenmaschinen verwendet Fixierplatte F Fixierplatte R S Tite Schraube M4 x 8 Gl ttungseinrichtung f r Monochrommaschinen AK 71C Vite di serraggio M4 x 6 Per l installazione della finitrice di documenti su Vite di serraggio M4 x 10 Morsetto Non utilizzato per le macchine a colori Piastra di fissaggio F Piastra di fissaggio R Vite S Tite M4 X 8 ecoute Eliminatore di pieghe per le macchine in bianco e nero AK 71C M4 x 6 M4 x GER ABELLA EH ED REALE siii 1 UI Mb c gt E FJ ti E FI REM TCR H HL JAK 71C EX MEX BENA tia EX M4 X 10 37 F DIFF FAITE EX MX 88 47 F FAU F E 7 aK EK EE fe EE einer Vollfarbenmaschine werden die mit dem Jobtrenner gelieferten obigen Teile H I und J b
10. LSU spacer Figure 1 5 31 1 5 13 2GZ 261 1 5 4 Drum section 1 Detaching and refitting the drum unit Follow the procedure below to replace the drum unit Cautions Avoid direct sunlight or strong light when detaching and refitting the drum unit Never touch the drum surface when holding the drum unit Procedure 1 Remove the developing unit see page 1 5 17 2 Remove the main charger unit see page 1 5 15 3 Remove the screw and the drum unit 4 Replace the drum unit and install the unit Drum unit Figure 1 5 32 1 5 14 2 Detaching and refitting the main charger unit Follow the procedure below to replace the main charger unit Procedure 1 2 3 4 No Remove the developing unit see page 1 5 17 Release the inserted part and remove the connector cover Remove the connector While pushing the hole with a sharp pointed object remove the main charger unit Release the inserted part and remove the cleaning motor unit from the main charger unit Replace the main charger unit Refit the cleaning motor unit to the main charger unit Install the main charger unit 262 261 Connector Figure 1 5 33 Main charger unit Figure 1 5 34 Main charger unit Inserted part Cleaning motor unit Figure 1 5 35 1 5 15 2GZ 261 2 3 Detaching and refitting the drum separation claws Follow the procedure below to replace th
11. O D D Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high voltage components when removing them always hold the plug itself ss N Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped If necessary protect it with a cable cover or other appropriate item ss N D Treat the ends of the wire carefully when installing a new charger wire to avoid electric leaks o e Remove toner completely from electronic components nennen A Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped or damaged O After maintenance always check that all the parts screws connectors and wires that were removed have been refitted correctly Special attention should be paid to any forgotten connector trapped wire and missing screws nacen nnnnn nn nn nn ern nn rr nnn nennen rennen Check that all the caution labels that should be present on the machine according to the instruction handbook are clean and not peeling Replace with new ones if necessary Q Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructions below o Use only a small amount of solvent at a time being careful not to spill Wipe spills off completely Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the covers or turning the power Switch on Always wash hands afterwards
12. TP screw M4 x 10 Plaque de format de papier Suppoltt nent Vis TP M4 x 10 UE TP Schraube M4 x 10 E Ee Mite TP MAX 10 5 anie ADARSH VANE RM OI KEE K REYS AT Lech ALEA H RHR TIHE EX M4 X 10TP AAR TIHE Procedure Be sure to turn the MFP main switch off and disconnect the MFP power plug from the wall outlet before starting to install the paper feeder Proc dure Veiller bien mettre l interrupteur principal du MFP hors tension et a d brancher la fiche d alimentation du MFP de la prise murale avant de commencer l installation du bureau papier Procedimiento Aseg rese de apagar el interruptor principal del MFP y de desconectar el enchufe del MFP del recept culo de pared antes de empezar a instalar el alimentador de papel Vorgang Schalten Sie unbedingt den Hauptschalter des MFP aus und ziehen Sie den Netzstecker des MFP von der Netzsteckdose ab bevor Sie mit der Installation des Papiereinzugs beginnen Procedura Prima di dare inizio alla procedura di installazione dell unit di alimentazione della carta non mancare di spegnere l MFP usando l interruttore principale di alimentazione e di disinserire la spina del cavo di alimentazione dalla presa a muro della rete elettrica RER AAR LEB IY WERA MFP EL EE HAUT SR FFA tH BASA D REST AE o
13. Carry out steps 1 to 3 when installing the mailbox to a monochrome machine 1 Open the front cover of the finisher remove the screw 3 and remove the lower front cover 4 Effectuer les tapes 1 3 lorsqu on installe la boite lettres sur une machine monochrome 1 Ouvrir le couvercle avant du retoucheur retirer la vis 3 puis retirer le couvercle inf rieur avant 4 Realice los pasos 1 a 3 cuando instale el buz n de correo en una m quina monocrom tica 1 Abra la cubierta delantera del finalizador quite el tornillo 3 y remueva la cubierta delantera inferior 4 F hren Sie die Schritte 1 bis 3 aus wenn Sie die Mailbox an einer Monochrommaschine anbringen 1 Offnen Sie die Frontabdeckung des Finishers entfernen Sie die Schraube 3 und nehmen Sie die untere Frontabdeckung 4 ab Eseguire il procedimento dei passi da 1 a 3 quando si installa la casella postale su una macchina in bianco e nero 1 Aprire il coperchio anteriore del finitore rimuovere la vite 3 e poi il coperchio anteriore inferiore 4 ERAM ERRAR 3 1 FIFRA Se TIARN RA EX FAT TEA FIB 3 14 9 B IZERU 1414 138 1 71 gt I x OD SABIO EA 31 AIL AT FAS 4 BHO FE 2 Engage the hook portion 5 of the plate foot F 1 in the notch 6 in the finisher frame and secure the plate foot using the Taptite S binding screw M4 x 10 J 2 Engager la partie du crochet 5 du
14. EF 3000 ska RS SEA EE IRE TR 16 4 AJ Re A F RIETI PENTA B G df MFP MZ FI 17 H M4 X 10 Ji 22 XE e KT D MERE AR B G 1 amp M4 X 10 WREX S 3257 I FIR B G RU TEBIL 3000 HA 3 24 4209388 amp A A AA 23 FORMY HT 16 MFP AFRO FAL AAPA PAE ELAR REA AA 4 A B F LAT 17 AA74 B CAM X 10437447 F S 124A CH E 3 Do EAM x 102 744 ESO lk N AAT1 FBG OFORI mi to 10 18 Open the right cover of the document finisher A 19 Insert base slider A F under the document finisher A and hook the tabs 5 20 Fix base slider A F with four M4 x 10 tap Tight S screws I 21 Close the right cover of the document finisher A 22 Move to step 1 on page 19 18 Ouvrir le capot de droite du retoucheur de document A 19 Ins rer la r gle de base A F sous le retoucheur de document A et accrocher les onglets 5 20 Fixer la r gle de base A F l aide de quatre vis S taraud es M4 x 10 1 21 Refermer le capot de droite du retoucheur de document A 22 Passer l tape 1 de la page 19 18 Abra la cubierta derecha del finalizador de documentos A 19 Inserte el deslizador A F debajo del finalizador de documentos A y enganche las leng etas 5 20 Fije el deslizador A F con cuatro tornillos de ajuste M4 x 10 I 21 Cierre la cubierta derecha del finalizador de documentos A 22 Vaya al paso 1 de la p
15. Defective PWB Replace the internal tray PWB or finisher main PWB and check for correct operation 1 4 25 2GZ 2G1 2 Contents Internal tray communication error optional 3000 sheet document fin isher Communication with the internal tray is not possible although the connection is detected Remarks Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check procedures corrective measures Check the connection of connector YC6 on the finisher main PWB and the connector YC1 on the internal tray PWB and the conti nuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective PWB Replace the internal tray PWB or finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Main tray problem optional 3000 sheet document finisher The main tray is not detected by the main tray top limit detection sensor or the main tray capacity detection sensor within 20 s since the tray has started ascending The main tray upper limit detection sen Sor to the main tray load detection sen Sor is not detected to be turned off in 20 s after the main tray has descended The main tray low limit detection sensor is not detected to be turned on in 20 s after the main tray has descended During main tray ascent the main tray upper limit detection sensor or the main tray load detection sensor stays on for more than 2 s Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC6 on the
16. KERER RE JAM 4 x 10 ERRET ETE PAR SCR B RT HMHO E Hi as ZPH UV S 7 y FEU B EEA M X 10 34 YE E 2 A CHEM AS 0 HX Y HITS 7 Align the rail retainer C with the groove of the guide rail D and attach the rail retainer C to the guide rail D Make sure that the plate spring 4 of the rail retainer C fits into the groove and the edge of the guide rail D fits between the pulleys on the reverse side of the rail retainer C 7 Aligner l l ment de r tention du rail C sur le sillon de la glissi re D et le fixer l l ment de r tention du rail C la glissi re D Veiller ce que le ressort de plaque 4 de l l ment de r tention du rail C s adapte au sillon et que l extr mit de la glissi re D puisse passer entre les poulies sur le c t oppos de l l ment de r tention du rail C 7 Alinee el ret n del carril C con la acanaladura del carril gu a D y anexe el ret n del carril C al carril gu a D Aseg rese de que el resorte de la placa 4 del ret n del carril C encaje en la acanaladura y que el borde del carril gu a D encaje entre las poleas del lado inverso del ret n del carril C I Richten Sie die Schienenhalterungseinheit C mit der Rille der F hrungsschieneneinheit D aus und bringen Sie die Schienenhalterungseinheit C an die F hrungsschieneneinheit D an Stellen Sie Sicher da die Tellerfeder
17. Ve ea IHR 03 hors BE DIS MPP E L I 44 RE o 4 BBN Y V x 4 13 RICHES SE TEI L 22 23 5 MFP Ah D ROE E TS For 120 and 220 240 V specifications only 12 Fit the two stays F to the left of the paper feed desk one toward the front and the other the rear using the two M4 x 10 TP screws G such that they make contact with the floor Pour sp cifications 120 et 220 240 V uniquement 12 Installer les deux supports F sur la gauche du bureau d alimentation de papier l un vers l avant et l autre vers l arri re l aide des deux vis TP M4 x 10 G de fa on ce qu elles soient en contact avec le sol Para especificaciones de 120 V y 220 240 V solamente 12 Coloque las dos bases F en el lado izquierdo de la unidad de alimentaci n de papel una hacia el frente y la otra hacia la parte de atr s usando los dos tornillos TP M4 x 10 G de modo que hagan contacto con el piso Nur F r 120 und 220 240 V Spezifikationen 12 Bringen Sie die zwei St tzen F links am Papiereinzugstisch eine in Richtung Vorderseite und eine in Richtung R ckseite an Benutzen Sie dazu die zwei M4 x 10 TP Schrauben G so da diese mit dem Boden in Ber hrung kommen Specifiche solo per 120 V e 220 240 V 12 Inserire le due sospensioni F alla sinistra dell unit di alimentazione della carta una verso la parte anteriore e l altra verso la parte post
18. F M4 x 8 Passstift Verbundschrauben 1 Gelieferte Teile A Lochereinheit 1 B Locherplatine van C Netzkabel a1 D Lochungsabfallbeh lter 1 A ettet teorie ee tree 1 F Viti con testa a croce S M4 x 8 1 Parti fornite F M4 x 8 tap Tight S screw G M4 x 10 tap Tight S screw E AA nte mettere Be sure to remove any fixing tapes or cushion ing material attached to the supplied parts G Vis S taraud e M4 x 10 H Etiquettes ounces 1 Veiller retirer toute bande de fixation ou mat riau d emballage entourant les pi ces fournies G Tornillo de ajuste M4 x 10 RG e WE Aseg rese de quitar cualquier cinta de fijaci n o material de amortiguaci n colocado en las partes suministradas G M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschrauben 2 H Aufkleber cetur nitet 1 Sicherstellen dass s mtliche Klebeb nder und D mpfungsmaterialien von den geliefer ten Teilen entfernt werden G Viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 2 H Etichetta tnit 1 A Unit di perforazione 1 B Scheda a circuiti stampati di perforazione 1 Assicurarsi di rimuovere qualsiasi nastro ade C Cavo di alimentazione 1 sivo o imbottitura fissati alle parti fornite D Scarto perforazione Da E Guid
19. U051 Loop gt Adjust Motor U053 Speed gt Setting folio size See page 1 3 5 Checking the printer cover switch See page 1 3 6 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper See page 1 3 6 Setting the adjustment L of the motor speed See page 1 3 7 gt Adjust High gt U101 Voltage Setting the other high _ voltages See page 1 3 8 gt Clean Charger U102 Cycle gt Adjust Toner gt U112 Refresh gt Setting AC Mode U114 Mode gt Ignore Toner U136 Empty gt Set Toner Mode U144 Setting the cleaning interval for the main charger See page 1 3 9 Setting toner refresh t operation See page 1 3 9 Setting separation L charger mode See page 1 3 10 Switching empty toner status detection See page 1 3 10 Setting toner loading L operation See page 1 3 11 gt Adjust Fixing gt U161 Heater Setting the fuser con trol temperature See page 1 3 11 gt Turn Fixing gt U196 Heater ON gt Display TEMP gt U199 1 3 2 Turning the fuser heater on See page 1 3 12 Checking the fuser temperature See page 1 3 12 gt Set Bulk Feeder U208 Size 4 gt Punch Dest U234 Het HH gt Adjust Finish gt U237 Limit AS tt 4 Setting the paper size __ for the paper feeder See page 1 3 13 Setting punch destina tion See page 1 3 13 Setting fini
20. 1 3 19 2GZ 2G1 1 Maintenance item No Description U392 Outputs of the history of events of the service calls and paper jam Description Outputs the history of events conditions of the service calls and paper jam Purpose To check the event conditions of the service calls and paper jam Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U392 gt Print Menu U392 2 Press the cursor right key to display the submenu screen 3 Press the OK key will be displayed gt gt Print 392 1 4 Press the OK key History output starts If it will not start press the CANCEL key 1 3 20 Initializing data for FRPO Description Initializes each preset value of FRPO or NVRAM Purpose TTo reset each preset value of FRPO to the initial values or setting NVRAM for the factory default Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U393 gt Initialize U393 Press the cursor right key to display the submenu screen Press the cursor up down keys to select the item Submenu display Description gt gt FRPO INIT Initializes value of FRPO gt gt NVRAM Reset Resets the setting NVRAM for the factory default Press the OK key will be displayed gt FRPO INIT 393 3 Press the OK key Each setting will be initialized To keep the setting press the CANCEL key 2GZ 2G1 1 Maintenance
21. Check the connection of connector on the engine PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective develop ing unit Replace the developing unit Contents Punch motor problem optional 3000 sheet document finisher The LOCK signal of the punch motor is detected for more than 500 ms while the punch motor is operating 2G2 2G1 Remarks Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check procedures corrective measures Check the connection of connector on the punch PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective punch motor Replace the punch motor Defective PWB Replace the punch PWB or finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Tray upper limit detection problem optional document finisher When the tray elevation motor raises a tray the ON status of the tray upper limit sensor is detected The tray upper limit sensor push paper sensor surface view sensor con nector makes poor contact Reinsert the connector Also check for conti nuity within the connector cable If none remedy or replace the cable Defective tray upper limit sensor push paper sensor surface view sen Sor Replace the sensor Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Paper conveying belt motor 1 prob lem optional 3000 sh
22. Feed switch 2 FSW2 does not turn on within specified time of feed switch 3 FSW3 turning on 1474 ms 19 Misfeed in paper feeder vertical paper convey ing section Feed switch 3 FSW3 does not turn on within specified time of the paper feeder feed switch PFFSW turning on 1217 ms 20 Misfeed in MP tray ver tical paper conveying section The registration switch RSW does not turn on within specified time of the MP feed switch MPFSW turning on 21 Multiple sheets in paper feed section The feed switch 1 FSW1 does not turn off within speci fied time of its turning on 3357 ms length The feed switch 2 FSW2 does not turn off within speci fied time of its turning on 3357 ms length The feed switch 3 FSW3 does not turn off within speci fied time of its turning on paper feed from optional paper feeder 2617 ms The feed switch 3 FSW3 does not turn off within speci fied time of its turning on paper feed from optional 3000 sheet paper feeder 1234ms The paper feeder feed switch PFFSW does not turn off within specified time of its turning on 2617 ms The MP feed switch MPFSW does not turn off within specified time of its turning on 3357 ms length The feed switch 1 FSW1 does not turn off within speci fied time of the upper paper feed clutch PFCL U turning on 1152 ms The feed switch 2 FSW2 does not turn off within speci f
23. Reference value Distance from centerfold position 2 within 3 mm Si la distance entre la ligne centrale 1 sur la feuille de papier c et la position de la page centrale d pliable 2 de l exemple de copie se trouve hors de la gamme de r f rence suivre les tapes ci dessous pour ajuster la distance Valeur de r f rence Distance la position de la page centrale d pliable 2 3 mm Si la distancia de la l nea central 1 del papel c a la posici n de ple gado 2 de la muestra de copia est fuera del margen de referencia siga los pasos de abajo para ajustar la distancia Valor de referencia gt Distancia desde la posici n de plegado 2 3 mm Wenn der Abstand von der Mittellinie 1 am Papier c zur Mittenfaltpo sition 2 auf der Musterkopie auRerhalb des Bezugswertes liegt fol gen Sie den nachfolgenden Schritten um den Abstand einzustellen lt Bezugswert gt Abstand von der Mittenfaltposition 2 innerhalb von 3 mm Se la distanza tra la linea centrale 1 del foglio c e la posizione della piegatura centrale 2 nella copia campione al di fuori dell intervallo di riferimento eseguire la seguente procedura per regolarla Valore di riferimento Distanza dalla posizione della piegatura centrale 2 entro 3 mm Em F HUIS B AS BE 18 lt FRAME gt EAEE 2 HORE RS 3mm Py AK c oue 1 E LC I 71 0 PH Y prit 2 0310 LEADER KO FIR
24. ZUR FL CERA 12 HT 4L 70 HL B JE BUB V REA gt o 13 H M4 X 8 122 REA S ERST E CDR B PBR IMG 217 i cH HET PL NY FRBRORY Hit 12 FER B DEMO AR F i b71 2y Y BOI S OBITS 13 ER MX 8B vZZA4MS IAdA CAT x B AMET 14 Open the wire saddle 12 and put the 2P connector 13 on the motor through the wire saddle to fix the punch PCB B 15 Connect the power cord C to the punch PCB B Figure a 6P connector 14 of power coed C and 6P connector 15 of sensor Figure b 2P connector 13 of power cord C and 2P connector 16 of motor Figure c 9P connector 17 of power cord C and 9P connector 18 of document finisher power cord 14 Ouvrir la selle de c ble 12 et faire passer le connecteur 2P 13 dans le moteur par la selle de c ble pour fixer la carte de perforation B 15 Connecter le cordon d alimentation C et la carte de perforation B Figure a connecteur 6P 14 du cordon d alimentation C et connecteur 6P 15 du capteur Figure b connecteur 2P 13 du cordon d alimentation C et connecteur 2P 16 du moteur Figure c connecteur 9P 17 du cordon d alimentation C et connecteur 9P 18 du cordon d alimentation du finisseur de document 14 Abra la placa de cable 12 y ponga el conector de 2 contactos 13 en el motor a trav s de la placa de cable para fijar el PCB de perfo
25. 14 Fixer les saillies droite et gauche 5 du bac B C sur le retoucheur de document A depuis le haut 14 Coloque los resaltos derecho e izquierdo 5 de la bandeja B C sobre el finalizador de documentos A desde su parte superior 14 Setzen Sie die rechten und linken Vor spr nge 5 des Fachs B C von oben auf den Dokument Finisher A 14 Inserire dall alto della finitrice di documenti A le parti sporgenti destra e sinistra 5 del vassoio B C nella finitrice stessa 14 FER B C 4975 B A0 Ze 46 52 H B S MIT fil E ZEAE VY A Lo 14 PLA BCC DEA OE 5 amp Fx ZY R742 y YY A SEDSIEMDIAL 15 Follow each procedure below depending on monochrome or full color machine When using a monochrome machine Pro ceed to step 1 on page 7 When using a full color machine Proceed to step 1 on page 11 15 Suivre chaque proc dure ci dessous en fonction de la machine monochrome ou de la machine enti rement en couleurs Lors de l utilisation de la machine mono chrome passer l tape 1 de la page 7 Lors de l utilisation de la machine enti re ment en couleurs passer l tape 1 de la page 11 15 Siga cada procedimiento de abajo depen diendo de si la m quina es de blanco y negro o de a todo color Cuando utilice una m quina de blanco y negro Vaya al paso 1 de la p gina 7 Cuando utilice una m quina a todo color Vaya al paso 1 de la p gina 11 15 Folgen Sie j
26. Also the toner container sensor TCS checks whether or not toner remains in the toner container 1 Developing unit housing 2 Developing roller 3 Toner sensor TNS 4 Magnetic toner blade 5 Right developing spiral 6 Left developing spiral Figure 2 1 11 Developing section Developing roller Right developing spiral Developing paddle b Flow of the toner Figure 2 1 12 Flow of the toner 2 1 8 TNFSOL TNFSOL TNS SIG BVSEL1 BVSEL2 HVTPWB Figure 2 1 13 Developing section block diagram 2GZ2 261 2GZ 261 1 Single component developing system This machine uses the single component developing system and reversal processing is performed with a charged drum a Si and a charged magnetic toner With the single component developing system toner is electrically charged by friction with the developing sleeve and charged when it passes through the magnetic toner blade The toner that has passed through the magnetic toner blade forms a uniform layer on the developing sleeve When the toner layer comes to the location where the developing sleeve is the nearest to the drum toner moves between the drum and the developing sleeve by an electric field of the magnetic pole Then when the developing sleeve rotates and passes through the nearest location to the drum on the portion of t
27. DF 710 AK 710 22346 FIH 5 2 GLA AK 710 BAR i d DA F ERA E JJI E MV AT ZE BE AA A ER HEAT 383 WE s S WR MA X 14TP 1 EF 500 sk x 2 MERSE Hel F 1 AE i S b 124 MA X 14TPo E FA 3000 sk HERS R RIF 1 AMABA S 1 WAZ M4 X 10 ES E FA 3000 sk EARS AT 2538 ls KA 15 DI ABR 16 TRU PEA 16 Hj 14 8850 8 S CD 38822 MA X 10 Sale TE WK B G JHH 1 RSC TH S b 124 MA X 14TP E BR A EH BW Jed EE S S 1 8925 M4 X 10 FRA RE S b 3 M4 X 14TP FRE SAR B G V 89 TFL 4H h O i dO DF 710 AK de BRIE PIE 2 A 0 AK 710 TR dih amp EK FO 4 5 GER LET UE AO E 3E XE 2127 38m b CAM XIATP Z vZ2Z4bS 1 500 x 2 A D 4 58 008 amp CA MAX MTP Fy FFT h S b KIRRI ET 3000 kA 3 24 4 0988 EXAM XIOZ y Z24 S O ABLAR ES 3000 3 3 24 24 038 E 15 lt FIE 16 KOKI ICZESEU E EAM x 104 224 FSO ERE UM4X14TP AY 7341 F S b I A 3331 B G NV D FONTE 16 A AA74 F BG FEA x 10 4 y 74 A RSIDIAT AAA BO BEAM x MTP y 744 F S b ACEHNENAE TS 2006 4 303JY56790 INSTALLATION GUIDE FOR CENTER FOLDING UNIT Supplied parts A Center Folding unit 1 B Folding tray 1 C Rear cover ve D Front cover d SE 2 Pi ces fournies A TEE 1 B Bac de pliage C Capot arri re D Capot avant i E
28. NOTICE OF REVISION AVIS DE REVISION AVISO DE REVISION REVISIONSHINWEIS AVVISO DI REVISIONE FEES LEAN The illustration on procedure 12 is revised as follows L illustration de la proc dure 12 a t r vis e comme suit La figura en el procedimiento 12 se revisa tal como se indica Die Abbildung zu Vorgang 12 wird wie folgt revidiert L illustrazione riportata nella sezione Procedura 12 stata riveduta come segue 4512 Dip FUESE 12 ATARI EUELE DT TELET error correct erreur correct error correcto falsch richtig errata corretta iz IE iR E w The illustration on procedure 16 is revised as follows L illustration de la proc dure 16 a t r vis e comme suit La figura en el procedimiento 16 se revisa tal como se indica Die Abbildung zu Vorgang 16 wird wie folgt revidiert L illustrazione riportata nella sezione Procedura 16 stata riveduta come segue HR Dip FILE FIR16 CFAMICREMHVELEOT TELET error correct erreur correct error e correcto falsch richtig errata corretta 2006 3 303JY56780 KR English Addition of supplied parts The following part is added to the supplied parts for AK 710 on page 2 of Installation Guide for DF 710 AK 710 In accordance with this addition the procedure is changed as shown right Addition b TP Taptite S screw M4x 14 1 When the paper fe
29. T e U sono necessarie solo nel caso di installazione del DF 730 P Piastra di fissaggio F 1 Q Piastra di fissaggio R _ 1 R Coperchio AT S Viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 AX ESL 2D ANS RE ZR E MEA eg AS ERA Je TE P Q R ll 9 ABE S FHA 8 N RAZA DF 730 HY 55 ERAR IRE ff S T I U AS AAA eae eee 1 A dun 1 B adj AT teet tet ea e 1 S M4 X 10 JL ZZ X E AY S RAT in 9 A VEN 27 IA A eR iE 538 Vater AETA Q R S 8 KIU RS DF 730 RE TIHADA S D 0 BUEtzs P H ARF 1 Q HEN E E 1 A gh E 1 S CAM XIOZ v ZAZA KS 9 2 T Shoulder screw 1 U Guide plate eeren 1 When installing the document finisher to a full color machine parts V W X Y and Z are additionally needed V Base slider B W Base slider V X Assembly base 1 T Vis d paule U Plaque guide Lors de l installation du retoucheur de docu ment sur une machine enti rement en cou leurs les pi ces V W X Y et Z sont requises en plus V R gle de base B 1 W R gle de base V X Base d ensemble T Tornillo de hombro U Placa gu a ciii eie
30. it em 11234 10000 9999 9998 9997 9996 9995 9994 PN Wi OT o A OO l 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 300 J05 c o ow C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C C4 C4 C4 C4 c N o J21 J22 J23 J30 J35 J40 J41 J42 Lo J43 J44 J46 J47 J50 J51 J52 J53 J60 J6l J80 J81 J82 J83 J84 J85 J86 387 388 389 ABCDEFG SN 9 Figure 1 3 8 Event log 1 3 29 2GZ 2G1 2 Service items Description Detail of event log EVENT LOG information Items Description Engine PWB mask version Engine mask version Engine software version Operation panel PWB mask ver sion BROM version Software jumper switch informa tion hexadecimal First byte Second byte First byte bit O 1 Fixed bit 1 0 Overseas 1 Domestic Japan bit 2 3 Not used bit 4 0 KC 1 OEM bit 5 0 For Europe 1 For US bit 6 0 Non MICR mode 1 MICR mode bit 7 Not used Second byte Displayed in OEM mode only Main PWB firmware mask ver sion Main PWB firmware release date Total page counter Drum serial number Machine serial number 1 3 30 Paper Jam Log Count Event Remembers 1 to 16 of occurrence If the occur rence of the previous paper jam is less than 16 all of the paper jams are logged When the occurrence excessed 16 the oldest occur rence is remo
31. Comme le faisceau de cables 11 risque de toucher le moteur veiller a faire passer le faisceau de cables 11 par le collier 12 9 Installer l l ment de retenue C l aide de la vis 9 retir e l tape 6 et les deux M4 x 08 bornes de raccordement Taptite S D 8 Inserte el soporte 11 a trav s del sujetador 12 del ret n C Nota Como el soporte 11 puede tocar el motor aseg rese de pasar el soporte 11 a trav s del sujetador 12 9 Coloque el ret n C utilizando el tornillo 9 removido en el paso 6 y los dos tornillos de sujeci n Taptite S M4 x 08 D 8 F hren Sie den Kabelbaum 11 durch die Klemme 12 auf der Halterung C Hinweis Da der Kabelbaum 11 den Motor ber hren kann f hren Sie den Kabelbaum 11 unbedingt durch die Klemme 12 9 Bringen Sie die Halterung C an indem Sie die Schraube 9 benutzen die Sie in Schritt 6 entfernt haben sowie die zwei M4 x 08 Taptite S Befestigungsschrauben D 8 Far passare i cavi 11 attraverso il morsetto 12 sul fermo C Nota Poich i cavi 11 potrebbero toccare il motore a di farli passare attraverso il morsetto 12 9 Inserire il fermo C utilizzando la vite 9 rimossa al passo 6 e le due viti di serraggio Taptite S M4 x 08 D 8 1 4 HL 2k 11 MA ZE C ERIE 12 rm ETT HA 2k ATI o A DR 11 FAR 12 gt Hee iem m 1 HE Ka
32. Cools the machine interior and supports paper transfer for duplex printing 12 Cooling fan motor 7 CFM7 Cools the machine interior and supports paper transfer for duplex printing 13 Cooling fan motor 8 CFM8 14 Cooling fan motor 9 CFM9 Cools the machine interior around the paper conveying Cools the machine interior around the paper conveying 15 Cooling fan motor 10 CFM10 Cools the machine interior around the paper conveying 16 Polygon motor PM Drives the polygon mirror 17 Main charger cleaning motor MCCM Drives the main charger auto cleaning 2 2 4 2GZ 2G1 2 4 Other electrical components oouoosom Machine front UZ Machine inside Machine rear Figure 2 2 4 Other electrical components Upper paper feed clutch 1 PFCL U Primary paper feed from the cassette 1 Lower paper feed clutch 2 PFCL L Primary paper feed from the cassette 2 Feed clutch 1 FCL1 Controls the drive of feed roller Feed clutch 2 FCL2 Controls the drive of feed roller Feed clutch 3 FCL3 Controls the drive of feed roller MP paper feed clutch MPPFCL Primary paper feed from the MP tray MP feed clutch MPFCL Controls the drive of MP feed roller Registration clutch RCL Secondary paper feed Feedshift solenoid FSSOL Operates the feedshift
33. D Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire Toner may cause sparks when exposed directly to fireinsa furnace etc eR a ee ei Eege ee ee N Should smoke be seen coming from the copier remove the power plug from the wall outlet imme e el 3 Miscellaneous WARNING Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solvents such as alcohol other than the specified refiner it may generate toxic gas N This page is intentionally left blank 2GZ 2G1 2 CONTENTS 1 1 Specifications 171 1 Specifications E 1 1 1 O E ini an E air E E E A PRA A E Me 1 1 3 1 Body cs 1 1 3 2 Operation PU NEE eege On deste 1 1 4 1 1 3 Machine cross Section oii ctione oie 1 1 5 1 2 Installation 1 2 1 Installation Odre nensi ed dn tendunt a d 1 2 1 1 2 2 Unpacking and installation a deo dedere eue cda een epe dete lana 1 2 2 1 Installation ele 1 2 2 1 2 3 Installing the network interface card option ss 1 2 9 1 2 4 Installing the hard disk unit option 1 2 10 1 2 5 Installing the CompactFlash card option 1 2 11 1 2 6 Installing the USB memory option emen nnne ener rennes 1 2 11 1 2 7 Installing the expansion memory option nennen 1 2 12 1 3 Maintenance Mode 123 1 Maintenance mode de ee di nee oae A Ta aE ia 1 3 1 BREET 1 3 1 2 Executing a maintenance item como nic dass 1 3 1 3 Contents of maintenance mode Hemes 1 3 3 E Service ul 1 3 24 1 Executing service H
34. Filter cover Figure 1 5 54 1 5 25 26Z 261 2 2 Detaching and refitting the dust filter 1 and 2 Follow the procedure below to replace the dust filter 1 and 2 Procedure 1 Open the MP tray 2 Remove the dust filter 1 and 2 from the machine 3 Replace the dust filter 1 and 2 and install the filters 1 5 26 insi perm Dust filter 1 Dust filter 2 Figure 1 5 55 2GZ2 261 1 6 1 Downloading firmware The system firmware can be update by downloading new firmware Downloading can be made either by directly sending the new firmware from PC via the parallel interface or using a memory card that contains the new firmware Firmware file name example Software ID Compression ck S2GZ 1000001021 cmp Product code period 2GZ This machine Build number Pause under bar Update history Classification Normally 0 Supplement Normally 00 Firmware category 10 Engine controller 30 Main controller Figure 1 6 1 1 6 1 2GZ 2G1 2 1 Downloading the firmware from the parallel interface To download the system firmware using the parallel interface use the procedure below Procedure 1 Turn printer and PC power off 2 Connect the parallel printer cable between ZL the PC and the printer Zo d ga Dee lt A JE Z GE a printer cable Parallel lt a i interface To PC connector Figure
35. Firmware version 132 00 Released 20 Apr 2006 Service Information XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXX XXXXXXXX 01 00 Printed Page s t P00 S00 U00 F00 N00 D50 DM0301 DAN 0002001001210052 0020 0020 1061 0811 0 0 of of Of Of 0 Of Of 0 of o AAAAAAA AAAAAAR AAAAAAA AAAAAAA AAAAAAA 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 RS2 FF 0003 0003 81 31 50 0 03030303 03030303 03030303 03000000 00000000 03030303 03030303 SPD1 0203040508090A0B0C0D0F101112131415161718191A1B1C1D1E1F202122235E 00000000 00000000 00000000000000000000000000000000 00000000000000000000000000000000 0000 00 00 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 DN SPL9200007 SN SPL9200010 Figure 1 3 7 Service status page 1 3 25 2GZ 261 Service items Description Service information Service information XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXX XXXXXXXX 01 00 Printed Page s t P00 S00 U00 F00 N00 D50 DM0301 DAN 0002001001210052 00 E 0020 0020 1061 0811 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o o o 2 AAAAAAA AAAAAAA AAAAAAA 18 AAAAAAA AAAAAAA AAAAAAA AAAAAAA AAAAAAA AAAAAAA AAAAAAA AAAAAAA 3 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
36. KYOCERA FS 9130DN FS 9530DN SERVICE MAN UAL Published in April 2007 2GZSM063 Rev 3 CAUTION RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUCTIONS It may be illegal to dispose of this battery into the municipal waste stream Check with your local solid waste officials for details in Your area for proper disposal ATTENTION IL Y AUN RISQUE D EXPLOSION SI LA BATTERIE EST REMPLACEE PAR UN MODELE DE TYPE INCORRECT METTRE AU REBUT LES BATTERIES UTILISEES SELON LES INSTRUC TIONS DONNEES Il peut tre ill gal de jeter les batteries dans des eaux d gout municipales V rifiez avec les fonc tionnaires municipaux de votre r gion pour les d tails concernant des d chets solides et une mise au rebut appropri e Revision history Revision June 16 2006 Replaced pages Contents 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 1 3 3 1 3 5 1 3 10 1 3 20 1 3 21 1 3 22 1 5 21 1 5 24 1 5 25 1 6 5 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 4 2 3 8 2 3 12 2 4 1 2 4 2 Remarks February 6 2007 Contents 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 5 1 2 8 to 1 2 12 1 3 1 1 3 3 1 3 6 to 1 3 8 1 3 10 1 3 13 to 1 3 16 1 3 18 1 3 19 1 3 27 to 1 3 34 1 4 2 1 4 7 1 4 9 to 1 4 17 1 4 23 1 4 24 1 4 26 1 4 30 to 1 4 37 1 4 40 1 5 4 to 1 5 8 1 5 12 1 5 16 to 1 5 26 1 6 2 2 1 1 2 1 4 2 1 8 2 1 11 2 1 13 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 5 2 3 1 2 3 2 2 3 8 2 3 11 2 4 1 2 4 2 April 12
37. MOT RYF CFR IIA D ZATA Pa 10 NY FC PRY 7A D ALOJA RT INA L MICA PETT H ZH 0 FFT S 11 FEA Zt y ORS 7 PA Udo Installing the punch PCB 12 Engage the pawl on the upper side of the punch PCB B with the groove atthe back of the document finisher 13 Secure the punch PCB B with M4 x 8 tap Tight S screw F Installation de la carte de perforation 12 Engager le cliquet de la partie sup rieure de la carte de perforation B dans la rainure l arri re du finisseur de document 13 Fixer la carte de perforation B l aide d une vis S taraud e M4 x 8 F Instalaci n del PCB de perforaci n 12 Acople el trinquete del lado superior del PCB de perforaci n B con las ranuras de la parte posterior del finalizador de documen tos 13 Asegure el PCB de perforaci n B con el tornillo de ajuste M4 x 8 F Anbringen der Locherplatine 12 Lassen Sie die Sperrklinke auf der oberen Seite der Locherplatine B in die Nut auf der R ckseite des Dokument Finishers eingrei fen 13 Befestigen Sie die Locherplatine B mit der M4 x 8 Passstift Verbundschraube F Installare la scheda a circuiti stampati di perforazione 12 Agganciare il dentello che si trova nella parte superiore della scheda a circuiti stampati di perforazione B nel foro sulla parte poste riore della finitrice 13 Fissare la scheda a circuiti stampati di perfo razione B con una viti con testa a croce S M4 x 8 F
38. OO gt gt YC14 B11 YC14 B14 YC14 A11 m U Figure 2 1 22 Eject and switchback sections block diagram 2 1 14 2GZ2 261 2 1 9 Duplex section The duplex section consists of the components shown in figure In duplex mode after printing on to the reverse face of the paper the paper is reversed in the switchback section and conveyed to the duplex section The paper is then conveyed to the paper feed section by the upper and lower duplex feed rollers 1 Upper duplex feed roller 2 Lower duplex feed roller 3 Duplex feed pulley 4 Duplex feed pulley 5 Duplex paper conveying switch DUPPCSW Figure 2 1 23 Duplex section EPWB DUPPCSW Ki YC10 B4 DUPFCL L YC10 B2 Figure 2 1 24 Duplex section block diagram 2 1 15 2GZ 261 1 Paper conveying operation in duplex copying Paper of which printing onto the reverse side is complete is conveyed to the switchback section the eject motor switches from normal rotation to reverse rotation to switch the eject roller to reverse rotation and the paper conveying direction is reversed Paper that has been switched
39. Paper conveying section 30 Misfeed in registration transfer section The registration switch RSW does not turn off within specified time of the feed switch 1 FSW1 turning off 1170 ms The registration switch RSW does not turn off within specified time of the feed switch 1 FSW1 turning on 1278 ms Fuser section 40 Misfeed in fuser section MP tray 41 Misfeed in fuser section cassette 1 42 Misfeed in fuser section cassette 2 43 Misfeed in fuser section optional cassette 3 44 Misfeed in fuser section optional cassette 4 46 Misfeed in fuser section optional 3000 sheet paper feeder 47 Misfeed in fuser section duplex section The eject switch ESW does not turn on within specified time of the registration clutch RCL turning on 2243 ms The feedshift switch FSSW does not turn on within specified time of the registration clutch RCL turning on 2243 ms Eject section 1 4 4 50 Misfeed in eject section The eject switch ESW does not turn off within specified time of the registration switch RSW turning off The eject switch ESW does not turn off within specified time of the registration clutch RCL turning on Section Feedshift section Description 52 Misfeed in feedshift section Conditions The feedshift switch FSSW does not turn on within specified time of the start of eject motor EM reverse rotation 2GZ2
40. Paper feed pulley shaft Paper feed pulley Figure 1 5 4 Separation pulley shaft Stop ring Separation pulley Figure 1 5 5 Machine front Machine rear Forwarding pulley Figure 1 5 6 1 5 3 2GZ 2G1 2 2 Detaching and refitting the MP separation MP paper feed and MP forwarding pulleys Follow the procedure below to replace the MP separation MP paper feed and MP forwarding pulleys Procedure Removing the MP unit 1 Remove four screws and remove the right lower cover 2 Remove two screws and two MP holder plates 3 Remove two pins two screws and two con nectors and then remove the MP unit Removing the MP separation pulley 4 Reverse the MP unit and remove the spring and stop ring from the MP separation pulley shaft and move the bushing inside E tl VIL Pin plate Figure 1 5 8 Bushing Stop ring MP separation pulley shaft Figure 1 5 9 5 Raise the MP separation shaft as shown in the figure remove the holder plate and the bushing and then remove the MP separa tion pulley Take care not to remove the spring pin of the gear at the rear of the MP separation pulley shaft If it is removed refit it to its original position Removing the MP paper feed pulley 6 Remove the connector of the MP paper switch and remove the wire from the three clamps 7 Remove the screw and remove the MP unit cover 8 Remove the stop ring and bushing on the front of the MP paper fee
41. amp E A MA X 107 v7 AA F S D4ART N AATS41 Z VW x CA MA X 1073744 F SO 4 R T41 CIES Do 16 Removing the cover 19 Open the front cover of the document fin isher A 20 Remove two screws 5 to remove the lower front cover 6 21 Close the front cover of the document fin isher A Enl vement du capot 19 Ouvrir le capot avant du retoucheur de docu ment A 20 Retirer les deux vis 5 pour retirer le capot inf rieur avant 6 21 Refermer le capot avant du retoucheur de document A Extracci n de la cubierta 19 Abra la cubierta delantera del finalizador de documentos A 20 Quite los dos tornillos 5 para quitar la cubierta delantera inferior 6 21 Cierre la cubierta delantera del finalizador de documentos A Entfernen der Abdeckung 19 ffnen Sie die vordere Abdeckung am Doku ment Finisher A 20 Entfernen Sie die beiden Schrauben 5 um die untere vordere Abdeckung 6 zu entfer nen 21 SchlieRen Sie die vordere Abdeckung des Dokument Finishers A Rimozione del pannello 19 Aprire il pannello anteriore della finitrice di documenti A 20 Togliere due viti 5 per rimuovere il pannello anteriore inferiore 6 21 Chiudere il pannello anteriore della finitrice di documenti A FF FEAR 19 31 2E 8 A MOT ae o 20 88 F 2 BRE 5 MEJE P nU F zs ei 21 2 amp BREVE A D HU mi BM o A4 0HRU HL 19 Fu AL 17 1 3y7x A ORS de BH lt 20 EX
42. cavo di alimentazione C a 9 piedini 17 e connettore elettrico a 9 piedini della finitrice 18 14 J JF E SERA 02 JPR BILEH 2P dik 13 STRIKE HE ALC LEAR B o 14 LU 2k C Xe BEI ALE D BR AR B a HZ C HI OP HS 14 FARRER OP Hik 15 b EUR C If 2P dik 13 ALBAL 2P HiAk 16 c HER C HY OP ik 17 ART 28 HU OP HA 18 15 AL X IE IE 14 V4 FF Fn 12 2 BH E 202P 13 404 Y 7V 12 i LC XE I 15 EAR C L T EAR B eTA Ed a ERR C D 6P 24 4 14 ke vov 0o6P AKT 3 15 E b ER C O P 2 Z 7 13 EE 0 2P X Z 7 16 X c ER C DOP X 7 17 LE Fazy p713y7xD ERRO 9P ARTZ 2 18 ES N SS U gt Figure d 6P connector 19 of power cord C and YC3 connector 20 of punch PCB B Figure d 4P connector 21 of power cord C and YC1 connector 22 of punch PCB B Figure d 9P connector 23 of power cord C and YC2 connector 24 of punch PCB B Figure e 9P connector 25 of power cord C and 9P connector 26 of document finisher power cord Figure d connecteur 6P 19 du cordon d alimentation C et connecteur YC3 20 de la carte de perforation B Figure d connecteur 4P 21 du cordon d alimentation C et connecteur Y
43. la prise murale et mettre l interrupteur principal du MFP sous tension Ex cuter l l ment d entretien 208 et r gler la taille du papier pour le bureau papier B5 A4 Letter Conecte el enchufe del MFP en el recept culo de pared y encienda el interruptor principal del MFP Haga el tem de mantenimiento 208 y configure el tama o de papel para el alimentador de papel B5 A4 Letter Stecken Sie den Netzstecker des MFP in die Wandsteckdose und schalten Sie den MFP am Hauptschalter ein F hren Sie Wartungspunkt 208 aus und stellen Sie die Papiergr Re f r den Papiereinzug B5 A4 Letter ein Collegare la spina del cavo di alimentazione dell MFP alla presa a muro della rete elettrica e accendere l interruttore principale di alimentazione Eseguire l opzione di manutenzione 208 ed impostare la dimensione della carta della relativa unit di alimentazione B5 A4 Letter 3 4 MFP 7 HUS S dd Ud E P gt dT mg ESI B5 A4 Letter o MFP KRO BIRT 7 Zav EY NICE LIA Aa Let YFZ NCTA EE ee NEE seet Ae 4 FETE Y K ZH EKDHI 71A B5 A4 Letter X XX I Do Checking the center line 1 Connect the MFP power plug to the wall outlet and turn the MFP main switch on V rification de la ligne m diane 1 Ins rer la fiche d alimentation du MFP dans la prise murale et met
44. 1 5 1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly i 1 5 1 1 GU le 1 5 1 2 Drm 23222 2223528 rao oi di ea A di en Bd Nin hut la Aule eo Allo auido 3 4 TA LE 1 5 1 3 Toner EE 1 5 1 2GZ 2G1 2 1 5 2 Paper feed Section EE 1 5 2 1 Detaching and refitting the forwarding paper feed and separation pulleys AA 1 5 2 2 Detaching and refitting the MP separation MP paper feed and MP forwarding pulleys 1 5 4 3 Detaching and refitting the left and right registration cleaner 1 5 9 1 5 3 EA O iaia ii eli iii 1 5 11 1 Detaching and refitting the laser scanner unit cnn nn nnnn nn rra 1 5 11 2 Adjusting the skew of the laser scanner unit reference i 1 5 13 W545 Dr m sectlonis EE 1 5 14 1 Detaching and refitting the drum unit sis 1 5 14 2 Detaching and refitting the main charger unit su 1 5 15 3 Detaching and refitting the drum separation claws i 1 5 16 1 5 5 Developing Section sz c c ederse T P Ege e ptr eee po Marine ee es 1 5 17 1 Detaching and refitting the developing unit ss 1 5 17 1 5 6 Transfer Section BEE 1 5 18 1 Detaching and refitting the transfer roller unit 1 5 18 1 5 7 A ER 1 5 19 1 Detaching and refitting the fuser unit ss 1 5 19 2 Detaching and refitting the heat roller separation daws i 1 5 20 3 Detaching and refitting the press roller 1 5 21 4 Detaching and refitting the fuser hea
45. 1 5 23 2GZ 261 2 6 Detaching and refitting the fuser unit thermistor 1 and 2 Follow the procedure below to replace the fuser unit thermistor 1 and 2 Procedure 1 Remove the fuser unit see page 1 5 19 2 Remove the upper fuser cover see page 1 5 20 3 Release the stopper of the fuser unit ther mistor 1 4 Remove the connector and remove the fuser unit thermistor 1 5 Replace the fuser unit thermistor 1 and install the thermistor to fuser unit Connector Fuser unit thermistor 1 Figure 1 5 51 6 Remove the press roller and fuser heater see page 1 5 21 and 22 7 Remove the heat roller see page 1 5 23 8 Remove the screw and the connector and then remove the fuser unit thermistor 2 9 Replace the fuser unit thermistor 2 and install the thermistor to fuser unit 10 Refit the heat roller fuser heater press roller 7 and upper fuser cover Us CS 11 Refit the fuser unit S Ss thermistor 2 Figure 1 5 52 Connector 1 5 24 2GZ 2G1 2 1 5 8 Others 1 Detaching and refitting the ozone filter 1 and 2 Follow the procedure below to replace the ozone filter 1 and 2 Procedure 1 Remove the ozone filter 1 from the machine left side Ozone filter 1 Figure 1 5 53 2 Remove the screw and remove the filter j upper cover Ozone filter 2 Filter upper cover 3 Open the filter cover and remove the ozone filter 2 4 Replace the ozone filter 1 and 2 and install the filters
46. 1000 ms The centerfold paper detection sensor CPDS is not turned off within specified time 3504 ms The centerfold paper detection sensor CPDS is not turned on within specified time 3504 ms The centerfold paper detection sensor CPDS is not turned off within specified time of its turning on 2313 ms 90 Jam in mailbox 3000 sheet document finisher only The mail paper entry switch MPESW is not turned on within specified time 1017 ms The mail paper entry switch MPESW is not turned off within specified time of its turning on 2313 ms The tray eject sensor TEJS does not turn on within specified time of mail paper entry switch MPESW turn ing on Tray 1 to 4 2026 ms Tray 5 to 7 1148 ms The tray eject sensor TEJS is not turned off within spec ified time of its turning on 2313 ms 91 Finisher cover open 3000 sheet document finisher The front cover top cover or right sub tray is opened when starting the finisher operation The centerfold unit top cover is opened when starting the centerfold operation The mailbox cover is opened when starting the operation Document finisher The finisher cover becomes open during paper is run ning Paper is remaining in paths at power on 92 Exit sensor non arrival jam document finisher only In the straight mode the exit sensor EXS is not turned on even if a specified time has elapsed after t
47. 15 Fusing is poor Print example Causes Check procedures corrective measures Wrong types of paper Check if the paper meets specifications Replace paper Defective pressure springs Replace the pressure springs Flawed press roller Replace the press roller see page 1 5 21 Flawed fuser heater Replace the fuser heater see page 1 5 22 16 Image is out of focus Print example Causes Check procedures corrective measures Drum condensation Perform the drum refresh operation 17 Image is not square Print example Causes Check procedures corrective measures Laser scanner unit positioned incor Adjust the installation position of the laser scanner unit see rectly page 1 5 13 1 4 37 2GZ 261 1 4 4 Electric problems Troubleshooting to each failure must be in the order of the numbered symptoms 1 The machine does not operate when the main power switch is turned on The power cord is not plugged in properly Check procedures corrective measures Check the contact between the power plug and the outlet No electricity at the power outlet Measure the input voltage Broken power cord Check for continuity If none replace the cord Defective main power Switch Check for continuity across the contacts If none replace the main power switch Defective power source PWB
48. 15 nicht mit dem Bezugswert bereinstimmt ist die folgende Einstellung durchzuf hren Bezugswert Abweichung nach links oder rechts maximal 1 5 mm Se il centro della carta 14 e quello del modello di prova 15 non rientrano nei limiti del valore di riferimento eseguire la seguente regolazione Valore di riferimento Deviazione a sinistra O a destra fino a 1 5 mm GIRE Di t rper 14 IMRE DATE 15 ARE LSP INS MARA F al FF US MEH H o Cs ED AA 1 5mm AF ok 14 EFA FX UDE VI 15 BEI ORNE RO HIE 35 DUROS lt SRE T ZE 3 31 1 5mm AF Adjusting the center line 1 Open the drawer 16 of the paper feeder and loosen the three screws 18 securing the adjuster 17 A and B test pattern output examples 2 If the test pattern output example looks like A turn the adjusting screw 19 clockwise move the adjuster 17 in the direction of the black arrow and retighten the three screws 18 3 If the test pattern output example looks like B turn the adjusting screw 19 counterclockwise move the adjuster 17 in the direction of the white arrow gt and retighten the three screws 18 R glage de la ligne m diane 1 Ouvrir le tiroir 16 du bureau papier et desserrer les trois vis 18 qui fixent le dispositif de r glage 17 A e
49. 2 Uberpr fen Sie den Abstand von der Vorderkante des Papiers zu den Stanzl chern a Wenn der Abstand auRerhalb des Bezugswertes liegt ist die Einstellung gem den nachfolgenden Schritte durchzuf hren lt Bezugswert gt Metrischer Abstand a 9 5 2 mm Abstand in Zoll a 5 5 2 mm Verificare la distanza distanza dal bordo anteriore ai fori di perforazione 1 In modalit di perforazione eseguire una copia di prova con la carta alimentata dal vassoio MP 2 Controllare la distanza tra i fori di perforazione e il bordo anteriore del foglio a Se la distanza non compresa tra gli intervalli di riferimento eseguire i passaggi successivi per regolarne la posizione Valori di riferimento Distanza a Specificazione in unit metrica 9 5 2 mm Distanza a Specificazione in pollici 5 5 2 mm fe Bg 322 SJ T FLEA 1 ZEST TUBES B M MP FERRE AAT EN 2 18 amp 45K HU ANTI a UE PS lt n REB PER HH e E VG E Jm NY HEES DECH lt PREE gt ABSUSIIBE a 9 5 2mm Bei ENAR HT RR S a 5 5 2mm LANVFRO sr 1 SUFE BFE LMM CT A RAB 2 AVF ROA RRA DOME a CERTA ALE OT Tuo IER ROBE RO FICHE TT lt EM gt ESTER a DFA 9 5 2mm AYVFHR a OF IV 5 5 2mm m 10 Adjusting distance from leading edge to the punch holes 1 Enter the maintenance mode U246 select FINISHER 3000 and PUNCH POS ADJ mode 2 Ad
50. 4 Press the OK key _ will blink gt gt RES FEEDER 051 1 D I 5 Press the cursor right left keys to move to the digit position at which the value is to be changed and press the cursor up down keys to change the preset value The greater the value the larger the amount of slack the smaller the value the smaller the amount of slack 6 Press the OK key The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key 2GZ 2G1 2 Maintenance item No Description U053 Setting the adjustment of the motor speed Description Performs fine adjustment of the speeds of the motors Purpose To adjust the speed of the respective motors when the magnification is not correct Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U053 gt Adjust Motor U053 Speed Press the cursor left key to display the submenu screen Press the cursor up down keys to select an item for which the preset value is to be changed Submenu display Description Setting Initial range setting gt gt Main Motor Drive motor speed adjustment 40 to 40 0 gt gt Eject Motor Eject motor speed adjustment 7 to 15 0 gt gt Polygon Motor Polygon motor speed adjustment 20 to 20 0 Press the OK key _ will blink gt gt Main Motor 053 1 Press the cursor right left keys to move _ to the digit position at which the value is to be changed and press
51. 4 der Schienenhalterungseinheit C in die Rille pa t und die Kante der F hrungsschieneneinheit D zwischen den Seilz gen auf der R ckseite der Schienenhalterungseinheit C sitzt 7 Allineare il fermo della guida C con la scanalatura della guida della rotaia D e fissare il fermo della guida C alla guida della rotaia D Assicurarsi che la molla della piastra 4 del fermo della guida C sia collocata nella scanalatura e che il bordo della guida della rotaia D sia inserito tra le pulegge sul lato opposto del fermo della guida C 7 HGB EE O 15 E GB D SITE EE A ULIS BORE Pr SEED 4 HATE HH S mint D AY dfi A F PL EE O FAY RETR ZM 7 v n itik C 71 ELA D OE Iro C Hb E FRE 4 DED FIAI v VIS SEHR c EMO u kanne HA UA D OPM IAZ L ITZ 8 Orient the guide rail D such that its pulley 5 is positioned toward the MFP 8 Orienter la glissi re D de mani re que sa poulie 5 soit orient e vers le MFP 8 Oriente el carril guia D de modo que su polea 5 se encuentre ubicada hacia el MER 8 Richten Sie die F hrungsschiene D so aus da die Riemenscheibe 5 zum MFP ausgerichtet ist 8 Orientare la guida della rotaia D in modo da posizionare la puleggia 5 in direzione dell MFP 840511916 D RRA 9 SH I MFP EIL po 8 774 FLA D O 0H 5 Z MFP AS ict 9 M4 x 10 Fil 2 RT EUR JE C Fil x
52. 5 2 ASL A F 23 6 amp H P KR 21 FEAS RIL Sy Vx A DH UD 22 Remove four screws 7 to remove the back cover 8 from the document finisher A 22 Retirer quatre vis 7 pour retirer le capot arri re 8 du retoucheur de document A 22 Quite los cuatro tornillos 7 para quitar la cubierta trasera 8 del finalizador de docu mentos A 22 Entfernen Sie die vier Schrauben 7 um die hintere Abdeckung 8 vom Dokument Fini sher A abzunehmen 22 Togliere quattro viti 7 per rimuovere il pan nello posteriore 8 dalla finitrice di docu menti A 22 ETRE A ER F 4 UB 7 ELTE tv MEM 8 22 UA MAARTAL F az y RIA Ry V A DRH 8 Z HX Y AT Installing the assembly base Be sure to perform step 23 by two service personnel 23 Align the projection 9 on the assembly base X with the hole of the document finisher A and place the document finisher A on the assembly base X Lift up the document finisher A by two service personnel simultaneously by one to hold 10 and the other to hold 11 and 12 Be sure to perform this step by two service personnel not by one personnel 24 Fix the document finisher A to the assembly base X using four M4 x 10 tap Tight S screws Y Installation de la base d ensemble Veiller faire effectuer l tape 23 par deux employ s de service 23 Aligner la saillie 9 de la base d ensemble X sur l orifice du retouch
53. 7 rimossa al passo 6 e le due viti TP M4 x 06 D Inserire il pannello posteriore 6 usando le viti 5 rimosse al punto 5 DER 6 PIERA 1 NIR 22 7 RIMIS dm RER RAI H 2k 8 i EL RAP HL 2 18 gt RL M4 X 06 D AUT AR C RIERA ES VERI 1 rez 5 Ma 6 BACA RUF a7 TA ONIE 8 LEREMO E SIMS FI 6 CARUIT EA MIRE EX TP M4 X 06 D 2 A CHAAR C amp HX 9 1 3o PIRS CRVI UTE CA 5 1 ATI 6 Src HX Y 415 3D 10 Turn the four adjusters 10 until they reach the floor and adjust them to level the machine 10 Tourner les quatre pieds r glables 10 jusqu ce qu ils atteignent le sol et les r gler au niveau de la machine 10 Gire los cuatro ajustadores 10 hasta que lleguen al piso y aj stelos hasta que nivelen la m quina 10 Drehen Sie die vier Einstellf f e 10 bis sie den Boden erreichen und stellen Sie sie so ein da die Maschine nivelliert ist 10 Ruotare i quattro piedini regolabili 10 sino a quando vengono a contatto con il pavimento quindi regolarne l altezza in modo da livellare la macchina 10 ese 4 NIE 77 S EEUU 10 Ze EE RE DIGITI MFP EWUH SEE Ei o E 10 4 BROT V Y AZ 10 KI BH TELAH MEP AVR D R D E AA tH D For 120 V and 220 240 V specifications only 11 Fit the stay E to the lower left of the lar
54. 8 i MFP ELA EE BEAR 4 TEE SR 1 HX F IT MFP EPL PARLA 3 5 IRR 1 Mie T PR PRTI E HI S b zt TAR E RelA OKA ALE o H 8 6 eGR MFP EAU ARR 1 ER 9 3 Ey B 2 AC MFP AKER AN 7 4 Y 4 PE 1 THY AL 7 MFP AO FRED E v 5 EX DIEA LAAN 7 4 FR A CHETA 3 ILIR do DI 23 8 Z Hx IT 6 MFP AMERO EX 9 1 RI Insert the 12 P connector 10 of the paper feeder into the connector on the MFP Ins rer le connecteur douze broches 10 du bureau papier dans le connecteur du MER Inserte el conector de 12 clavijas 10 del alimentador de papel en el conector del MER Stecken Sie den 12poligen Steckverbinder 10 des Papiereinzugs in die Buchse am MER Inserire il connettore a 12 piedini 10 dell unit di alimentazione della carta nel connettore situato sull MFP REI FA 12 BABES 10 BET MFP PERE QA 4 O 12P AKT 4 10 amp MFP AKO ARYA CERT D 8 aim 8 Route the harness 11 through the clamp 12 on the retainer C Note Since the harness 11 may touch the motor be sure to pass the harness 11 through the clamp 12 9 Fit the retainer C using the screw 9 removed in step 6 and the two M4 x 08 Taptite S binding screws D 8 Faire passer le faisceau de cables 11 par le collier 12 de l l ment de retenue C Remarque
55. B using an S Tite screw M4 x 8 J for each Fixer la plaque de fixation avant H et la plaque de fixation arri re I sur le pontet du loquet B l aide d une vis S Tite M4 x 8 J pour chaque plaque Coloque la placa de fijaci n F H y la placa de fijaci n T I en el cerrojo B utilizando un tornillo S Tite M4 x 8 J para cada una Die Fixierplatte F H und die Fixierplatte R 1 mit je einer S Tite Schraube M4 x 8 J an der RiegelschloBbausatz B anbringen Montare la piastra di fissaggio F H e la piastra di fissaggio R 1 al dispositivo di arresto B utilizzando una vite S Tite M4 x 8 J per ciascuno EEE FINIRE FT MA x 8800161 x E Gm F H 410 E RO Y FED IC AER FM LEA D EX M x88 Z4 F I 1 AT 4 Fit the latch catch that has been assembled in step 3 to the left cover 3 using the two S Tite screws M4 x 8 J Proceed to step 7 4 Fixer le pontet du loquet qui avait t mont auparavant l tape 3 sur le couvercle gauche 3 l aide des deux vis S Tite M4 x 8 J Passer l tape 7 4 Coloque el cerrojo armado en el paso 3 en la cubierta izquierda 3 usando los dos tornillos S Tite M4 x 8 J Vaya al paso 7 4 Die in Schritt 3 zusammenmontierte RiegelschloRbausatz mit den zwei S Tite Schrauben M4 x 8 J an der linken Abdeckung 3 anbringen Zu Schritt 7 bergehen 4 A
56. BH lt 2 EX 6 4 EAE BEBE 2 2 18 2 Hx Y o A 3 Removing the slider fixing pin 3 Remove the fixing tape from the slider of the inner tray and remove the slider fixing pin A 3 4 Open the right cover of the document fin isher A 5 Remove the screw 4 to remove the slider fixing pin B 5 Enl vement de la broche de fixation de la r gle 4 Ouvrir le capot de droite du retoucheur de 3 Retirer la bande de fixation de la r gle du 5 Retirer la vis 4 pour retirer la broche de document A fixation de la r gle B 5 plateau interne et retirer la broche de fixation A 3 Extracci n del pasador de fijaci n del 4 Abra la cubierta derecha del finalizador de 5 Quite el tornillo 4 para quitar el pasador de deslizador documentos A fijaci n del deslizador B 5 3 Quite la cinta de fijaci n del deslizador de la bandeja interior y quite el pasador de fijaci n del deslizador A 3 Entfernen des Schieber Fixierstifts 4 ffnen Sie die rechte Abdeckung des Doku 5 L sen Sie die Schraube 4 um den Fixier 3 Entfernen Sie das Klebeband vom Schieber ment Finishers A stift B 5 vom Schieber zu entfernen des Innenfachs und bauen Sie danach den Schieber Fixierstift A 3 aus Rimozione del perno di fissaggio dello scivolo 4 Aprire il pannello destro della finitrice di 5 Togliere la vite 4 per rimuov
57. Check if the paper convey ing roller and paper convey ing pulley contact each other Check and remedy Check if the paper convey ing guide is deformed Check and remedy Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for correct operation 1 4 17 2GZ 261 1 4 2 Self diagnosis 1 Self diagnostic function This unit is equipped with a self diagnostic function When a problem is detected printing is disabled and the problem dis played a number indicating the nature of the problem A message is also displayed requesting the user to call for service After removing the problem the self diagnostic function can be reset by turning safety switches off and back on 2 Self diagnostic codes Contents Backup memory device problem Engine PWB Reading from or writing to EEPROM cannot be performed Remarks Defective engine PWB Check procedures corrective measures Replace the engine PWB and check for cor rect operation Device damage of EEPROM Contact the Service Administrative Division Backup memory data problem Engine PWB Reading data from EEPROM is abnor mal Read and write data does not match five times continuously Defective engine PWB Replace the engine PWB and check for cor rect operation Device damage of EEPROM Contact the Service Administrative Division Upper lift motor error When cassette 1 is inserted
58. HVTPWB Figure 2 1 16 Transfer and separation sections block diagram 2 1 11 2GZ 261 2 1 6 Cleaning and charge erasing sections The cleaning section consists of the cleaning blade that removes residual toner from the drum surface after the transfer process and the cleaning spiral that carries the residual toner back to the waste toner box The cleaning lamp CL consists of LEDs and removes residual charge on the drum before main charging Also the toner quantity in the waste toner box is sensed with the overflow sensor OFS Cleaning spiral Cleaning roller Cleaning lamp CL i da Drum Figure 2 1 17 Cleaning and charge erasing sections CL YC9 B7 OFS Figure 2 1 18 Cleaning and charge erasing sections block diagram 2 1 12 2GZ 2G1 2 2 1 7 Fuser section The fuser section consists of the parts shown in figure When paper reaches the fuser section after the transfer process it passes between the press roller and heat roller which is heated by fuser heaters M or S FH M or FH S Pressure is applied by the fuser unit pressure springs so that the toner on the paper is melted fused and fixed onto the paper The heat roller is heated by fuser heaters M or S FH M or FH S inside it its surface temperature is detected by the fuser unit thermistor 1 and 2 FTH 1 2 and is regulated by the fuser heaters turning on and off If the fuser
59. I et fixer la r gle de base V W l aide de quatre vis S taraud es M4 x 10 Y respectivement 17 Inserte el deslizador A F que fue desmon tado en el paso 5 y el deslizador de base V W debajo de la base del conjunto X y enganche las leng etas 4 18 Fije el deslizador A F con cuatro tornillos de ajuste M4 x 10 1 y el deslizador de base V W con cuatro tornillos de ajuste M4 x 10 Y respectivamente 17 F hren Sie den im Schritt zerlegten Basis Schieber A F und den Basis Schieber V W unter die Bauteile Basis X und rasten Sie die Laschen 4 danach ein 18 Befestigen den Basis Schieber A F mit den vier M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschrauben I und befestigen Sie danach den Basis Schie ber V W mit den vier M4 x 10 Passstift Ver bundschrauben Y 17 Inserire lo scivolo di base A F smontato al punto 5 e lo scivolo di base V W sotto la base di assemblaggio X e agganciare le linguette 4 18 Fissare rispettivamente lo scivolo di base A F con quattro viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 1 e lo scivolo di base V W con quattro viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 Y 17 4 76 25 5 P R F EERE A E AUG SEXE H V W dfi BIZARRE X F FFE ERU 4 18 3318 4 W M4 X 10 WEA S EAT T HERRERIA E FH 4 Hi MA X 10 1 24 EA S MET Y MER AE V W 17 HZ X D FICHIER 5 GAY L 7 NAATA RAP ENRAIAR VW RIAA VA 4 5 ENT 5 18 X AAT7 4 FAP
60. Japan Phone 06 6764 3555 http www kyoceramita com Printed in Holland KYOCERA MITA AMERICA INC Headquarters 225 Sand Road Fairfield New Jersey 07004 0008 TEL 973 808 8444 FAX 973 882 6000 New York Branch 1410 Broadway 23rd floor New York NY 10018 TEL 917 286 5400 FAX 917 286 5402 Northeastern Region 225 Sand Road Fairfield New Jersey 07004 0008 TEL 973 808 8444 FAX 973 882 4401 Midwestern Region 201 Hansen Court Suite 119 Wood Dale Illinois 60191 TEL 630 238 9982 FAX 630 238 9487 Western Region 14101 Alton Parkway Irvine California 92618 7006 TEL 949 457 9000 FAX 949 457 9119 KYOCERA MITA CANADA LTD 6120 Kestrel Road Mississauga Ontario L5T 1S8 Canada TEL 905 670 4425 FAX 905 670 8116 KYOCERA MITA MEXICO S A DE C V Av 16 de Septiembre 407 Col Santa In s Azcapotzalco M xico D F 02130 M xico TEL 55 5383 2741 FAX 55 5383 7804 2007 KYOCERA MITA Corporation http www kyoceramita com DI KYOCERd is a trademark of Kyocera Corporation Southeastern Region 1500 Oakbrook Drive Norcross Georgia 30093 TEL 770 729 9786 FAX 770 729 9873 Southwestern Region 2825 West Story Road Irving Texas 75038 5299 TEL 972 550 8987 FAX 972 252 9786 National Operation Center amp National Training Center 2825 West Story Road Irving Texas 75038 5299 TEL 972 659 0055 FAX
61. L sen Sie die f nf Schrauben 28 9 Die Position der Frontabdeckung 29 mithilfe der Ebene 30 um den Teilungsbetrag der Ebene verschieben welcher der Bewegung des Anpassers 26 entspricht Bewegungsbetrag der Ebene 31 10 Ziehen Sie die f nf Schrauben 28 wieder fest Regolare la posizione del pannello anteriore Nota Se la posizione del regolatore viene cambiata regolare la posizione del pannello anteriore Se la posizione del pannello anteriore non corretta non sar possibile fissare il cassetto con il magnete o potrebbe aprirsi uno spazio tra il pannello anteriore e il corpo dell unit di alimentazione della carta 8 Allentare le cinque viti 28 9 Muovere la posizione del pannello anteriore 29 di tante posizioni del livello quanto necessario per farlo corrispondere al movimento del regolatore 26 movimento del livello 31 utilizzando il livello 30 10 Serrare nuovamente le cinque viti 28 TU nr URL EE i 8 DE RA EN MAGIA A ALE JA H zi AI T 87 EUR CAI ST MECA RETA ARE 9 2 7E ABEL LE ff EZ HIER 8 HIT 28 o o ANE 30 GANA 29 mie fe ARE 26 TESI ZEE ZAIRE 31 EDE o KE 5 NW 24 28 B 727 Oo 1 E RE XE RAR OLE ZAE LEBAT HD 25 ONL amp RI PHS DERE AE US AVE HEY ABRIR y PELLE 5724729720 ADS E RAS 7 4 ARA E O RICA Bv 7 03 25 8 EA 28 5 FEIRDD 9 PIA 26 MH SK ARE H R 81 OMB
62. con due viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 G Instal lare l unit di perforazione in modo che la vite con testa a croce S M4 x 10 G sia piaz zata al centro di ogni apposito foro RTT FL IT 6 FHTTLSE 76 A MIR AMBIT S EBITD E mh o 7 Hi 2 3 M4 X 10 1 22 X 1 sS 124 G ME JT4L 56 A ART FL H 76 ib MA X 10 122 Esp S dg ET G Iit REA RET LR PI R o WYFIA yY ROHS tlt 6 N F gt R A eT Fazy F 71 YI y EROS 7 CAMA X 102 vZZ74 FS O24 Tai FT gt F A AED CAM X 1043744 BSG BEIRO Fbi EK IICMY ITSO LE ey Connecting the connector 120V 220V 230V 240V models only Except for Swedish specification 8 Connect the 3P connector 10 on the hole punch unit A to the 3P connector 11 inside the document finisher Connexion du connecteur Mod les 120V 220V 230V 240V seule ment Sauf pour les sp cifications su doises 8 Connecter le connecteur 3P 10 de la perfo ratrice A au connecteur 3P 11 l int rieur du finisseur de document Conexi n del conector Modelos de 120 V 220 V 230 V 240 V solamente Excepto para las especifi caciones suecas 8 Conecte el conector de 3 contactos 10 de la perforadora A en el conector de 3 con tactos 11 del interior del finalizador de documentos AnschlieBen des Steckers nur bei 120 V 220 V 230 V und 240 V Modellen 8 Stecken Sie den 3 poligen Stecker 10 der L
63. e fissarlo con due viti con testa a croce S M4 x 8 H 12 4 E CET EL QUE AT SE HH B 12 IEA 13 FL HH H AR E JEH 2 4 MA X 8 2022 KE S RT H E 12 74 E E FEAS RIA I v MRO 12 I D THY AIT 4S 13 474 4 E 5l amp HL M X 8 FY FHA FSOD2ACBDES 5 Installing the cover handle saddle 14 Install cover handle saddle J on the front side of center folding unit A with two M4 x 8 tap tight S screws H Installation de la poign e de capot cheval 14 Installer la poign e de capot cheval J sur l avant de la plieuse A l aide de deux vis S taraud es M4 x 8 H Instalaci n de la placa de manilla de cubierta 14 Instale la placa de manilla de cubierta J en el lado frontal de la unidad de plegado A con dos tornillos de ajuste M4 x 8 H Anbringen des Abdeckungshalters 14 Bringen Sie den Abdeckungshalter J auf der Vorderseite der Mittenfalteinheit A mit den beiden M4 x 8 Passstift Verbundschrau ben H an Installare la slitta coprimanopola 14 Installare la slitta coprimanopola J sul lato anteriore dell unit di piegatura centrale A per mezzo di due viti con testa a croce S M4 x 8 H X uM FRE 14 Hi 2 Fi M4 X 8 Bese EAN S RET A e The I AE PERS FT DI H 76 A BO BUE o Date FIL FIOR Y felt 14 12337 RAA Fn J PHY Am y F A BOUI E A M4 9734 F S H 2 KTHY FITS Installing the center foldin
64. en la parte inferior del finalizador de documentos A 10 Die F hrungsschiene D in das Unterteil des Dokument Finishers A einschieben 10 Inserire la guida della rotaia D nella parte inferiore della finitrice di documenti A 10 455 E E TT sie CAD TI RER 10 F arkVbh7 ay A OIN FG D amp fi A3 25 Fitting and adjusting the guide rail 11 While pressing the guide rail D to the document finisher A so that the gap between the guide rail D and the floor is approximately 10 mm secure it using two M4 x 6 binding screws E Note If the guide rail is not properly adjusted the guide rail may not move when the document finisher is separated Fixation et r glage de la glissiere 11 Tout en pressant la glissi re D contre le retoucheur de document A de facon que l cart entre la glissi re D et le sol soit d environ 10 mm la fixer l aide de deux vis de raccordement M4 x 6 E Remarque Si la glissi re n est pas r gl e correctement la glissi re risquera de ne pas se d placer lorsque le retoucheur de document sera s par Fijaci n y ajuste del carril de guia 11 Mientras presiona el carril de gu a D en el finalizador de documentos A para que la separaci n entre el carril de gu a D y el piso sea de unos 10 mm aseg relo utilizando dos tornillos de fijaci n M4 x 6 E Nota Si el carril de gu a no est bien ajustado el carril de gu a puede no moverse
65. item No Description U394 Adjusting the leading edge margin of image printing for each paper cassette Description Adjusts the leading edge margin of image printing for each paper cassette Purpose To adjust the leading edge margin if it is displaced depending on the paper cassette Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U394 gt Set Paper Feed U394 Top Reg 2 Press the cursor right left keys to display the submenu screen 3 Press the cursor up down keys to select the item for which the preset value is to be changed Submenu display Description Setting Initial range setting gt gt Cassette 2 Leading edge margin for lower cassette of 128 to 127 10 the printer gt gt Cassette 3 Leading edge margin for upper cassette of 128 to 127 optional paper feeder gt gt Cassette 4 Leading edge margin for lower cassette of 128 to 127 optional paper feeder gt gt MP Leading edge margin for MP tray 128 to 127 gt gt Duplex Leading edge margin for duplex printing 128 to 127 Press the OK key _ will blink gt gt Cassette 2 394 1 Press the cursor up down keys to move to the digit position at which the value is to be changed and press the cursor up down keys to change the preset value If the preset value is increased the margin will be larger If the preset value is decreased the margin will be smaller Press the OK ke
66. loaded Check the gears and remedy if necessary Paper feeder lift motor 2 error optional 3000 sheet paper feeder A motor over current signal is detected continuously for 1 s or longer Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector on the engine PWB and the connector on the paper feeder main PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Paper feeder lift motor 2 does not rotate correctly the motor is over loaded Check the gears and remedy if necessary Paper feeder left lift position problem optional 3000 sheet paper feeder Paper feeder switch 2 does not turn on within 30 s of paper feeder lift motor 1 turning on Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector on the engine PWB and the connector on the paper feeder main PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective paper feeder lift switch 2 Check if YC5 7 on the paper feeder main PWB goes low when paper feeder lift switch 2 is turned off If not replace paper feeder lift switch 2 Defective paper feeder lift motor 1 Check for continuity across the coil If none replace paper feeder lift motor 1 The paper feeder left lift does not rise properly Check the gears and belts and remedy if necessary 1 4 20 Paper feeder right lift position prob lem opt
67. s o PWI Ssouoz gt OAS x NO WHJ E DS L NO S H3 L 3Ne O TE oer NOLIH Enmsid Cren H hirmsa ONS WEE WT ONS IMS ANT ONS ZMS Wi E ZUZ i D ui f ETO Sor 032 Ore i a f 1 f i e o 1 gt AGIS e e SSES FRE e 9 s s C 5 z O D Z e N 2 N D laj D faj NE 1 LL u Q Rs e c cla sk Ir o gt 3 Et I L eub e D 3 E E o s Te o N o na Bees ols e Wei 3 E ul Z eos or 2 rr fir m 1 E eh Ab TI der 1 8 4 o T N N W o o E gt tu 8 e lt E ME BOAVE o x 3 QNS Ga ul ZO MSMA gt E LO MSMd d 5 si Sz e A E a2 o z E 2 gt amp m z amp 2 SOA Di d 5 E L RSEENS za S 2 ous ca GS Msoddna v ue sa O 2 amp DEI z O lt GENES SOA i i 5 Da ana RES E 5 H QNS t a 2 ul 5 Ga z m m i LL z gt org LL TISNO O E g Z E iv 1v _ O NO Wad Ei VTz i der v ev e z a m Ao E OAS QNS lt E HOA 2 1 x E rs a 19 Wa ls w XOT Wa T 5 NO WA QNS sn Uri CAS dE sv sv QNO z HHL WOAVCH L ino asna E oN e S GISZHld ES vw3 r r vws gt l EEE o E 3 3 w Fi 3 v r 9 3 al ele Met z i r Sl 121512 AND o ira ral fra deeg e r Ts E en 2 Z v E ONS is e 2 EMA E x A v i ui z ELL E rossa gt o L mossi CSL 1813 Cam gano Z SE wss3 2 as 5 1 o
68. sowie der vorderen Abde ckung D in die L cher der Mittenfalteinheit ein und bringen Sie danach die Abdeckungen an Um den Einbau der vorderen Abdeckung D zu erleichtern ist der Entriegelungshebel 16 der Mit tenfalteinheit anzuheben Bringen Sie nun die in Schritt 6 zusammengesetzte Abdeckung an nachdem die Mittenfalteinheit in den Vollfarbenkopierer eingebaut wurde 19 Verwenden Sie die beiden M4 x 8 Passstift Verbundschrauben H um die hintere Abdeckung C und die vordere Abdeckung D zu befestigen Installare i pannelli 18 Inserire le parti sporgenti sul retro dei pannello posteriore C e anteriore D nei fori dell unit di piegatura centrale e installare i pannelli semplice installare il pannello anteriore D sollevando la leva di rilascio unit 16 Installare il pannello assemblato nel passo 6 nel momento in cui l unit di piegatura centrale installata nel macchinario a colori 19 Utilizzare due viti con testa a croce S M4 x 8 H per fissare i pannello posteriore C ed anteriore D BREW 18 ER C AU BU MA D Je PABA R HH B E EEH ET HT CELE 22 E o 1 4 HP ST HT VI ORE OAT 16 ie ELSE A ERA D TEASE HL H 22 46 P BERT rr e IG NY 22467625 BR 6 H 2H 36 HS usd 19 GE H 2 i M4 X 8 1 22 X TEA S RT CH ERE JE ndi C ATEN HEAR D 4 DAN OWY tlt 18 11 248 C HSH D amp HOR EA PHYO F A DUBAI UN ANTA HIS D HA rro a gt B RERV
69. switch actuator Check visually and replace switch Defective switch Run maintenance item U031 and turn switch on and off manually Replace the switch if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse Feedshift switch duplex paper conveying switch 21 A paper jam in the duplex section is indi cated during printing jam in duplex paper conveying section 2 Jam code 61 Broken duplex paper con veying switch or feed switch 1 actuator Check visually and replace switch Defective switch Run maintenance item U031 and turn switch on and off manually Replace the switch if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse Duplex paper conveying switch feed switch 1 22 A paper jam in optional document finisher is indicated during printing jam between finisher and machine Jam code 80 Defective paper entry sen sor With 5 V DC present at YC19 6 on the finisher main PWB check if YC19 7 on the finisher main PWB remains low or high when the paper entry sensor is turned on and off If it does replace the paper entry sensor 23 A paper jam in optional document finisher is indicated during printing paper jam during paper insertion to the fin isher Jam code 81 1 4 14 Extremely curled paper Change the paper Defective paper entry sen sor 3000 sheet document finisher With 5 V DC pr
70. tape 2 Pour plus de d tails se reporter aux tapes 16 et 17 de la page 6 Effectuer une copie de test Afloje dos tornillos de ajuste M4 x 10 G de la perforadora A Ajuste la posici n de la perforadora A Cuando los agujeros hayan sido perforados demasiado hacia abajo en el ejemplo de copia a Deslice la perforadora A en el sentido indicado por la flecha negra Cuando los agujeros hayan sido perforados demasiado hacia arriba en el ejemplo de copia b Deslice la perforadora A en el sentido indicado por la flecha blanca Utilice cuatro tornillos 3 para volver a instalar la cubierta superior 5 que fue quitada en el paso 2 Para conocer detalles consulte los pasos 16 y 17 de la p gina 6 Haga una copia de prueba L sen Sie die beiden M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschrauben G der Lochereinheit A Stellen Sie die Position der Lochereinheit A ein Wenn die L cher zu weit unten durchgestanzt werden Beispiel a Schieben Sie die Locherein heit A in die Richtung des schwarzen Pfeils Wenn die L cher zu weit oben durchgestanzt werden Beispiel b Schieben Sie die Locherein heit A in die Richtung des wei en Pfeils Benutzen Sie die vier Schrauben 3 um die obere Abdeckung 5 anzubringen die in Schritt 2 entfernt wurde N here Einzelheiten erfahren Sie in den Schritten 16 und 17 auf Seite 6 F hren Sie eine Testkopie durch Allentare due viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 G
71. upper lift limit switch does not turn on within 12 s of upper lift motor turning on Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector of upper lift motor and the connector YC13 on the engine PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Broken gears or couplings of upper lift motor Replace upper lift motor Defective upper lift motor Check for continuity across the coil If none replace upper lift motor Defective upper lift limit switch Check if YC13 B9 on the engine PWB goes low when upper lift limit switch is turned off If not replace upper lift limit switch Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector of upper lift limit switch and the connector YC13 on the engine PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective engine PWB Replace the engine PWB and check for cor rect operation Contents Lower lift motor error When cassette 2 is inserted lower lift limit switch does not turn on within 12 s of lower lift motor turning on 2G2 2G1 Remarks Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check procedures corrective measures Check the connection of connector of lower lift motor and the connector YC13 on the engine PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary
72. zen Riassemblaggio dello scivolo di base 6 Collocare lo scivolo di base B G sullo sci volo di base A F Allo stesso modo collo care lo scivolo di base B V sullo scivolo di base V W SHARE 6 TJI ReR B G ATER MSA A E F ARA TA FDKEHILT 6 AAAT A AF LAA ATA B ZE REA A A S 7 FVM e AZIA FBV BES 7 Follow each procedure below suitable for the paper feeder type attached to your MFP When using two paper feeders of 500 sheets Move to step 8 When using paper feeder of 3000 sheets Move to step 14 7 Suivre chaque proc dure ci dessous conve nant au type d alimenteur de papier fix sur le MFP Lors de l utilisation de deux alimenteurs de papier de 500 feuilles passer a l tape 8 Lors de l utilisation de l alimenteur de papier de 3000 feuilles passer l tape 14 7 Siga cada procedimiento de abajo depen diendo del tipo de alimentador de papel colo cado en su MFP Cuando utilice dos alimentadores de papel de 500 hojas Vaya al paso 8 Cuando utilice un alimentador de papel de 3 000 hojas Vaya al paso 14 7 Folgen Sie jedem nachfolgenden Verfahren das f r den am MFP angebrachten Papier vorschubtyp zutreffend ist Bei Verwendung von zwei Papiervorsch ben f r 500 Bl tter Gehen Sie zum Schritt 8 weiter Bei Verwendung des Papiervorschubs f r 3000 Bl tter Gehen Sie zum Schritt 14 weiter 7 Seguire ciascuna delle procedure indicate Sotto a seconda del
73. 1 6 2 E o CCo d 3 Turn the main switch on Message display 4 Confirm that display 1 is displayed ma 5 Atthe DOS prompt enter command 2 Enter UPGR SYS in capitals PC DOS display 6 Confirm that message display 3 is dis 2 echo R UPGR SYS gt played c echo UPGR SYS prn 7 Atthe DOS prompt enter command 4 so that the system firmware example S2GZ 3000001021 cmp is copied to the 3 Supervisor mode printer parallel waiting 8 Message display 5 is displayed during downloading When message display 6 is 4 e Copy b S2GZ_3000001021 cmp prn displayed to indicate downloading is fin ished turn the main switch off and then turn on 5 Downloading 9 Confirm that message display 7 is dis played after warm up D Product code 10 Print a status page Check that the status 6 ii 2GZ This machine Firmware category 10 Engine controller 8 30 Main controller Supplement Normally 00 Classification Normally 0 Update history 6 Build number Release date Year Month Day Checksum page shows the updated firmware version 05 10 27 E1F9 AL gli Y Main switch Off On 7 Ready Figure 1 6 3 1 6 2 2 Downloading the firmware from the memory card 2GZ2 261 The procedure below provides how to download firmware from a memory card Procedure 1 Turn the main switch off 2 Inse
74. 11 11 11 1 Insert the MFP power plug to the outlet and turn the MFP main switch on to check the operation Ins rer la fiche d alimentation du MFP dans la prise et mettre l interrupteur principal du MFP sur la position de marche pour v rifier le fonctionnement Enchufe el cable el ctrico del MFP en el tomacorriente y encienda el interruptor principal del MFP para verificar el funcionamiento Stecken Sie den Netzstecker des MFP in eine Netzsteckdose und schalten Sie den Hauptschalter des MFP ein um den Betrieb zu pr fen Inserire la spina del cavo di alimentazione dell MFP nella presa della rete elettrica e accenderla utilizzando l interruttore principale di alimentazione in modo da controllare il funzionamento RAMPA UR TR SERE AH E ARTE Zeie MFP AK ORT T Zea EY NIE LIA BRILLAR YF ONZ TENE Z MER 7 INSTALLATION GUIDE FOR HOLE PUNCH UNIT Supplied parts A Hole punch unit 1 B Punch PCB C Power cord ve D Waste hole punch box n E GUIS p 2620200 03224 ve ets 1 F Vis S taraud e M4 x 8 1 Pi ces fournies LN ee Ee B Carte de perforation C Cordon d alimentation D Bac de r cup ration de la perforatrice 1 E GUIS EE 1 F Tornillo de ajuste M4 x 8 Partes suministradas A IPerforadora uincere ia B PCB de perforaci n C Cable de alimentaci n D Caja para desechos de la perforaci n 1 E GU lee eset lid 1
75. 2 Sicherstellen dass s mtliche Klebeb nder und D mpfungsmaterialien von den geliefer ten Teilen entfernt werden K da utilizzarsi quando l unit di piegatura centrale installata su un macchinario a colori K da non utilizzarsi su macchinari monocromi K Pannello Visions ete 2 Assicurarsi di rimuovere qualsiasi nastro ade sivo o imbottitura fissati alle parti fornite PRANDI Ter 348217 TARA K TEETBL EASTER K Kn NV undi at ER EIS 2 115 35 0 FA LE ER T LUE E BC ak 7NHG MUCHO 2 y FE RET AG K HATS 77 ORECIE K H dec Ts normes Ac Ze 2 SIE iSc EXE T 7 RAI RO CW AA LATRU 3 IE Procedure Before installing the center folding unit turn the MFP s main power switch off and unplug the power cable from the power supply Install the document finisher and then install the center folding unit Proc dure Avant d installer la plieuse mettre l interrupteur d alimentation principal du MFP hors tension et d brancher le c ble d alimentation de la prise de courant Installer le finisseur de document puis installer la plieuse Procedimiento Antes de instalar la unidad de plegado desco necte el interruptor de alimentaci n principal de la MFP y desenchufe el cable de alimenta ci n de la toma de corriente Instale primero el finalizador de documentos y luego i
76. 2 Bringen Sie die Abdeckung AT R auf der Fixierplatte F P mit den beiden M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschrauben S an 3 Bringen Sie die Verbindungsplatte D auf den Fixierplatten F P und R Q mit den beiden M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschrauben S an In caso di installazione della finitrice di documenti in un apparecchio a colori Installazione delle piastre di fissaggio e di connessione 1 Installare le piastre di fissaggio F P e R Q alla MFP utilizzando due viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 S per ciascuna piastra 2 Installare il coperchio AT R alla piastra di fissaggio F P utilizzando due viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 S 3 Installare la piastra di connessione D alle piastre di fissaggio F P e R Q utilizzando due viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 S IT ege SU SZ EL ERST ze EERME 1 HH 45 5K 4 2 Fi MA X 10 3622 KEA S ET S x M F P FU R Q RFI MFP 2 H 2 80 MA X 10 1322 KEA S WAT S Kit AT R 2232 2 F AR F P 3 H 2 Al M4 X 10 14 22 X Fi S RET S EEK D 2c Be X D KE F P HARQE 2 32 HERE ECKE EE CEET BER amp E AR D HU Hit 1 MFP ANA IC IE AR F P HEAR RQ amp CA MA X 1027 v 24h S S 4 2 ATH OU HIF 2 Woh F P E223 AT BEAMS X 10 3744 F S S 2 Ax CHM DITTA FREAK F P amp EXER R 0 CAA D X CA MAX 1073734 F S S 2 KTV FFT Z H
77. 2007 1 4 4 This page is intentionally left blank Safety precautions This booklet provides safety warnings and precautions for our service personnel to ensure the safety of their customers their machines as well as themselves during maintenance activities Service personnel are advised to read this booklet carefully to familiarize themselves with the warnings and precautions described here before engaging in maintenance activities Safety warnings and precautions Various symbols are used to protect our service personnel and customers from physical danger and to prevent damage to their property These symbols are described below AN DANGER High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol WARNING Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol CAUTION Bodily injury or damage to property may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol Symbols The triangle A symbol indicates a warning including danger and caution The specific point of attention is shown inside the symbol A General warning A Warning of risk of electric shock A Warning of high temperature Y indicates a prohibited action The specific prohibition is shown inside the symbol General pro
78. 261 Specified time 1196 ms During paper switchback operation the feedshift switch FSSW does not turn off within specified time of the its turning on 2313 ms The feedshift switch FSSW does not turn off within specified time of the registration switch RSW turning off 2243 ms The feedshift switch FSSW does not turn off within specified time of the registration clutch RCL turning on 2243 ms Duplex section 60 Duplex paper convey ing section 1 The duplex paper conveying switch DUPPCSW does not turn on within specified time of the feedshift switch FSSW turning on 2196 ms The duplex paper conveying switch DUPPCSW does not turn off within specified time of the feedshift switch FSSW turning off 61 Duplex paper convey ing section 2 The feed switch 1 FSW1 does not turn on within speci fied time of the duplex paper conveying switch DUP PCSW turning on 1543 ms The feed switch 1 FSW1 does not turn off within speci fied time of the duplex paper conveying switch DUP PCSW turning off 1543 ms Optional finisher 80 Jam between the fin isher and machine 3000 sheet document finisher only Paper ejection is not output from the machine to the doc ument finisher within specified time of the paper entry sensor PES turning on 81 Paper entry sensor non arrival jam 3000 sheet document finisher The paper entry sensor PES is not tur
79. 2GZ2 261 Maintenance Description item No U399 Setting FRPO Description Set the firmware again Purpose To change the preset values of firmware Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U399 gt Set FRPO gt U399 Parameter Press the cursor right key to display the submenu screen Press the cursor up down keys to select the item for which the preset value is to be changed Press the OK key will blink gt gt FRPO HO PON 399 1 5 Press the cursor right left keys to move _ to the digit position at which the value is to be changed and press the cursor up down keys to change the preset value 6 Press the OK key The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key 1 3 23 2GZ 261 1 3 2 Service mode The printer is equipped with a maintenance function which can be used to maintain and service the machine 1 Executing a service item Message display Ready 1 Press the MENU key 2 Press the cursor up down keys several times until Others gt is displayed Others gt gt MSG Language English 3 Press the cursor right key 4 Press the cursor up down keys several times until gt Service gt is displayed gt Service gt 5 Press the cursor right key Service mode items Print ee To print a status page for service purpose Status Page See pag
80. 3 bis der Abstand von der Heftklammerposition inner halb des Bezugswertes liegt lt Bezugswert gt Abstand von der Mitte innerhalb von 2 mm po 2 Regolare il valore di impostazione Nel caso in cui le pinzatrici si trovino troppo a destra esempio a Ridurre il valore di impostazione Nel caso in cui le pinzatrici si trovino troppo a sinistra esempio b Aumentare il valore di impostazione La modifica del valore di 1 determina lo spostamento della posizione di pinzatura di circa 0 55 mm 3 Eseguire una copia di prova 4 Ripetere i passi da 1 a 3 finch la distanza dal centro alla posizione delle pinzatrici non rientra nel intervallo di riferimento lt Valore di riferimento gt Distanza dal centro entro 2 mm N VAE CID T BEI MERA a HY 8 1 Bere EL VT BEE Ze I SZ ERE As b Rr A BFE HL DI 1 EAKR 37 E SIX ZA 0 55mm BEAT MRA ED o 4 ESTRES ABARAT LE ARA UA EE A Eu z EE Wir REESE 2mm Y 2 I ETA AFA FAENA CIN CW ABE AFA FAENA FRIO DAA LAF y 741 0 DRIE 0 55mm FARAC RTI AES A INO AFA SUMED TADS 3 ERED KT lt 4IEE gt db DAT 2mm UA AEB TN a REIL FITS ESHTI b REM LIPS pep METIA EC FE 1 Checking centerfold position 1 Plug the MFP into a power outlet and turn on its main power switch 2 Perform a test copy in centerfold mode A test copy must be made for each of t
81. 3 ELS p D e ENTRE RER BUA LE EE ZH o cui Wiirt E 2 WES 3mm Y Taro ERAN CWS tut e ERE FITS DAT y FAIRY DEAR 0 55mm EITI TITO MEOPTA D CHIL 3 0 RT lt gt PHO MED A E 3mm LIA INSTALLATION GUIDE FOR MAILBOX Output Connector for Interconnecting Cable is non LPS Output 24 V dc 426 VA max Please use the item below Interconnecting Cables P N 303J246010 Supplied parts Malo B Mounting plate cover C Copy eject bins D Reinforcing plate E TP Taptite S screw M4 x 1 Pi ces fournies A Boite lettres eeeeesteeseeeeeeeerees B Couvercle de la plaque de montage C Case d jection de copies D Plaque de renfort E Vis TP Taptite S M4 x 14 Partes provistas A Buz n de CONT O esee B Cubierta de la placa de montaje C Bandejas de expulsi n de copias D Placa de refuerzo E Tornillo TP Taptite S M4 x 14 Mitgelieferte Teile A MailbOX eicere eterne B Abdeckung der Montageplatte C Kopienausgabef cher D Verst rkungsplatte da E TP Taptite S Schraube M4 x 14 Parti comprese A Casella postale n B Coperchio della piastra di montaggio C Scomparti di espulsione delle copie D Piastra di soste
82. 3670 NAAR EAT a M btt ess 1 XE Hchkr rro 1 ups qx hd 1 JCA MEX LOS FA Koss sosie 9 5 9 passi 3 e 4 a pagina 3 sono stati modificati nel modo indicato qui in basso 3 Montare la piastra di fissaggio F H e la piastra di fissaggio R l sul coperchio sinistro 3 usando due viti S Tite M4 x 10 J per ciascuna di esse e montare il coperchio AT N sulla piastra di fissaggio F H usando due viti S Tite M4 x 10 J 63 WWE 3 4 EU R o 4 E F CH ps d RCD 217 Sai M4 X 10S J E E te ZE ai E Fs A 24 S i ME TE N EX E i 22 M4 10S J Fixe dE E ek F H E LE SS D IH Im mw RCM 3 V FE 3 4 EKOLIICRELET 3 HEAR FH amp PEM RO ERI RT 3 ICE A M4 X 108 ZA F I BQH CIE UL 23 AT N amp EA M4 X 108 BA F O2CGIXEM FH CHET 2 o 4 KE IESIFEM B 4 Montare il dispositivo di arresto B sulla piastra di fissaggio F H e sulla piastra di fissaggio R I usando due viti S Tite M4 x 10 J Procedere con il passo 7 2 NE RA MA X s D 11 52 Z 6 52 BR F H AIME AR R D CARME 7 FEU B EEA M4 X 108 24 k 2 A CHER FH E EXER RC CHEFS IE 7 MET 2006 2 303KN56760 INSTALLATION GUIDE FOR 3000 SHEETS DOCUMENT FINISHER Output Connector for Interconnecting Cable is non LPS Output 24 V dc 426 VA max Please use the item b
83. 4M 6 7 ASB KL 4 AAN ORY fttt 6 AM RLA EBIEHT 7 CAM X627 v 744 SQ Ak NZ PLA III M FOS Removing the fixing pin 8 Turn the fixing pin 6 counterclockwise to remove it 9 Close the front cover of the document fin isher A Enl vement de la broche de fixation 8 Faire tourner la broche de fixation 6 dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d une montre pour la retirer 9 Refermer le capot avant du retoucheur de document A Extracci n del pasador de fijaci n 8 Gire el pasador de fijaci n 6 hacia la izquierda para quitarlo 9 Cierre la cubierta delantera del finalizador de documentos A Entfernen des Fixierstifts 8 Drehen Sie den Fixierstift 6 gegen den Uhr zeigersinn um ihn zu entfernen 9 SchlieRen sie die vordere Abdeckung des Dokument Finishers A Rimozione del perno di fissaggio 8 Per rimuovere il perno di fissaggio 6 ruo tarlo in senso antiorario 9 Chiudere il pannello anteriore della finitrice di documenti A TR DERE 8 XE iR ET Jie 4 EER 6 KRIT 9 KABA A HOT AK o BEEVORY AL 8 AY 6 SAIC UL CRT 9 K aAYVhIZ Hy YH A OBI S E US Installing the staple cartridge 10 Remove the fixing tape from the staple car tridge holder 7 11 Insert the staple cartridge E into the staple cartridge holder 7 12 Close the right cover of the document fin isher A Installation de la cartouche
84. 972 570 5816 Latin America Division 8240 N W 52nd Terrace Dawson Building Suite 108 Miami Florida 33166 TEL 305 421 6640 FAX 305 421 6666 Printed in U S A
85. ANM ARS 3 2 Place the MFP 4 on top of the paper feeder A with the positioning pins 2 at the front left and right of the paper feeder A aligned With the holes 3 in the base of the MFP 2 Placer le MFP 4 sur le bureau papier A en alignant les broches de positionnement 2 situ es aux c t s avant gauche et droit du bureau papier A sur les orifices 3 la base du MFP 2 Coloque el MFP 4 sobre el alimentador de papel A con las clavijas de posicionamiento 2 de la parte frontal izquierda y derecha del alimentador de papel A alineadas con los huecos 3 de la base del MFP 2 Setzen Sie den MFP 4 auf den Papiereinzug A wobei die Positionsstifte 2 vorne links und rechts am Papiereinzug A mit den L chern 3 in der Basis des MFP ausgerichtet sein m ssen 2 Installare l MFP 4 sopra l unit di alimentazione della carta A mantenendo i perni di posizionamento 2 situati sul lato anteriore sinistro e destro dell unit di alimentazione della carta A stessa allineati con i fori 3 situati sulla base dell MFP UK LVE f A H9ZE7 5 2 7 Ipse MFP EHUR TEI FO ee EUER 3 JE MFP E L 4 HAE HEAR Le A Eo unm 2 KRT 4 X A DEKH DE v 2 E MFPA KON ADOK 3 BASTI AI 7 4 A LC MFP ALK 4 amp diu 5 3 Secure the MFP to the paper
86. Check procedures corrective measures Feed clutch paper feed clutch MP paper feed clutch or registration clutch installed or operating incor Check the installation position and operation of each clutch If any of them operates incorrectly replace it L rectly 12 Paper creases Print example Causes Check procedures corrective measures 4 Paper curled Check the paper storage conditions Paper damp Check the paper storage conditions Defective pressure springs Replace the pressure springs Defective separation 13 Offset occurs Print example Causes Check the drum separation claws and heat roller separation claws Check procedures corrective measures 4 Defective cleaning blade Replace the drum unit see page 1 5 14 Defective fuser unit Check the heat roller and press roller Wrong types of paper 14 Image is partly missing Print example Causes Check if the paper meets specifications Replace paper Check procedures corrective measures 1 4 36 Paper damp Check the paper storage conditions Paper creased Change the paper Drum condensation Perform the drum refresh operation Dirty or flawed drum Perform the drum refresh operation If the drum is flawed replace the drum unit see page 1 5 14 2GZ 2G1 2
87. D to the left side of the MFP using two M4 x 10 tap Tight S Screws I Installation de la plaque de connexion 5 Installer la plaque de connexion D sur le c t gauche du MFP l aide de deux vis S taraud es M4 x 10 I Instalaci n de la placa de conexi n 5 Instale la placa de conexi n D en el lado izquierdo de la MFP utilizando dos tornillos de ajuste M4 x 10 I Anbringen der Verbindungsplatte 5 Bringen Sie die Verbindungsplatte D auf der linken Seite des MFP mit den beiden M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschrauben I an Installazione della piastra di connes sione 5 5 Installare la piastra di connessione D sul lato destro della MFP utilizzando due viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 I BEER 5 H 2 Fi M4 X 10 322215141 S HART D KE PEAK D A MFP J Ze fill EROR Y Hit 5 MFP ARDA ME EX M4 X 104744 F S 124 CR D FROST Assembling the base slider 6 Install plate foot R H to base slider A F using M4 x 10 tap Tight S Screw I Assemblage de la r gle de base 6 Installer le pied de plaque R H sur la r gle de base A F l aide d une vis S taraud e M4 x 10 I Ensamblaje del deslizador de base 6 Instale el pedal R H en el deslizador A F utilizando el tornillo de ajuste M4 x 10 I Anbringen des Basis Schiebers 6 Bringen Sie den PlattenfuR R H am Basis Schieber A F mit der M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschraube I an Assemblaggio dello scivolo di base 6 I
88. DC Document finisher connection signal Document finisher serial communication data sig nal Document finisher serial communication data sig nal Document finisher CLOCK signal Document finisher SELECT signal Not used Document finisher READY signal Not used Connected to the optional paper feeder ON DOA a Ii ao Y ON A GND 5VD PFSEL PFSCLK PFSDI PFSDO PFRDY PFFEED 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC pulse 0 5 V DC pulse 0 5 V DC pulse 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC Ground 5 V DC power output Paper feeder SELECT signal Paper feeder CLOCK signal Paper feeder serial communication data signal Paper feeder serial communication data signal Paper feeder READY signal Paper feeder FEED signal Connected to the MP unit waste toner box detection switch over flow sensor front cover switch and cooling fan motor 1 2 2 3 6 gt ES SES SES O 4 D D D MPPWSWO MPPWSW1 MPPWSW2 GND 5VD MPPSW GND 24VDR MPPFCL 24VDR MPFCL NC GND CFM2 5VD 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 24 V DC 0 24 V DC 24 V DC 0 24 V DC 0 24 V DC 5 V DC MPPWSW On Off MPPWSW On Off MPPWSW On Off Ground 5 V DC power output MPPSW On Off Ground 24 V DC power output MPPFCL On Off 24 V DC power output MPFCL On Off Not used Ground CFM2 On Off 5 V DC power output Connector Signal Voltage 2G2 2G1 Description YC6 Connected to the M
89. Entrare in modalit di manutenzione U246 selezionare BOOKLET FOLDER ed eseguire la regolazione per ciascun formato della copia di prova Per i formati A4R e LTR 8 5 x 11 seguire STAPLE POS ADJ1 Per i formati B4 e LGL 8 5 x 14 seguire STAPLE POS ADJ2 Per i formati A3 e LGR 11 x 17 seguire STAPLE POS ADJ3 VERITA 1 HAYES BL U246 Xf BOOKLET FOLDER Chill 4 JE SERI ZONA RS ETT VIDE JEH A4R BK LTR 8 5 X 11 Hf UPT STAPLE POS ADJ1 CRW MEEL o TE B4 EX LGL 8 5 X 14 EY WFT STAPLE POS ADI CT fr EME 2 o EH A3 I LGR 11 X 17 Hf WAAT STAPLE POS ADJ3 CRI i ECURAE 3 o meCATM TIE 1 AFI Y AE F U246 Ey b L BOOKLET FOLDER IRL ESHA FADI ARCHES IT 9 MR LTR 8 5 X 11 02 STAPLE POS ADJI D eT 9 o B4 LGL 8 5 x 14 0 STAPLE POS ADJ2 DH 17 5 o A3 LGR 11 X 17 0 STAPLE POS ADJ3 D 11 5 10 2 Adjust setting value When staples are placed too far right copy example a Decrease the setting value When staples are placed too far left copy example b Increase the setting value Changing the value by 1 moves the stapling position by approximately 0 55 mm 3 Perform a test copy 4 Repeat steps 1 to 3 until the distance from the center to the staple posi tion indicates the value within the reference range lt Reference value gt Distance from the center within 2 mm 2 Ajustement de la valeur de r glage Lorsque les agrafes sont plac es trop droit
90. Finisher verschieben um ihn mit dem RiegelschloRbausatz des MFP in Eingriff zu bringen Wenn der Dokument Finisher und der MFP nicht richtig ineinander eingreifen f hren Sie die folgende H heneinstellung f r den Dokument Finisher aus Fare scivolare la finitrice di documenti per farla innestare con il dispositivo di arresto dell MFP Qualora la finitrice di documenti e l MFP non si innestino saldamente osservare la seguente procedura di regolazione dell altezza della finitrice di documenti TB SERI AE BET MFP E LEE ACA LE WEWE EI FAR RER IT Gt e DE B arkvbAA HY V HRA FEET MFP AKO 7 y FSET CUR SAE ESE CE LRU KO Fazy 713 Yr OMS ABE BORI Adjusting the height of the document finisher 1 Remove the front and rear covers 9 from the document finisher A by removing two screws 8 each R glage de la hauteur du retoucheur de document 1 Retirer les couvercles avant et arri re 9 du retoucheur de document A en retirant deux vis 8 sur chacun des couvercles Ajuste de altura del finalizador de documentos 1 Desmonte las tapas delantera y trasera 9 del finalizador de documentos A sacando los dos tornillos 8 cada uno Einstellen der Dokument Finisherhohe 1 Die Vorder und R ckabdeckung 9 nach Entfernen von je zwei Schrauben 8 vom Dokument Finisher A abnehmen Regolazione dell altezza della finitrice di documenti 1 Rimuovere i pannelli anteriore e posteriore 9 dalla fini
91. Jam in eject section of time has elapsed after the machine eject signal was right sub tray 3000 received sheet documentfin Eject switch 2 ESW2 is not turned on even if a specified 1209 ms isher only 7 E time has elapsed after the machine eject signal was received Eject switch 2 ESW2 is not turned off within specified 2313 ms time of its turning on 85 Eject switch 3 ESW3 does not turn off within specified 1426 ms Jam in eject section of time of paper entry sensor PES turning on left s b t ay 13000 Eject switch 3 ESW3 does not turn on within specified 1426 ms sheet document fin ti f t PES turni isher only ime of paper entry sensor turning on Eject switch 3 ESW3 is not turned off within specified 2313 ms time of its turning on 86 Internal tray entry sensor 1 ITPES1 is not turned on 2070 ms Jam in eject section of even if a specified time has elapsed after the eject signal internal tray 1 3000 was received sheet document fin isher only 87 Internal tray entry sensor 2 ITPES2 does not turn on 1322 ms Jam in eject section of within specified time of internal tray entry sensor 1 internal tray 2 3000 ITPES1 turning on sheet ER Internal tray entry sensor 2 ITPES2 does not turn off 676 ms isher only Me within specified time of internal tray entry sensor 1 ITPES1 turning off 88 Eject switch 1 ESW1 is not turned on within specified 1324 ms Jam in eject section of time A Hey 9900 S
92. Log Comprised of three log counters including paper jams self diagnostics errors and replacement of the toner container g Jam h Self diagnostic error i Maintenance item replacing Indicates the log counter of paper jams depending on location Refer to Paper Jam Log All instances including those are not occurred are displayed Indicates the log counter of self diagnostics errors depending on cause See page 1 4 18 Example C6000 4 Self diagnostics error 6000 has happened four times Indicates the log counter depending on the maintenance item for mainte nance T Toner container 00 Black M Maintenance kit 00 fixed Example TOO 1 The black toner container has been replaced once Service items 2GZ2 261 Description gt gt Paper Feed Setting the paper feed operation printer driver priority mode Description With printer driver priority mode when selecting the specific paper feed location a cassette or MP tray with the printer driver it is not automatic selection paper is fed from the selected location Message Add Paper is displayed when there is no paper in that location When selecting the MP tray as the paper feed location paper is fed with the timing of maxi mum size As for the setting media type setting the paper type setting of the printer driver is notified to the engine PWB Duplex printing operation is still the ordinary o
93. M4 x 10 tap Tight S screw Y respectively Put M4 x 10 tap Tight S screws I Y through the upper holes of base sliders B G V 13 Move to step 19 on page 16 12 Fixer le r gle de base B G l aide d une vis S taraud e M4 x 10 I et fixer la r gle de base B V l aide d une vis S taraud e M4 x 10 Y respectivement Faire passer les vis S taraud e M4 x 10 I Y par les orifices sup rieurs des r gles de base B G V 13 Passer l tape 19 de la page 16 12 Fije el deslizador B G con un tornillo de ajuste M4 x 10 I y fije el des lizador de base B V con un tornillo de ajuste M4 x 10 Y respectiva mente Ponga los tornillos de ajuste M4 x 10 I e Y a trav s de los aguje ros superiores de los deslizadores B G V 13 Vaya al paso 19 de la p gina 16 12 Befestigen Sie den Basis Schieber B G mit der M4 x 10 Passstift Ver bundschraube I bzw den Basis Schieber B V mit der M4 x 10 Pass stift Verbundschraube Y Stecken Sie die M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschraube 1 Y durch die oberen L cher des Basis Schieber B G V 13 Gehen Sie zum Schritt 19 auf Seite 16 weiter 12 Fissare rispettivamente lo scivolo di base B G una vite con testa a croce S M4 x 10 I e lo scivolo di base B V con una vite con testa a croce S M4 x 10 Y Far passare le viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 I Y attraverso i fori superiori degli scivoli di base B G V 13 Andare a pag
94. Schraube M4 x 10 I ist brig tter x 2 Italiano Aggiunta alle parti fornite La seguente parte stata aggiunta alle parti fornite per l AK710 a pagina 2 della Guida all installazione del DF 710 AK 710 In seguito a ci la procedura stata modificata nel modo mostrato qui a destra Aggiunta b Vite TP Taptite S M4 x 14 oe 1 Quando si utilizza l alimentatore di carta da 500 fogli x 2 Viene lasciata una vite TP Taptite S M4 x 14 b Quando si utilizza l alimentatore di carta da 3000 fogli Viene lasciata una vite Taptite S M4 x 10 I Bei Verwendung des Papiervorschubs f r 3000 Bl tter Anderung Schritt 16 auf Seite 15 wurde folgenderma en ge ndert 16 Befestigen Sie den Basis Schieber B G mit der Taptite S Schraube M4 x 10 I bzw den Basis Schieber B V mit der TP Taptite S Schraube M4 x 14 b Stecken Sie die Taptite S Schraube M4 x 10 I und die TP Taptite S Schraube M4 x 14 b durch die unteren L cher der Basis Schieber B G und V Quando si utilizza un alimentatore di carta da 3000 fogli Modifica Il passo 16 a pagina 15 viene modificato nel seguente modo Fare passare la vite Taptite S M4 x 10 I e quella TP Taptite S M4 x 14 attraverso i fori inferiori degli scivoli di base B G e V 16 Fissare rispettivamente lo scivolo di base B G con la vite Taptite S M4 x 10 I e lo scivolo di base B V con la vite TP Taptite S M4 x 14 b Sins EDME m
95. Tite Schraube M4 x 10 Los pasos 3 y 4 en la p gina 3 se modifican tal como se describen abajo 3 Encaje la placa de fijaci n F H y la placa de fijaci n R 1 en la cubierta izquierda 3 utilizando dos tornillos S Tite M4 x 10 J para cada una y encaje la cubierta AT N en la placa de fijaci n F H utilizando dos tornillos S Tite M4 x 10 J 4 Encaje el pestillo B en la placa de fijaci n F H y la placa de fijaci n R 1 utilizando los dos tornillos S Tite M4 x 10 J Vaya al paso 7 Die Schritte 3 und 4 auf Seite 3 wurden wie folgt ge ndert 3 Die Fixierplatte F H und die Fixierplatte R 1 mit je zwei S Tite Schrauben M4 x 10 J an der linken Abdeckung 3 anbringen und die Abdeckung AT N mit zwei S Tite Schrauben M4 x 10 J an der Fixierplatte F H anbringen 4 Die Verriegelungsklaue B mit zwei S Tite Schrauben M4 x 10 J an der Fixierplatte F H und die Fixierplatte R I anbringen Zu Schritt 7 bergehen Italiano Modifica della guida all installazione di DF 730 Le parti fornite con il separatore descritte a pagina 1 Sono cambiate come si vede qui in basso Aggiunta N Copefchio E EE 1 Modifica H Piastra di fissaggio F zd Piastra di fissaggio R si J Vite S Tite M4 x 10 DF 730 SR FAIRE SE ESA UE 1 355 H WER que 1 uns RETE 1 J ZER MA X 10S 9 5 gt 9 DF 730 RE FIFZORE EE EE EE ENEE Eet E DICERELET EE
96. Togliere la vite 1 dalla parte inferiore sinistra della finitrice di documenti A e installare la finitrice nel foro destro utilizzando una vite con testa a croce S M4 x 10 I Pi si stringe la vite con testa a croce S M4 x 10 I pi aumenta l altezza della finitrice di docu menti ARAIRE EARAIL 1 HT IF 4617 48 A JA REI o 2 EET A HUE FB FAT 1 JF MA X 10 WEI SAT D APRETAR M4 X 10 1 22 X SEIT D ARE 38217 48 ro IC GER e FIZ E ECKE EK ENT 2HB8oqi amp 1 FraXZY FI 1 YIv A DENIA BH lt 2 FEAR UN ERARIO EA DIKREAL EX M X 1027 vZZ4 F S ZUM BU HITS EAM4X 10 741 HS DOJDE PELAS KI 13y y O SES A A o 20 When using the full color machine 1 Tighten M4 x 10 hexagon head screw Z which was temporarily tight ened in step 4 on page 11 using a spanner The more tightening M4 x 10 hexagon head screw Z the more docu ment finisher height increases Lors de l utilisation de la machine enti rement en couleurs 1 Serrer la vis t te hexagonale M4 x 10 Z temporairement serr e l tape 4 de la page 11 l aide d une cl de serrage Plus la vis t te hexagonale M4 x 10 Z est serr e plus la hauteur du retoucheur de document augmente Cuando utilice la m quina a todo color 1 Apriete el tornillo de cabeza hexagonal M4 x 10 Z que fue apretado temporalmente en el paso 4 de la p gina 11 utilizando una llave
97. U HP Adjustment of upper side registration home position gt gt Width L HP Adjustment of lower side registration home position gt gt Staple Pos 1 Adjustment of booklet stapling position for Ad letter size gt gt Staple Pos 2 Adjustment of booklet stapling position for B4 legal size gt gt Staple Pos 3 Adjustment of booklet stapling position for A3 ledger size gt gt Booklet Pos 1 Adjustment of center folding position for A4 letter size gt gt Booklet Pos 2 Adjustment of center folding position for B4 legal size gt gt Booklet Pos 3 Adjustment of center folding position for A3 ledger size 3 Press the cursor up down keys to select the item for which the preset value is to be changed 1 3 15 2GZ 2G1 2 Maintenance item No Description U246 1 3 16 Setting adjustment of registration stop timing 1 Select Punch Reg 2 Press the OK key will blink 3 Press the cursor right left keys to move to the digit position at which the value is to be changed and press the cursor up down keys to change the preset value Setting range 20 to 20 Initial setting O Change in value per step 1ms If skewed paper conveying occurs sample 1 increase the preset value If the paper is Z folded sam ple 2 decrease the preset value a N Sample 1 Sample 2 Figure 1 3 1 4 Press the OK key The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key Setting adjustment of th
98. Upper right pad 2 Outer case 12 Spacer 3 Inner frame 13 Toner container 4 Skid 14 Hinge joints 5 Bottom front left pad 15 Bar code labels 6 Bottom front right pad 16 Plastic bag 7 Bottom rear left pad 17 Paper size plates 8 Bottom rear right pad 18 Operation guide 9 Machine cover 19 Document tray 10 Upper left pad Caution Place the machine on a level surface 1 2 3 2GZ 261 Remove the tapes 1 Remove three tapes Tapes Tape S en Is Km 7 Figure 1 2 3 Install the optional paper feeder 1 Install the optional paper feeder as necessary Release of cassette lift plate 1 Pull cassette 1 and 2 out Lift plate stopper Remove the lift plate stopper from each cas sette and attach it to the storage location When moving the machine attach the lift E Pp plate in original position C I Nu 0 Figure 1 2 4 Load paper Pull the cassette out 2 Holding the paper size adjusting tab both ends move the paper guide to fit the paper size 3 Adjust the paper stopper to fit the paper size 4 Align the paper flush against the left side of the cassette 2GZ 2G1 2 Paper guide Paper size adjusting tab Figure 1 2 5 Paper stopper Figure 1 2 6 Figure 1 2 7 1 2 5 2GZ 261 Install the toner container 1 Open the f
99. V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC SLEEP signal Not used 5 V DC power output 5 V DC power output 5 V DC power output 5 V DC power output 5 V DC power output 5 V DC power output Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground 2 3 3 2GZ 2G1 1 2 3 2 Engine PWB MPWB 2 3 4 Engine PWB Optional finisher Optional paper feeder EEPROM U3 Switches Sensors Clutches Motors Data bus Address bus Engine G A U8 HVTPWB Reset IC Y3 LSU Figure 2 3 3 Engine PWB diagram 2GZ2 261 Figure 2 3 4 Engine PWB silk screen diagram 2 3 5 2GZ 261 Connector Signal Voltage Description YC1 Connected to the power source PWB CEMA ZCROSS 5VD FH M ON FH S ON GND 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC pulse 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC CEMA On Off Zero cross signal 5 V DC power input FHM On Off FH S On Off Ground Connected to the power source PWB 24VDR GND GND GND 3 3V 5VD 24VDR 24 V DC 3 3 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC power input Ground Ground Ground 3 3 V DC power input 5 V DC power input 24 V DC power input Connected to the optional document finisher N AlN 00 A N Al Oa P Y N SET SIG DFSDO DFSDI DFSCLK DFSEL SISEL DFRDY SIRDY 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC pulse 0 5 V DC pulse 0 5 V DC pulse 0 5 V DC 0 5 V
100. With AC present check for 24 V DC at YC1 7 on the power source PWB 5 V DC at YC1 6 and 3 3 V DC at YC1 5 If none replace the power source PWB 2 The eject motor does not operate Poor contact in the con nector terminals Reinsert the connector Also check for continuity within the con nector cable If none remedy or replace the cable Defective drive transmis sion system Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly If not grease the bushings and gears Check for broken gears and replace if any Defective eject motor Run maintenance item U030 and check if the eject motor oper ates If not replace the eject motor Defective engine PWB Run maintenance item U030 and check if the eject motor oper ates If not replace the engine PWB 3 The scanner motor or cooling fan motor 1 to 10 does not operate Poor contact in the con nector terminals Reinsert the connector Also check for continuity within the con nector cable If none remedy or replace the cable Broken motor coil Check for continuity across the coil If none replace the motor 4 The upper lower paper feed clutch feed clutch 1 2 3 MP paper feed clutch MP feed clutch reg istration clutch or duplex feed clutch does not operate Broken clutch coil Check for continuity across the coil If none replace the clutch Poor contact in the con nector terminals Reinse
101. _ to the digit position at which the value is to be changed and press the cursor up down keys to change the preset value Adjustment of upper side registration home position Setting range 20 to 20 Initial setting O Change in value per step 0 1 mm Adjustment of lower side registration home position Setting range 46 to 46 Initial setting O Change in value per step 0 1 mm Press the OK key The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key Setting adjustment of booklet stapling position Make sure that the center folding position is correct after adjustment If the position is not correct execute the adjustment of center folding position 1 Select gt gt Staple Pos 1 gt gt Staple Pos 2 or gt gt Staple Pos 3 2 Press the OK key will blink 3 Press the cursor right left keys to move _ to the digit position at which the value is to be changed and press the cursor up down keys to change the preset value Setting range 10 to 10 Initial setting O Change in value per step 0 55 mm When staples are placed too far right sample 1 decrease the preset value When staples are placed too far left sample 2 increase the preset value Reference value within 2 mm Se e id Sample 1 Sample 2 Figure 1 3 5 4 Press the OK key The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key Maintenance item No 2GZ 2G1 2 Description U246 Setting adjustm
102. check for correct operation Stapler motor problem optional 3000 sheet document finisher Jam 82 is indicated Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC10 on the finisher main PWB and the connector of stapler motor and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective stapler motor Replace the stapler motor Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for correct operation 1 4 28 Centerfold unit communication error optional centerfold unit of 3000 sheet document finisher Communication with the centerfold unit is not possible although the connection is detected Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC22 on the finisher main PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective center fold unit set switch Replace the centerfold unit set switch Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Contents Centerfold side registration motor 1 problem optional centerfold unit of 3000 sheet document finisher The home position is not detected when initial operation even if 1000 ms passed 2GZ2 261 Remarks Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check procedures corrective measures Check the connection of connector Y
103. concave 28 de l arri re du capot sup rieur 7 retir l tape 3 Ensuite r installer le capot sup rieur 7 en serrant le levier de rel chement du finisseur de document 6 l aide de quatre vis 5 Si le cliquet 27 n est pas bien engag dans la partie concave le capot sup rieur 7 est l che ce qui peut entrainer un fonctionnement incorrect du finisseur de document 17 Refermer le capot sup rieur 3 et le bac C 4 ouverts l tape 2 Instalaci n de la cubierta 16 Acople el trinquete 27 del finalizador de documentos con la secci n c ncava 28 de la parte posterior de la cubierta superior 7 que fue quitada en el paso 3 Despu s presione la palanca de liberaci n del finalizador 6 para volver a instalar la cubierta superior 7 con cuatro tornillos 5 Si el trinquete 27 no est firmemente acoplado con la secci n c ncava la cubierta superior 7 quedar floja lo que podr causar un funcionamiento incorrecto del finalizador de documentos 17 Cierre la cubierta superior 3 y la bandeja C 4 que fueron abiertas en el paso 2 Anbringen der Abdeckung 16 Lassen Sie die Sperrklinke 27 des Dokument Finishers in den konkaven Teil 28 auf der R ckseite der oberen Abdeckung 7 eingreifen die zuvor in Schritt 3 entfernt wurde Dr cken Sie danach den Finisher Entriegelungshebel 6 um die obere Abdeckung 7 mit den vier Schrauben 5 zu befestigen Wenn die Sperrklinke 27 nicht gut in den konkaven Teil
104. correct operation Mailbox communication error optional mailbox of 3000 sheet docu ment finisher Communication with the mailbox is not possible although the connection is detected Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of the connector of the mailbox and the connector YC7 on the finisher main PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective PWB Replace the mailbox main PWB or finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Mailbox drive motor problem optional mailbox of 3000 sheet docu ment finisher The motor lock signal is detected above 500 ms during driving the mailbox drive motor Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC2 on the mailbox main PWB and the connector of the mailbox drive motor and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective mailbox drive motor Replace the mailbox drive motor Defective PWB Replace the mailbox main PWB or finisher main PWB and check for correct operation 1 4 30 Document finisher communication problem optional 3000 sheet docu ment finisher No communication there is no reply after 5 retries Abnormal communication a communica tion error parity or checksum error is detected five times in succession Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection
105. de las cubiertas 9 Instale la cubierta V K en cada cubierta posterior C y cubierta frontal D respecti vamente con un tornillo de ajuste M3 x 8 G Anbringen der Abdeckungen 9 Bringen Sie die Abdeckung V K auf jede hintere Abdeckung C bzw vordere Abde ckung D mit einer M3 x 8 Passstift Ver bundschraube G an Riassemblare i pannelli 9 Installare il pannello V K su ognuno dei pannelli posteriore C e anteriore D rispet tivamente con viti con testa a croce P M4 x 8 G E WAR 9 4 3 H 1 M3 X 8 122 X 6 P RAT G RR V K BIE ii C me D Eo 213 082 IT 9 II C LASTRA D 2 20 23 V R EUCAMX84v754KP OIATTHN ACRI S Installing the slider 10 Align slider E with projection 10 on the front side plate of the docu ment finisher and install the slider 11 Pull out slider E and secure it with two M4 x 8 tap tight S screws H To tighten the screw at the rear side of slider E easily open the right cover of the document finisher and secure the screw from the right side 11 of the document finisher Installation de la r gle 10 Aligner la r gle E sur la saillie 10 de la plaque avant du finisseur de document et installer la r gle 11 Faire ressortir la r gle E et la fixer l aide de deux vis S taraud es M4 x 8 H Pour pouvoir serrer facilement la vis l arri re de la r gle E ouvrir le capot de droite du finisseur de do
106. dell MFP sollevare il foglio i metallo 6 di due posizioni sulla guida della rotaia D e serrare le due viti 7 Nota Se la guida della rotaia non regolata correttamente potrebbe non muoversi scorrevolmente oppure la finitrice di documenti potrebbe cadere i ll E ZE MFP EMIL ON amp bie LOIRE 3 lt E 2 IR ETD 75 Jai 4 CO ME Dm FED E HARE 220 REB E a ET 7 E x T RE LE USER TS RIS PB AS REMA Bh HZ RH 3174681 III MFP Ariane C Mix 6 Eg LC cA 023Xzuoiib dij 6 EAA FL D 23 4 CRAB DE 280 FONTE HOT EXA 7 2 A FRES Zo TEL lt REL ARE HT RURAL ACH dEV RBA a AY EZ 4 y iov BB N YA Do Slide the document finisher to engage it with the latch catch of the MFP If the document finisher and the MFP do not engage securely perform the following document finisher height adjustment Faire glisser le retoucheur de document pour l engager dans le pontet du loquet du MFP Si le retoucheur de document et le MFP ne s engagent pas correctement effectuer le r glage de hauteur suivant sur le retoucheur de document Deslice el finalizador de documentos hasta que enganche con el cerrojo del MFP Si el finalizador de documentos y el MFP no se acoplan de manera segura realice el siguiente ajuste de la altura del finalizador de documentos Den Dokument
107. deux vis 8 pour retirer la plaque de guidage 9 Extracci n de la placa guia 4 Quite los dos tornillos 8 para quitar la placa guia 9 Entfernen der F hrungsplatte 4 Entfernen Sie die beiden Schrauben 8 um die F hrungsplatte abzunehmen 9 Rimuovere la piastra guida 4 Togliere due viti 8 per rimuovere la piastra guida 9 TR RS elt 4 IE F 2 BUT 8 DEE FS AN 0 H4 ESOU HL 4 EX 8 2AEAL 71 Fik 9 UO H o Installing the guide 5 Engage the projection and the pawl of the guide E with the hole punch unit A to install the guide Installation du guide 5 Engager la projection et le cliquet du guide E dans la perforatrice A pour installer le guide Instalaci n de la gu a 5 Acople el resalto y el trinquete de la gu a E con la perforadora A para instalar la gu a Anbringen der F hrung 5 Bringen Sie den Vorsprung und die Sperr klinke der F hrung E mit der Lochereinheit A in Eingriff um die F hrung einzubauen Installare la guida 5 Agganciare la parte sporgente e il dentello della guida E all unit di perforazione A per installare la guida Z 5 0 d FSF IAA E WIR H BAN RIM FT LATE A R LORS x 5 Niki Hf FORY tit 5 771 F ORME VY ARANYFaA yh A EST EX Y ANTA Installing the hole punch unit 6 Tilt the hole punch unit A to place it through the hole in the upper side of the document finisher 7 Fix the hole punch unit A
108. disassembly When handling PWBs printed wiring boards do not touch parts with bare hands The PWBs are susceptible to static charge Do not touch any PWB containing ICs with bare hands or any object prone to static charge Use only the specified parts to replace the fuser unit thermostat Never substitute electric wires as the machine may be seriously damaged When replacing battery on a PWB dispose properly according to laws and regulations When removing the hook of the connector be sure to release the hook 2 Drum Note the following when handling or storing the drum When removing the drum unit never expose the drum surface to strong direct light Keep the drum at an ambient temperature between 0 C 32 F and 35 C 95 F and at a relative humidity not higher than 8596 RH Avoid abrupt changes in temperature and humidity Avoid exposure to any substance which is harmful to or may affect the quality of the drum Do not touch the drum surface with any object Should it be touched by hands or stained with oil clean it 3 Toner Store the toner container in a cool dark place Avoid direct light and high humidity 1 5 1 2GZ 261 1 5 2 Paper feed section 1 Detaching and refitting the forwarding paper feed and separation pulleys Follow the procedure below to replace the forwarding paper feed and separation pulleys Procedure Removing the primary paper feed units 1 Open the front cover and pull out the cassettes 1
109. e EE 2 Partes suministradas A Unidad de plegado 1 B Bandeja de plegado zd C Cubierta posterior 1 D Cubierta frontal sad E Deslizador en 2 Gelieferte Teile A Mittenfalteinheit 1 B Faltfach ud C Hintere Abdeckung D Vordere Abdeckung E SChi b r tenete 2 Parti fornite A Unit di piegatura centrale 1 B Vassoio di piegatura zd C Pannello posteriore zd D Pannello anteriore 51 E SCIVONO DEE 2 URI HE 14 A PRI B MH FER EE ER TEE 1 Eeer 2 SES ft an A PPO BAHT bi iii 1 B PHO Bv eee 1 C RSV A E LR 1 DI te EE 228 22282 D ED e de 1 E AU ee ee 2 c ION F G c Tom c TI c Tom F G CI F G H I J aH mon Ombreur ict easy 1 Vis P taraud es M3 x 8 2 Vis S taraud es M4 x 8 sa lil Etiquette iere 1 Poign e de capot cheval 1 Pantalla paraluz eiei 1 Tornillo de ajuste M3 x 8 2 Tornillo de ajuste M4 x 8 11 Etiqueta uera dE c 1 Placa de manilla de cubierta 1 Abeschimung cir Ctidrissiercicnni cecert ce d ns 1 M3 x 8 Passstift Verbundschrauben 2 M4 x 8 Passstift Verbundschrauben 11 Aufkleber i antennes 1 Abdeckun
110. eject sensor With 5 V DC present at CN5 4 on the finisher main PWB check if CN5 6 on the finisher main PWB remains low or high when the eject sensor is turned on and off If it does replace the eject sen sor Check if the paper convey ing motor malfunctions Check and remedy Check if the eject roller and eject pulley contact each other Check and remedy Check if the eject guide is deformed Check and remedy Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for correct operation 26 A paper jam in optional document finisher is indicated during printing sub tray eject jam Jam code 84 Defective eject switch 2 With 5 V DC present at YC19 3 on the finisher main PWB check if YC19 2 on the finisher main PWB remains low or high when the eject switch 2 is turned on and off If it does replace the eject switch 2 27 A paper jam in optional document finisher is indicated during printing sub tray eject jam Jam code 85 Defective eject switch 3 With 5 V DC present at YC16 A4 on the finisher main PWB check if YC16 A3 on the finisher main PWB remains low or high when the eject switch 3 is turned on and off If it does replace the eject Switch 3 28 A paper jam in optional document finisher is indicated during printing inter nal tray paper entry sensor 1 jam Jam code 86 Defective internal tray paper entry sensor 1 With 5 V DC pr
111. en cada punto hacia fuera hasta que hagan contacto con los reguladores de tama o laterales 12 F hren Sie die oberen Laschen 15 und die unteren Laschen 16 der vorderen und hinteren Quergr fsen Einsteller 12 jeweils in die oberen Schlitze 17 und unteren Schlitze 18 so da die Gr f enanzeiger 14 auf die zu benutzende Papiergr e zeigen Sichern Sie die Quergr Ben Einsteller mit jeweils einer Schraube 13 F r die Vorderseite das Papierformat anhand der Positionen pr fen wo die oberen Laschen 15 in die oberen Schlitze 17 eingef hrt sind Positionen der oberen Schlitze 17 Vorne A4 Mitte Letter Hinten B5 Positionen der oberen Schlitze 17 auf der R ckseite Vorne B5 Mitte Letter Hinten A4 Bewegen Sie die vorderen und hinteren Schieber 11 zwei an jedem Punkt nach au en bis sie mit den Quergr Ben Einstellern 12 in Kontakt kommen Inserire le linguette superiori 15 e le linguette inferiori 16 dei regolatori della misura laterale anteriori e posteriori 12 nelle scanalature superiori 17 e nelle scanalature inferiori 18 rispettivamente in modo tale che gli indicatori della misura 14 puntino alla dimensione della carta da utilizzare Fissare i regolatori della misura laterale utilizzando la vite 13 per ciascuno di essi Per il lato anteriore controllare il formato carta facendo riferimento alle posizioni dove le linguette superiori 15 sono inserite nelle scanalature superiori 17 L
112. finisher main PWB and the connector on the main tray motor and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective main tray motor Replace the main tray motor Defective main tray upper limit detec tion sensor main tray load detection sensor main tray lower limit detec tion sensor Replace the sensor Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for correct operation 1 4 26 Tray elevation motor problem optional document finisher When the tray elevation motor is driving the ON status of the tray lower limit sen Sor or surface view sensor cannot be detected even if a specified time has elapsed The tray elevation motor connector makes poor con tact Reinsert the connector Also check for conti nuity within the connector cable If none remedy or replace the cable The tray elevation motor malfunc tions Replace the tray elevation motor The tray lower limit sensor push paper sensor surface view sensor con nector makes poor contact Reinsert the connector Also check for conti nuity within the connector cable If none remedy or replace the cable Defective tray lower limit sensor push paper sensor surface view sen SOr Replace the sensor Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Contents Side registration motor 1 prob
113. finisher with alcohol and adhere label 1 aligning with making off line Collage de l tiquette 25 Nettoyer la zone o l tiquette doit tre col l e sur le capot de droite du finisseur de document avec de l alcool et coller l tiquette 1 en l alignant sur la ligne indiqu e Para pegar la etiqueta 25 Limpie con alcohol el rea donde va a pegar la etiqueta 1 en la cubierta derecha del fina lizador de documentos y p guela aline n dola con la l nea de referencia Anbringen des Aufklebers 25 Reinigen Sie den Bereich auf der rechten Abdeckung des Dokument Finishers mit Alkohol richten Sie den Aufkleber I aus und kleben Sie ihn dann fest Incollare l etichetta 25 Pulire con alcool la zona dove si applica l eti chetta sul pannello destro della finitrice Attaccare l etichetta I allineandola alla linea A SEERE A C LORS ZE H CERT o FORA De JANRY HT 25 F a y KI 4 Y I v DAS Li FLD GR ADETIZA 0 HEY HF D Checking staple position 1 In the center stapling mode perform a test copy with the paper fed from the main tray A test copy must be made for each of the following paper sizes A4R LTR 8 5 x 11 B4 LGL 8 5 x 14 A3 LGR 11 x 17 2 Check the distance from the center of the paper to the staple position If the distance is out of the reference range follow the steps below to adjust the position Reference value Distance from the center within 2 mm
114. finitrice FRAN 4 OREA Las R 4 SUR ET 5 DR NE iii 6 BAN ORY HL 4 EX 5 4 RENAL H 6 EY A o Removing the reinforcing plate 5 Remove six screws 7 to remove the left reinforcing plate 8 Tilt the left reinforcing plate 8 to pull out upwards Enl vement de la plaque de renfort 5 Retirer six vis 7 pour retirer la plaque de renfort de gauche 8 Incliner la plaque de renfort de gauche 8 pour la faire ressortir vers le haut Extracci n de la placa de refuerzo 5 Quite seis tornillos 7 para quitar la placa de refuerzo izquierda 8 Incline la placa de refuerzo izquierda 8 para sacarla hacia arriba Entfernen der Verst rkungsplatte 5 Entfernen Sie die sechs Schrauben 7 um die linke Verst rkungsplatte 8 auszubauen Neigen Sie die Verst rkungsplatte 8 um sie nach auBen herauszuziehen Rimuovere la lastra di rinforzo 5 Togliere sei viti 7 per rimuovere la lastra di rinforzo sinistra 8 Inclinare la lastra di rinforzo sinistra 8 ed estrarla verso l alto E T NSAAR o 5 it F 6 ARES 7 DUR P Ac DSA 8 KADRA 8 EHI EAH 185845800 RU SAL 5 EA D 6 REL URAL 8 TROVA HIERIE 8 1343485 AB EO TA o HO A Ft Installing the back cover 6 Use the four screws 5 which was removed from the document finisher in step 4 and reinstall the back cover 6 Installation du capot arri re 6 Utiliser les quatre vis 5 retir es du finisseur de document l
115. gemacht werden Ziehen Sie eine gerade Linie 1 in der Mitte jedes einzelnen Papiers a F r jede der nachfolgenden Papiergr fsen muss eine Testkopie gemacht werden AAR LTR 8 5 x 11 B4 LGL 8 5 x 14 A3 LGR 11 x 17 Controllare la posizione della piegatura centrale 1 Inserire il cavo di alimentazione della fotocopiatrice nella presa di cor rente e accendere l interruttore principale 2 Eseguire una copia di prova in modalit piegatura centrale necessa rio eseguire una copia di prova per ciascuno dei formati di carta indicati in seguito Disegnare una linea retta 1 al centro di ogni foglio a Formati di carta su cui eseguire la copia di prova A4R LTR 8 5 x 11 B4 LGL 8 5 x 14 A3 LGR 11 x 17 fes EE LP MFP ff dd HJ IF E HTX 2 EH EREN A A II IA ATR SE HE FRA a PAE 1 FAL APART lt S MAA AE EN AAR LTR 8 5 X 11 B4 LGL 8 5 X 14 A3 LGR 11 X 17 ES pi Y ri R RE 1 MFPPAKO BIR T TRAY EY hICHLIAR AM LUCAM o ON Fd 2 JA FO HK JH L PIO E RO 2470 CT AbAE BTS Hat uC 1 EBIOTR lt ZE a A4R LTR 8 5 X 117 BA LGL 8 5 X 14 A3 LGR 11 X 17 T AIR c EPA 1 EE S SZ EN EAS ETA 2 EEE If the distance from center line 1 on paper c to centerfold position 2 on the copy sample is out of the reference range follow the steps below to adjust the distance
116. gina 19 18 ffnen Sie die rechte Abdeckung des Dokument Finishers A 19 Setzen Sie den Basis Schieber A F unter dem Dokument Finisher A ein und rasten Sie die Laschen 5 ein 20 Befestigen Sie den Basis Schieber A F mit den vier M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschrauben l 21 SchlieRen Sie die rechte Abdeckung des Dokument Finishers A 22 Gehen Sie zum Schritt 1 auf Seite 19 weiter 18 Aprire il pannello destro della finitrice di documenti A 19 Inserire lo scivolo di base A F sotto la finitrice di documenti A e agganciare le linguette 5 20 Fissare lo scivolo di base A F con quattro viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 1 21 Chiudere il pannello destro della finitrice di documenti A 22 Andare a pagina 19 punto 1 18 FT FET A RIA 19 45 ERT AR A F df 214617 CA F JEFE L 5 20 H 4 Ki M4 X 10 Jic 22 Z E e EI D El E I PEI AP 21 2 amp BEREVI AF A A BR o 22 4 S58 19 LB 125 18 Fra XV RY 4 Y T4 MOE BH lt 19 S A274 FAP E Fra ZAY RIA YU A OFS LIA BLY RX 5 52 20 Z RFA AAF SEAM X 10 737441 F S 4 AK CHIES Do 21 Fra XV RAH HRV YH NDAIRTEHLUI 22 19 V FJR 1 tr When installing the document finisher to the full color machine Installing the fixing and connecting plates 1 Install fixing plates F P and R Q to the MFP using two M4 x 10 tap Tight S Screws S for each plate 2 Inst
117. gler la position du couvercle avant Si la position du couvercle avant est incorrecte le tiroir risquera de ne pas tre fix par l aimant ou un cart risquera de s ouvrir entre le couvercle avant et le corps du bureau papier 8 Desserrer les cinq vis 28 9 D placer la position du couvercle avant 29 de la quantit de divisions du niveau correspondant au mouvement du dispositif de r glage 26 quantit de mouvement du niveau 31 en utilisant le niveau 30 10 Resserrer les cinq vis 28 Ajuste de la posici n de la tapa frontal Nota Si cambia la posici n del regulador ajuste la posici n de la tapa frontal Si la posici n de la tapa frontal no es la adecuada el casete puede no fijarse con la imagen o la separaci n entre la tapa frontal y el cuerpo del alimentador de papel puede abrirse 8 Suelte los cinco tornillos 28 9 Mueva la posici n de la tapa frontal 29 en la cantidad de divisiones del nivel que corresponde al movimiento del regulador 26 cantidad de movimiento del nivel 31 utilizando el nivel 30 10 Vuelva a apretar los cinco tornillos 28 Einstellen der Position der Frontabdeckung Hinweis Falls die Position des Einstellers ge ndert wird muss die Position der Frontabdeckung ge ndert werden Falls die Position der Frontabdeckung nicht stimmt wird die Papierlade eventuell nicht mit dem Magneten gesichert oder der Spalt zwischen der Frontabdeckung und dem Papiereinzug kann sich ffnen 8
118. gt y 9 FAZER 6 F RRR HI 1 NIR 22 9 A1 2 ERE BAZE S 1224 MA X 08 D SAT RER C RTE 11 EXHI Hu D IA LEVER Ze 38 72 9 e Tox z N Lasi m Z XHARRA OD 10 Refit the cover 8 using the screw 7 removed in step 5 10 Remettre le couvercle 8 en place l aide de la vis 7 retir e auparavant l tape 5 10 Vuelva a colocar la tapa 8 usando el tornillo 7 quitado en el paso 5 10 Bringen Sie die Abdeckung 8 wieder mit der in Schritt 7 entfernten Schraube 5 an 10 Inserire il pannello posteriore 8 usando le viti 7 rimosse al punto 5 10 HERR 5 HERRI 1 Merz 7 3 4 b 8 de JRH HIN E o D 10 PIE 5 CRVI LEER MIATIS 8 TIT 0 CO NUS 11 11 11 11 11 1 m JE 4 N Turn the four adjusters 13 until they reach the floor and adjust them to level the machine Tourner les quatre pieds r glables 13 jusqu ce qu ils atteignent le sol et les r gler au niveau de la machine Gire los cuatro ajustadores 13 hasta que lleguen al piso y aj stelos hasta que nivelen la m quina Drehen Sie die vier Einstellf ee 13 bis sie den Boden erreichen und stellen Sie sie so ein da die Maschine nivelliert ist Ruotare i quattro piedini regolabili 13 sino a quando vengono a contatto con il pavimento quindi regolarne l altezza in modo da livellare la macchina
119. guide Toner feed solenoid TNFSOL Replenishes toner Cleaning lamp CL Removes residual charge from the drum surface Fuser heater M FH M uins Heats the heat roller Fuser heater S FH S oo i Heats the heat roller Fuser unit thermostat 1 FTS1 Prevents overheating in the fuser section Fuser unit thermostat 2 FTS2 Prevents overheating in the fuser section Duplex feed clutch DUPFCL Controls the drive of the duplex feed roller Cassette heater CH Dehumidifies the cassette section 2 2 5 2GZ 261 This page is intentionally left blank 2 2 6 2 3 1 Power source PWB TB3 Power source PWB AC TB1 LIVE input TB2 NEUTRAL Cassette heater Figure 2 3 2 Power source PWB silk screen diagram Zero cross signal output circuit FH M FH S Figure 2 3 1 Power source PWB diagram FH LIVE 2GZ 2G1 2 24VD 24VDF 5V 5VD 5VDF 3R3VD SLEEP ZCROSS CFM4 FH M FH S Fuser heaters 2 3 1 2GZ 2G1 2 Connector Connected to the AC inlet and main switch LIVE COM LIVE LIVE Voltage 120 V AC 220 240 V AC 120 V AC 220 240 V AC 120 V AC 220 240 V AC 120 V AC 220 240 V AC Description AC power input AC power input AC power output AC power input Connected to the engine PWB 24VDR GND GND
120. in ordine crescente 3 Chiudere il pannello anteriore della finitrice di documenti A NRE EAT Se CEI 1 TETAS A T HU zii De o 2 Y H JJ 48 DRE USE We E2 GI ARE 3 JC DIE AF A JEU He BM o Dir THEATER 1 a1l 4V7NDHI Nd LAEIXELZS b 1 Faibel ORU ER 2 IEn 7 FRED E A E2 FANC S AM FORE VIII AR E do 3 PELAS f71 3v x A ORTA STEHLI S eR Perform a test copy Repeat steps 2 to 4 until the paper becomes straight Effectuer une copie de test R p ter les tapes 2 4 jusqu ce que le papier soit plat Haga una copia de prueba Repita los pasos 2 a 4 hasta que el papel quede derecho Machen Sie eine Testkopie Wiederholen Sie die Schritte 2 bis 4 bis das Papier sich gl ttet Eseguire una copia di prova Ripetere i passaggi dal punto 2 al punto 4 finch l arricciatura non viene eliminata completamente uA AED 28 225 8 8 4 PESKE E th e PAVA S 9 HOH 1 A3 77 lt SEC FE 2 4 SREY IT 23 Addition of procedure in installing the finisher Supplied parts a Spring e EE 1 Proc dure additionnelle pour l installation du retoucheur de document Pi ces fournies a Crochet deressort 1 Step 2 on page 3 is change
121. install the paper feeder 1 Remove the lower paper cassette 1 from the MFP Proc dure Veiller bien mettre l interrupteur principal du MFP hors tension et d brancher la fiche d alimentation du MFP de la prise murale avant de commencer l installation du bureau papier 1 Retirer le tiroir inf rieur 1 du MFP Procedimiento Aseg rese de apagar el interruptor principal del MFP y de desconectar el enchufe del MFP del recept culo de pared antes de empezar a instalar el alimentador de papel 1 Quite el caj n de papel inferior 1 del MFP Vorgang Schalten Sie unbedingt den Hauptschalter des MFP aus und ziehen Sie den Netzstecker des MFP von der Netzsteckdose ab bevor Sie mit der Installation des Papiereinzugs beginnen 1 Nehmen Sie die untere Papierlade 1 vom MFP ab Procedura Prima di dare inizio alla procedura di installazione dell unit di alimentazione della carta non mancare di spegnere l MFP usando l interruttore principale di alimentazione e di disinserire la spina del cavo di alimentazione dalla presa a muro della rete elettrica 1 Rimuovere il cassetto inferiore della carta 1 dall MFP ZUR CBR CAE SIN BAUER MFP EIERE BFK FPA HA HDR deli 3 D ETT EE 1 D MFP EDLAS PARA AE 1 o RIFE RAZA 4 F E BI SEU AS ERI MFP BIRD AA AS v F OFF L MFP Ah O ZAR CP RTRIRIZE 1 MP AO FBEZIE v FQ HV PE H
122. l aspetto B spostare il regolatore 26 nella direzione della freccia bianca gt e serrare nuovamente le tre viti 27 moz RU ss 4 jud Hee E GS ARR HAI VA 4 26 Ef 3 MR 27 FE A BIRER 5 MISS A RE Cm H 1 35h V 26 FX MAREA BIN SEX SANA 26 IX T 3 Mz 27 o 3 Mz 27 T KEE EE HL MEE 26 DEZ 273 AGD A B FA ABH Y 5 A TIMRO G RE O 5 amp up 26 ABU EA 27 3 ZR Ze DU s BM ROBE RE S O TE amp CHER 26 ADAL EA 0273 ARD S Output a test pattern again Repeat steps 4 to 6 until the centers of the paper and the test pattern meet the reference value Reference value Deviation to the left or right 1 5 mm or less Reproduire une nouvelle mire R p ter les tapes 4 6 jusqu ce que le centre du papier et celui de la mire correspondent la valeur de r f rence Valeur de r f rence D viation vers la gauche ou la droite 1 5 mm ou moins Saque un patr n de prueba nuevamente Repita los pasos 4 a 6 hasta que los centros de papel y el patr n de prueba cumplan con el valor de referencia Valor de referencia Desviaci n a la izquierda o derecha 1 5 mm o menos Drucken Sie erneut ein Testmuster aus Wiederholen Sie die Schritte 4 bis 6 bis die Mitte des Papiers und des Testmusters mit dem Bezugswert bereinstimmt Bezugswert Abwe
123. necessary However can be used to prevent curling or creasing of paper or solve a fuser problem on thick paper Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U161 gt Adjust Fixing gt U161 Heater 2 Press the cursor right key to display the submenu screen 3 Press the cursor up down keys to select the item for which the preset value is to be changed Submenu display Description Setting range Initial setting gt gt Drive St TEMP Driving start temperature when warm 0 to 255 C 185 up starts gt gt Ready TEMP C Control temperature for displaying 0 to 255 C 200 Ready for printing gt gt Print TEMP C Control temperature during printing 0 to 255 C 200 Press the OK key _ will blink Drive St TI 161 1 TE 5 Press the cursor right left keys to move to the digit position at which the value is to be changed and press the cursor up down keys to change the preset value 6 Press the OK key The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key 1 3 11 2GZ 261 Maintenance item No Description U196 Turning the fuser heater on Description Turns the fuser heater M or S on Purpose To check fuser heaters turning on Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U196 gt Turn Fixing gt U196 Heater ON 2 Press the cursor right key to
124. of paper on the MP tray Feed switch 1 FSW1 Controls feed clutch 1 drive timing Feed switch 2 FSW2 Controls feed clutch 2 drive timing Feed switch 3 FSW3 Controls feed clutch 3 drive timing MP feed switch MPFSW Controls MP feed clutch drive timing Registration switch RSW Controls the secondary paper feed start timing Eject switch ESW Detects a paper misfeed in the fuser section Feedshift switch FSSW Detects a paper misfeed in the switchback section in a duplex print 2 2 2 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 2G2 2G1 Toner sensor TNS Detects the toner density in the developing unit Toner container detection switch MISI Detects the presence of the toner container Toner container sensor TCS Detects the quantity of toner in a toner container Waste toner box detection switch WTIDSW eee mmn Detects the presence of the waste toner box Overflow sensor OFS Detects when the waste toner box is full Humidity sensor HUMS Detects absolute humidity Fuser unit thermistor 1 FTH1 Detects the heat roller temperature Fuser unit thermistor 2 FTH2 Detects the heat roller temperature Front cover swi
125. of the PWBs 2 0 1 Power source PWDB 2 ceret teer aaa 2 3 1 22322 Engine EE 2 3 4 2 4 Appendixes Maintenance parts liS iii ii A CATLA EN TA ER ge dede vas 2 4 1 General wiring dlagram iaia E dea bbs 2 4 2 2GZ 2G1 2 INSTALLATION GUIDE PAPER FEEDER 3000 SHEETS PAPER FEEDER DOCUMENT FINISHER 3000 SHEETS DOCUMENT FINISHER CENTER FOLDING UNIT MAILBOX HOLE PUNCH UNIT 2GZ 261 This page is intentionally left blank 1 1 1 Specifications Paper sizes Printing speed First print time Warm up time Paper feed system Paper eject system Photoconductor Charging system Recording system Developing system Transfer system Separation system Fusing system Charge erasing system Cleaning system 2GZ 2G1 2 Desktop Indirect electrostatic system Cassette 60 105 g m MP tray 45 200 g m Types Cassette Plain Preprinted Bond Recycled Rough Letterhead Color Prepunched High quality and Custom MP tray Plain Transparency Preprinted Labels Bond Recycled Vellum Rough Letterhead Color Prepunched Envelope Cardstock Thick High quality and Custom Cassette A3 A4 A5 B4 B5 Ledger Letter Legal Folio and Statement MP tray A3 A4 A5 A6 B4 B5 B6 Ledger Letter Legal Envelope Monarch Envelope DL Envelope C4 Envelope C5 ISO B5 Executive Envelope 6 Envelope 9 Envelope 10 Hagaki Oufuku Hagaki Oficio II 8 kai 16 kai Statem
126. paper feeder 43 Jam in MP tray paper conveying section 48 Multiple sheets in paper feed section 4D Multiple sheets in vertical paper conveying section 4D Multiple sheets in MP tray paper conveying section 48 Jam in registration transfer section 4D Jam in fuser section paper feed from MP tray 4D Jam in fuser section paper feed from cassette 1 4D Jam in fuser section paper feed from cassette 2 4D Jam in fuser section paper feed from cassette 3 paper feeder 4D Jam in fuser section paper feed from cassette 4 paper feeder 4D Jam in fuser section paper feed from 3000 sheet paper feeder 4D Jam in fuser section paper refeed from duplex section 4D Jam in eject section 4D Jam in feedshift section 4D Jam in duplex paper conveying section 1 4D Jam in duplex paper conveying section 2 4D Jam between the printer and 3000 sheet document finisher 46 Paper entry sensor PES non arrival jam 3000 sheet document finisher 46 Paper entry sensor1 2 PES1 PES2 non arrival jam document finisher 46 Jam in stapler 3000 sheet document finisher document finisher 46 Exit sensor ESW1 stay jam 3000 sheet document finisher 46 Exit sensor EXS stay jam document finisher 46 Jam in eject section of right sub tray 3000 sheet paper feeder 46 Jam in eject section of left sub tray 3000 sheet paper feeder 46 Jam in eject section of internal tray 1 3
127. poor copying performance N Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it ssseeesee Q Always use anti toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped Failure to do this may cause the copier to move unexpectedly or topple leading to injury i o Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively Protect the eyes If toner or developer is acciden tally ingested drink a lot of water to dilute it in the stomach and obtain medical attention immedi ately If it gets into the eyes rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtain medical ALLENTION M P M Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings and precautions in the copier s instruction handbook EEN o 2 Precautions for Maintenance WARNING Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before starting machine disassembly Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the service manual and other related A A Be ANR A LIA N Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety features including safety mechanisms and protective cireuits see ege aLaaa SEN N Always use parts having the correct specifications i N Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the service manual or other related bro chure when replacing them Using a piece of wire for example could lead
128. reverse side Switchback operation Printing onto front side normal rotation of eject motor reverse rotation of eject motor normal rotation of eject motor gt Paper path Figure 2 1 25 2 1 16 2GZ 2G1 2 Electrical parts layout 2 2 1 Machine front Machine rear VA Machine inside 1 PWBs 1 PWBs 2 Figure 2 Q C D 2 o E E i a E Ke D E o o o e a S s o D O c E o E E o L c o E o a g o x un c o lt TD c Q lt z Main PWB MPWB ees 1 controls the fuser heaters Main charging Generates developing bias and high voltages for transfer Displays LCD messages and LED indicators Controls key inputs Generates and controls the laser light 5 V DC and 3 3 V DC L E o c o a E o 2 E 5 E o Oo D 2 o d o wi 5 Li E o 9 E m a 2 e E c e O O a gt N o 2 S c O O i a is n 10 AA 20 as UI A e Z 5 a3 D i E D c o mo Nm 4 High voltage PWB HVTPWB cc m P 2 m O a ma za A m os ca g 6 2 L SE OJ LO 2 2 1 2GZ 261 2 2 Switches and sensors oouoosom 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Machin
129. serial number Machine serial number 1 3 28 Code conversion Service items 2GZ 2G1 2 Description gt gt Print Event Log 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 01 Printing an event log EVENT LOG Description Prints the history of paper misfeeds and self diagnostic errors including up to 16 items from the latest occurrence of such an error If the number of errors exceeds 16 errors will be deleted sequentially from the oldest one Purpose To allow machine malfunction analysis based on the frequency of paper misfeeds and self diagnostic errors Procedure 1 Enter the service mode gt gt Print Event log 2 Press the OK key gt gt Print Event Log will be displayed 3 Press the OK key A sheet of event log will be printed EVENT LOG Firmware version 130 00eval020A 8 Printed Page s 12345 1 2 8 4 DN ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG STE 6 Released 10 7 Paper Jam Log Count Event 8 11 Service Call Log Count 10 21 01 89 15 01 a b o d e f H E TUI UU IJ UI 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 HN W 4 0 Oy A OO o oc Counter Log 12 Service Code 11234 10000 9999 9998 9997 9996 9995 9994 HN amp 00 00 e 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 Maintenance Log Count
130. stampati di perforazione B Figura d cavo di alimentazione C a 9 piedini 23 e connettore YC2 24 della scheda a circuiti stampati di perforazione B Figura e cavo di alimentazione C a 9 piedini 25 e connettore elettrico a 9 piedini della finitrice 26 Z d FLUS ZE C HY OP AL 19 FFT FL 76 FB BR AK B J Y C3 dik 20 El d ER C HI APRIL 21 RIT FL 76 HL BR B 9 Y C1 F 22 El d ER O DI 9P HEA Q3 RTT FL HR B HY YC2 24 EI e HL WBE C WY OP dfi 3 2 25 404517 8 HL IR 2 AY OP ik 26 X d SR C O EP ARTZ H 19 L S FHM B D YG AR REA CC AP RIF T 1424 TONA O3 BY FHKE D IAA Fa e Sai DIP ARH 25 ERFFZA LAIA RY YO HAD 9P X 26 Installing the cover 16 Engage the pawl 27 of the document finisher with the concave section 28 at the back of the top cover 7 which was removed in step 3 After that reinstall the top cover 7 by pressing the finisher releasing lever 6 with four screws 5 If the pawl 27 is not securely engaged with the concave section the top cover 7 is loose which may cause incorrect operation of the document fin isher 17 Close the upper cover 3 and the tray C 4 which were opened in step 2 Installation du capot 16 Engager le cliquet 27 du finisseur de document dans la partie
131. switch if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse 12 The message requesting cover to be closed is dis played when the front cover or left cover 1 2 is closed Poor contact in the con nector terminals of front cover switch left cover 1 Switch or left cover 2 Switch Reinsert the connector Also check for continuity within the con nector cable If none remedy or replace the cable Defective front cover switch left cover 1 switch or left cover 2 switch Check for continuity across each switch If there is no continuity when the switch is on replace it 13 Others 1 4 40 Wiring is broken shorted or makes poor contact Check for continuity If none repair 1 4 5 Mechanical problems Problem 1 No primary paper feed Causes check procedures Check if the surfaces of the following rollers or pulleys are dirty with paper powder upper lower forwarding pulleys upper lower paper feed pulleys upper lower separation pulleys feed rollers registration rollers MP forward ing pulley MP paper feed pulley and MP sep aration pulley 2GZ2 261 Corrective measures Clean with isopropyl alcohol Check if the upper lower forwarding pulleys upper lower paper feed pulleys or upper lower separation pulleys is deformed Replace the pulley if it is deformed see page 1 5 2 Check if the MP forwarding pulley MP pa
132. switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse Electrical problem with paper feeder paper feed clutch 1 Check see service manual of paper feeder Optional 3000 sheet paper feeder Paper is extremely curled Change the paper Broken feed switch 3 actua tor Check visually and replace switch Defective feed switch 3 Run maintenance item U031 and turn feed switch 3 on and off manually Replace feed switch 3 if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse Electrical problem with paper feeder paper feed clutch 1 2 and paper feeder paper conveying clutch Check see service manual of 3000 sheet paper feeder 5 A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during printing no paper feed from optional cassette 4 Jam code 13 1 4 10 Paper is extremely curled Change the paper Check if the paper feed pul ley forwarding pulley and separation pulley of optional cassette 4 are deformed Check visually and replace any deformed pulleys Broken paper feeder feed switch actuator Check visually and replace switch Defective paper feeder feed switch With 5 V DC present at CN2 8 on the paper feeder main PWB check if CN2 7 on the paper feeder main PWB remains low when the paper feeder feed switch is turned on and off If it does replace the paper feeder feed switch Electrical problem with paper feede
133. tape 4 et r installer le capot arri re 6 Instalaci n de la cubierta posterior 6 Utilice los cuatro tornillos 5 que fueron qui tados del finalizador de documentos en el paso 4 y vuelva a instalar la cubierta poste rior 6 Anbringen der hinteren Abdeckung 6 Verwenden Sie die vier Schrauben 5 wel che im Schritt 4 vom Dokument Finisher ent fernt wurden und bringen Sie danach die hintere Abdeckung 6 wieder an Installare il pannello posteriore 6 Utilizzare le quattro viti 5 rimosse dalla fini trice nel passo 4 e reinstallare il pannello posteriore 6 Re GEM 6 H 7E 25 2 4 MICRA LHR AI 4 AU ET 5 ET ri i M 6 o BAN ORY ftt 6 FIA TCI LERH 6 FEA 5 4 X Caci 0 RO 1417 34 To install the center folding unit on the full color machine 7 Steps 8 and 9 below will be required when the center folding unit A is installed on the full color machine Installation de la plieuse sur la machine pleine couleurs 7 Les tapes 8 et 9 ci dessous sont n cessai res lorsque la plieuse A est install e sur la machine pleine couleurs Para instalar la unidad de plegado en la m quina a todo color T Los pasos 8 y 9 de abajo ser n necesarios cuando la unidad de plegado A se instale en la m quina a todo color Anbringen der Mittenfalteinheit am Vollfarbenkopierer 7 Die nachfolgenden Schritte 8 und 9 sind erforderlich wenn die Mittenfalteinheit A
134. the amount of toner remaining in the toner container is small printing can be continued using the toner in the developer unit Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U136 2 Press the OK key will be displayed 3 Press the cursor up down keys to turn on or off empty toner status detection gt Ignore Toner U136 Empty Off Initial setting Off Press the OK key The setting is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key 1 3 10 Maintenance item No 2GZ2 261 Description U144 Setting toner loading operation Description Sets toner loading operation after completion of printing Purpose To set whether or not toner is loaded on the drum after low density printing Normally no change is necessary from the initial setting Setting 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U144 gt Set Toner Mode U144 Mode 2 Press the OK key will be displayed Select the item to be set using the cursor up down keys Display Description Mode 0 Toner not loaded Mode 1 Toner loaded after simplex or duplex printing Mode 2 Toner loaded after simplex printing Initial setting Mode 2 Press the OK key The setting is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key Setting the fuser control temperature Description Changes the fuser control temperature Purpose Normally no change is
135. the cursor up down keys to change the preset value MAIN MOTOR Increasing the setting makes the image longer in the auxiliary scanning direction and decreasing it makes the image shorter in the auxiliary scanning direction POLYGON MOTOR Increasing the setting makes the image longer in the main scanning direction and decreasing it makes the image shorter in the main scanning direction EJECT MOTOR Normally no change is necessary but this can be used as countermeasures against wrinkles waving of paper Press the OK key The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key 1 3 7 2GZ 2G1 2 Maintenance item No Description U101 Setting the other high voltages Description Sets the developing bias control voltage the transfer control voltage and the separation control voltage or checks the output of these voltages Purpose To check the developing bias the transfer voltage and the separation voltage or to take measures against drop of image density or background fog Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U101 gt Adjust High U101 Voltage 2 Press the cursor right key to display the submenu screen 3 Press the cursor up down keys to select an item for which the preset value is to be changed Submenu display Description Setting Initial range setting gt gt DEV BIAS Developing bias AC component frequency at image 20 to 32 28 formation EV SBI
136. tipo di alimentatore di carta in dotazione alla vostra MFP In caso di utilizzo di due alimentatori di carta da 500 fogli Andare al punto 8 In caso di utilizzo di alimentatore di carta da 3000 fogli Andare al punto 14 7 G BUT MEE MEP EEREN RAI ER 2 500 KARRAR HERI 8 77 ER 3000 KARRA FER 14 5 7 MFP ARIS ER Y FT Bb AV Cv S X 74 2 UC FRO PAE Es 500 kx Aer SOS FIR 8 3000 tur SE 099 amp FIR 14 Installing the base slider When using two paper feeders of 500 sheets 8 Insert base slider V W and base slider A F that was disassembled in step 5 under the assembly base X and hook the tabs 4 Installation de la r gle de base Lors de l utilisation de deux alimenteurs de papier de 500 feuilles 8 Ins rer la r gle de base V W et la r gle de base A F d mont es l tape 5 sous la base d ensemble X et accrocher les onglets 4 Instalaci n del deslizador de base Cuando utilice dos alimentadores de papel de 500 hojas 8 Inserte el deslizador de base V W y el deslizador A F que fueron desmontados en el paso 5 debajo de la base del conjunto X y engan che las leng etas 4 Anbringen des Basis Schiebers Bei Verwendung von zwei Papiervorsch ben f r 500 Blatter 8 F hren Sie den im Schritt 5 zerlegten Basis Schieber V W sowie den Basis Schieber A F unter den Bauteile Basis X und rasten Sie die Laschen 4 ein Installazione dello scivolo di base In caso di util
137. will be displayed gt Default Setting 0002 JP Press the cursor up down keys to select JP US EU or AP Press the OK key Each setting will be initialized To keep the setting press the CANCEL key Turn the main switch off and on Printing without paper Description Switches to the machine operation control without paper Purpose To check the overall operation of the machine Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U005 2 Press the OK key will be displayed gt Print Without U005 Paper Off Press the cursor up down keys to turn On or Off printing without paper Initial setting Off Press the OK key The setting is set To keep the setting press the CANCEL key 1 3 3 2GZ 261 Maintenance item No Description U030 Checking motor operation Description Drives each motor Purpose To check the operation of each motor Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U030 gt Drive Motors 07030 2 Press the cursor right key to display the submenu screen 3 Press the cursor up down keys to select the motor to activate Submenu display Motor gt gt FEED Motor Paper feed motor PFM gt gt MAIN Motor Drive motor DM gt gt EJECT MT FW Eject motor EM rotates forward gt gt EJECT MT REW Eject motor EM rotates in reverse
138. x 10 I Cuando utilice dos alimentadores de papel de 500 hojas Instalaci n del deslizador de base 9 Abra la cubierta derecha del finalizador de documentos A 10 Inserte el deslizador A F en la parte inferior derecha del finalizador de documentos A y enganche las leng etas 5 11 Fije el deslizador A F con cuatro tornillos de ajuste M4 x 10 I Bei Verwendung von zwei Papiervorsch ben f r 500 Bl tter Anbringen des Basis Schiebers 9 ffnen Sie die rechte Abdeckung des Dokument Finishers A 10 Setzen Sie den Basis Schieber A F auf der unteren rechten Seite des Dokument Finishers A ein und rasten Sie die Laschen 5 ein 11 Befestigen Sie den Basis Schieber A F mit den vier M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschrauben I In caso di utilizzo di due alimentatori di carta da 500 fogli Installare lo scivolo di base 9 Aprire il pannello destro della finitrice di documenti A 10 Inserire lo scivolo di base A F nella parte inferiore destra della finitrice di documenti A e agganciare le linguette 5 11 Fissare lo scivolo di base A F con quattro viti con testa a croce S M4 x10 I fi FA 2 500 KARRAR RIRE AR 9 4T7F 4217 A A HIA EN 10 IE Ret A E dfi 2114217 A IAT FU FEE LT 5 11 4 M4 X 10 M2 2H S 124 D MEER A B o E 500 x 2 AT 4 F NRE ARATA FOR UNI 9 PFF2AS RI4 I I A DAI AR 10 A AAFTA ZA amp F 2 Z hI HR
139. 00 Not connected bitO Framing error USB information 00 Not connected 01 Full Speed 02 Hi Speed Operation panel lock sta tus displayed only when locked 01 Partial lock 02 Full lock NVRAM error displayed only when any error has occurred 01 ID error 02 Version error 03 Checksum error 04 NVRAM crush error NVRAM download 00 Normal bitO Font data bit1 Host data bit2 Macro data bit3 Program data bit4 Operation panel message data download file name displayed bits OEM data bit6 Web template data version displayed bit7 Error occurred Printable area setting Top offset Left offset Page length Page width Left offset for each paper source IMP tray Cassette1 Cassette 2 Cassette 3 Cassette 4 Cassette 5 Duplex 1 600 inches unit Top offset for each paper source IMP tray Cassette 2 Cassette 3 Cassette 4 Cassette 5 Duplex 1 600 inches unit Offset for rotation Top offset Left offset 1 600 inches unit Paper cassette life counter Total counter large Total counter small MP tray Paper cassette life counter Cassette 1 total Cassette 2 total Cassette 3 total Paper cassette life counter Cassette 4 total 1 3 27 2GZ 2G1 2 Service items Description Items Description Paper source position counter Duplex Life counter of each unit Drum unit Developer unit Fuser unit Document
140. 000 sheet paper feeder 46 Jam in eject section of internal tray 2 3000 sheet paper feeder 46 Jam in eject section of main tray 3000 sheet paper feeder 46 Jam in centerfold unit 3000 sheet document finisher 50 Jam in mailbox 3000 sheet document finisher 51 Document finisher cover opened 46 Exit sensor EXS non arrival jam document finisher 46 Reverse sensor REVS jam document finisher 46 Paper entry sensor PES stay remaining jam document finisher 46 Paper conveying sensor PCS jam document finisher 46 Note Values hexadecimal within indicate paper misfeed locations see next page 1 3 31 2GZ 2G1 2 Service items Description Description 1 3 32 b Detail of jam location Hexadecimal Trays 1 to 7 LOU Document finisher 3000 sheet document finisher EE PES AN fi J aa ray E Paper feeder c Detail of paper source Hexadecimal 00 MP tray 07 Duplex 01 Cassette 1 08 3000 sheet paper feeder 02 Cassette 2 05 06 09 Reserved 03 Cassette 3 paper feeder 04 Cassette 4 paper feeder Service items Description 2GZ 2G1 2 Description d Detail of paper size Hexadecimal 01 02 03 04 05 06 86 07 08 88 09 89 OA OB Monarch OC Ledger Business OD A5R International DL 8D A5E Internatio
141. 1 und danach die vordere untere Abdeckung 2 Rimuovere il pannello 1 Aprire il pannello anteriore della finitrice 2 Togliere due viti 1 e rimuovere il pannello anteriore inferiore 2 TER EISE 2 HF F 2 URED 1 E FAT FRA 2 DIN ORY HL 1 F a4whZa4m moBp23 xpg Ka 2 EX 1 2KR SL AT FIS 2 ZS Dun H o 3 Remove two screws 3 and remove lower left cover 4 3 Retirer deux vis 3 et retirer le capot gauche inf rieur 4 3 Quite dos tornillos 3 y la cubierta inferior izquierda 4 3 Entfernen Sie die beiden Schrauben 3 und danach die vordere untere Abdeckung 4 3 Togliere due viti 3 e rimuovere il pannello inferiore sinistro 4 3 ds F 2 BUT 6 JH YK F Ac Pas 4 3 A 32 KEIL EFA 4 amp EX Y H gt o Removing the back cover 4 Remove the four screws 5 to remove the back cover 6 from the document finisher Enl vement du capot arri re 4 Retirer les quatre vis 5 pour retirer le capot arri re 6 du finisseur de document Extracci n de la cubierta posterior 4 Quite los cuatro tornillos 5 para quitar la cubierta posterior 6 del finalizador de docu mentos Entfernen der hinteren Abdeckung 4 Entfernen Sie die vier Schrauben 5 vom Dokument Finisher um die hintere Abde ckung 6 zu entfernen Rimuovere il pannello posteriore 4 Togliere le quattro viti 5 per rimuovere il pannello posteriore 6 dalla
142. 1558 71 Y VY ORBEA 9 NC KO FAA Do 17429740 Fio AT 4 i SA 1 DEA 2 2 K EAT HI HI N HI Fit the two plate feet V K and secure them using two TP screws M3 x 10 G for each Install the finisher referring to the installation guide for finisher Proceed to step 4 Mettre en place les deux pieds de plaque V K et les fixer l aide de deux vis TP M3 x 10 G pour chaque pied Installer le retoucheur en se reportant au guide d installation du retoucheur Passer l tape 4 Coloque las dos patas de placa V K y asegurelas utilizando dos tornillos TP M3 x 10 G para cada una Instale el finalizador consultando la gu a de instalaci n para el finalizador Vaya al paso 4 Bringen Sie die zwei Plattenf Re V K an und befestigen Sie sie mit je zwei TP Schrauben M3 x 10 G Installieren Sie den Finisher gem der Installationsanleitung des Finishers Zu Schritt 4 bergehen Inserire i due piedini della piastra V K e fissare ciascuno di essi utilizzando due viti TP M3 x 10 G Installare il finitore seguendo le istruzioni della guida all installazione del finitore Procedere al passo 4 SERVICES 215082 R25 M3 x 10TP G ECT SIE BRIE Re TN HITR RITES ARBRES ERA PLV 7y RV K 2 P V UE AM3 X IOTP G 4 2 X CHET 2 QUGqIyUvexosERIBEEABUCIOA4 gt V 3 DATO FN 4 ciet
143. 2GZ 2G1 2 2 1 2 Main charging section The main charging section consists of the main charger assembly drum and so on The drum is electrically charged uni formly by means of a grid to form a latent image on the surface The main charger unit charges the drum so that a latent image is formed on the surface the shield grid ensuring the charge is applied uniformly In addition the main charger unit is equipped with the main charger cleaning motor and it is cleaning automatically Main charger unit Tungsten wire Shield grid Figure 2 1 5 Main charging section YC9 B13 B14 MCCM_FWD REV ca HVTPWB ZENER PWB Figure 2 1 6 Main charging section block diagram 2 1 4 2GZ2 261 2 1 3 Optical section 1 Laser scanner unit The image data is processed on the main PWB MPWB and transmitted as image printing data to the laser scanner unit LSU By repeatedly turning the laser on and off the laser scanner unit forms a latent image on the drum surface Figure 2 1 7 Laser scanner unit 1 Laser diode PWB LDPWB 2 Collimator lens 3 Cylindrical lens 4 Polygon motor PM 5 Polygon mirror 6 fO lens 7 Mirror Mirror 9 BD sensor mirror 10 Cylindrical correcting lens 11 BD sensor 2GZ 261 Na No 10 2 1 6 Figure 2 1 8 Laser scanner unit 2 Laser diode Generates the laser beam which forms a latent image on the drum Collimator le
144. 3 6 EU SERVANT 4v TNA TIRO MS SEE FIO THAT EHER E 19 ER M X BF 1734 F S 2 RTH 12 C WB D EAMETS 20 Store center folding unit A into the docu ment finisher If center folding unit A is not stored com pletely inside the document finisher the unit cannot be fixed in the document finisher and center folding unit A won t operate prop erly 20 Ranger la plieuse A dans le finisseur de document Si la plieuse A n est pas compl tement ran g e l int rieur du finisseur de document la plieuse ne peut pas tre fix e dans le finis seur de document et la plieuse A ne fonc tionne pas correctement 20 Meta la unidad de plegado A en el finaliza dor de documentos Si la unidad de plegado A no se mete com pletamente en el finalizador de documentos sta no podr fijarse en el finalizador de documentos y no funcionar correctamente 20 Setzen Sie die Mittenfalteinheit A in den Dokument Finisher ein Wenn die Mittenfalteinheit A nicht vollst n dig in den Dokument Finisher eingesetzt wurde kann die Mittenfalteinheit nicht im Dokument Finisher befestigt werden und die Mittenfalteinheit A funktioniert dann nicht richtig 20 Inserire perfettamente l unit di piegatura centrale A nella finitrice Se l unit di piegatura centrale A non del tutto inserita all interno della finitrice impossibile fissarla alla finitrice stessa e l unit di piegatura centrale A n
145. 40 1 5 18 2GZ 2G1 2 1 5 7 Fuser section 1 Detaching and refitting the fuser unit Follow the procedure below to check or replace the fuser unit Procedure 1 Open the front cover and left cover 1 2 Remove two screws and remove front left cover 3 Remove the screw and remove the fuser unit 4 Check or replace the fuser unit and install the unit Fuser unit Figure 1 5 42 1 5 19 2GZ 2G1 2 2 Detaching and refitting the heat roller separation claws Follow the procedure below to replace the heat roller separation claws Procedure 1 Remove the fuser unit see page 1 5 19 Pin 2 Remove the two pins and remove the upper Upper fuser cover fuser cover while holding the four claws 3 Remove the heat roller separation claws from the upper fuser cover 4 Replace the heat roller separation claws and install the claws to upper fuser cover Refit the upper fuser cover 6 Refit the fuser unit a Heat roller separation claws Figure 1 5 44 1 5 20 2GZ 2G1 2 3 Detaching and refitting the press roller Follow the procedure below to replace the press roller Procedure 1 Remove the fuser unit see page 1 5 19 Press spring 2 Remove the upper fuser cover see page 1 5 20 3 Remove the front and rear press springs Press spring Figure 1 5 45 Remove the press roller from the fuser unit Replace the press roller and install the roller to fuser unit Refit the upp
146. 500 Bl tter Gehen Sie zum Schritt 9 weiter Bei Verwendung des Papiervorschubs f r 3000 Bl tter Gehen Sie zum Schritt 16 weiter 7 Collocare lo scivolo di base B G sopra lo scivolo di base A F 8 Seguire ciascuna delle procedure indicate sotto a seconda del tipo di alimentatore di carta in dotazione alla vostra MFP In caso di utilizzo di due alimentatori di carta da 500 fogli Andare al punto 9 In caso di utilizzo di alimentatore di carta da 3000 fogli Andare al punto 16 7 FE RE YH AM B G XLR YEAR A E Eo 8 HAUTES MEE MFP BEA FATE EH 2 500 kannten 458 F 9 EFA 3000 KEHRA 442 H 16 T NAATA AQ ICR AAPA BG BIBS 8 MFP AE 0 FU AV TW BRAT 4 FHI PAO FINE te 500 x 2X 71 50 G FIR 9 3000 KAI 2 4 FNA FIR 16 When using two paper feeders of 500 sheets Installing the base slider 9 Open the right cover of the document finisher A 10 Insert base slider A F into the lower right of the document finisher A and hook the tabs 5 11 Fix base slider A F with four M4 x 10 tap Tight S screws I Lors de l utilisation de deux alimenteurs de papier de 500 feuilles Installation de la r gle de base 9 Ouvrir le capot de droite du retoucheur de document A 10 Ins rer la r gle de base A F dans la partie inf rieure droite du retou cheur de document A et accrocher les onglets 5 11 Fixer la r gle de base A F l aide de quatre vis S taraud es M4
147. 720 B 3 29 DALIA AR 30 o TH A 5 10 EA 28 5 KEDHI 5 10 INSTALLATION GUIDE FOR DOCUMENT FINISHER Output Connector for Interconnecting Cable is non LPS Output 24 V dc 426 VA max Please use the item below Interconnecting Cables P N 305H180180 r Supplied parts A Document finisher 1 B Latch catch C Rail retainer SE D Guide Wallis io ad Pi ces fournies A Retoucheur de document B Pontet du loquet C El ment de r tention du rail S RTE ACI Qmm ACTI omm Binding screw M4 x 6 Binding screw M4 x 10 Clamp Not used for full color machines Fixing plate F Fixing plate R S Tite screw M4 x 8 Curl eliminator for monochrome machines AK 71C Vis de raccordement M4 x 6 Vis de raccordement M4 x 10 Bride Non utilis pour les enti rement en couleurs Plaque de fixation avant Plaque de fixation arri re machines Vis S Tite M4 X Be E El ment d limination des boucles pour les machines monochromes AK 71C Bee For installing the document finisher to a full color machine parts H 1 and J above supplied with the job separator are needed For full color machines two pieces of F are not used For monochrome machines part K is needed separately For full
148. 8 3 KERDI D LREN O 5 amp CEA 17 45 a SUCER 17 n aS Output the test pattern again Repeat steps 1 to 4 until the centers of the paper and the test pattern meet the reference value lt Reference value gt Deviation to the left or right 1 5 mm or less Reproduire une nouvelle mire R p ter les tapes 1 a 4 jusqu a ce que le centre du papier et celui de la mire correspondent a la valeur de r f rence lt Valeur de r f rence gt D viation vers la gauche ou la droite 1 5 mm ou moins Saque un patr n de prueba nuevamente Repita los pasos 1 a 4 hasta que los centros de papel y el patr n de prueba cumplan con el valor de referencia Valor de referencia Desviaci n a la izquierda o derecha 1 5 mm o menos Drucken Sie erneut ein Testmuster aus Wiederholen Sie die Schritte 1 bis 4 bis die Mitte des Papiers und des Testmusters mit dem Bezugswert bereinstimmt Bezugswert Abweichung nach links oder rechts maximal 1 5 mm Stampare nuovamente il modello di prova Ripetere i passi da 1 a 4 fino a quando i centri della carta e del modello di prova rientrano nei limiti del valore di riferimento Valore di riferimento Deviazione a sinistra o a destra fino a 1 5 mm FURIE ES SE FO 48 H o REBT 1 F 4 ELS EZ ED AC roto EN TATE RU rro 79 HELP IE Cof ED AU fe 1 5mm
149. 9 Secure the rail retainer C to the MFP using two M4 x 10 binding screws F such that the front and the rear gaps between the floor and the rail retainer C are approximately 8 0 mm 9 Fixer l l ment de r tention du rail C au MFP l aide de deux vis de raccordement M4 x 10 F de mani re que les carts avant et arri re entre le sol et l l ment de r tention du rail C soient d environ 8 0 mm 9 Asegure el ret n del carril C a el MFP usando dos tornillos de sujeci n M4 x 10 F de modo que los espacios frontal y trasero entre el piso y el ret n del carril C sean de aproximadamente 8 0 mm 9 Bringen Sie die Schienenhalterung C am MFP mit zwei M4 x 10 Verbundschrauben F so an da die vorderen und hinteren Abst nde zwischen Boden und Schienenhalterung C etwa 8 0 mm betragen 9 Assicurare il fermo della guida C all MFP utilizzando le due viti di serraggio M4 x 10 F in modo che la distanza anteriore e posteriore tra il pavimento ed il fermo della guida C sia di circa 8 0 mm J FMFPEME Sert Gui RO 5 44 E BES NV 4 74 8 0 EX IIR 9 V VA ff AR C EMO RIO 8 Omm 12725 X 912 v vB FR C FPAREIZEA M4 X 10 34 7 F 2G IETS 10 Insert the guide rail D into the bottom of the document finisher A 10 Ins rer la glissi re D en bas du retoucheur de document A 10 Inserte el carril de gu a D
150. 9 con i perni A4 22 o con i perni B5 23 a seconda della misura della carta da utilizzare Fissare i regolatori utilizzando la vite 20 per ciascuno di essi Per le specifiche in pollici allineare i fori dei perni 21 nei regolatori della misura longitudinale sinistro e destro H con i perni di A4 22 o B5 23 a seconda del formato della carta che si deve usare Fissare i regolatori usando una vite autofilettante circolare a croce M3 x 8 1 per ciascuno HRE ri 20 Jr FEDE P Zt AMAIA RAR 19 lt GEH FEKK m SENA AAA NA I C9 MORELL 21 XE A4 dii 22 EX Bo HHI 23 di Lf gt 1422 20 AE BET JR ST HS PE mik 52 EN 216 HY JN ST gt EENEG N ST ARR CH B 9440 21 ou IE A4 Es 22 EX BS tifi 23 f FRA 1 4548 A DOR 2 M3 X 80 H E o BEA 20 1 KEIL BAO EM ZH 19 Z HY AT EA FARO A ERA RUE UC AUR OMENS AR 19 DEAR 21 EME 22 Elt B5 EY 23 CAPET VY EU Ca 20 1 ATH ES E Y FERRE Di t A ANS UC AU ORE Ax 00 DEAR 21 AM Es 22 E TIE BS Ev Q3 IC Gr bw THY HEU EA FARM X 8 7 y Ev 7 E FEIR 208 WEE UTER PHE Connect the MFP power plug to the wall outlet and turn the MFP main switch on Run maintenance item 208 and set the paper size for the paper feeder B5 A4 Letter Ins rer la fiche d alimentation du MFP dans
151. A eee tn 1 M4 x 10 tap Tight S screw 9 M4 x 6 tap Tight S screw 4 2 PTT MORE ARC erii ee 2 R gle de base A 1 R gle de base B n 1 Pied de plaque R na 1 Vis S taraud e M4 x 10 9 Vis S taraud e M4 x 6 4 zero EE 2 Elle 2 Deslizador roca 1 Deslizador B_ eer 1 Pedal Ruine nares 1 Tornillo de ajuste M4 x 10 9 Tornillo de ajuste M4 x 6 4 UE 2 Pasador iiir 2 Basis Schieber A Basis Schieber B PlattenfuR H M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschraube 9 M4 x 6 Passstift Verbundschraube 4 Mutis 2 1 sd al Hi a9 E 4 DEEN 2 EE 2 RRAGA H Bis iua eris 1 SNTAZAZTZATB i i ii 1 TUS Riola 1 ERM X 10 VEA FS 9 UAM X62ZvZ22A4BbS 4 FR rr 2 D 2 M Internal tray cover is N Sponge For installing the document finisher to a mono chrome machine part O above is separately needed O Curl eliminator i 1 M Capot de bac interne e N Eponge cic ccrcccrsiccssicesssanesas Pour installer le retoucheur de document sur une machine monochrome la pi ce O ci dessous est requise s par me
152. AEYVIA A LE71 y UY 7 D UO RERE BUTUS B LISCA MA X 14TP Fv FRA F S 1 AT AID PERA EA MA X ATP Fy SHH F S 1 ATIHET 4 7 Fit the seven copy eject bins C to the ejection section of the mailbox A from the lowest bin to the highest While pressing both ends of each copy eject bin C to bend it a little fit the bin at a nearly upright angle as shown in the illustration by inserting the front and rear pins 12 into the round holes 13 at the front and rear of the mailbox A T Fixer les sept cases d jection de copies C sur la section d jection de la boite lettres A en proc dant de la case situ e tout en bas celle situ e tout en haut Tout en appuyant sur les deux extr mit s de chaque case d jection de copies C de mani re la plier l g rement fixer la case un angle presque droit comme indiqu sur l illustration en ins rant les broches avant et arri re 12 dans les trous ronds 13 situ s l avant et l arri re de la boite lettres A 7 Fije las siete bandejas de expulsi n de copias C en la secci n de expulsi n del buz n de correo A de la bandeja m s baja a la m s alta Mientras presiona ambos extremos de cada bandeja de expulsi n de copias C para doblarlo un poco fije la bandeja en un ngulo casi vertical tal como en la figura insertando los pasadores delantero y trasero 12 en los orificios redondos 13 en los lados delantero
153. AS Developing shift bias potential at image formation 0to3 EV DUTY Developing bias AC component duty at image for 0 to 100 mation gt gt TC DATA Transfer control voltage 0 to 300 gt gt SC DATA Separation control voltage 0 to 60 20 Increasing the DEV BIAS setting makes the image darker decreasing it makes the image lighter Increasing the DEV SBIAS setting makes the image darker Increasing the DEV DUTY setting makes the image lighter decreasing it makes the image darker Increasing the TC DATA setting makes the transfer voltage higher and decreasing it makes the voltage lower Increasing the SC DATA setting makes the separation voltage higher and decreasing it makes the volt age lower Press the OK key _ will blink gt gt DEV BIAS 101 1 tE Press the cursor left right keys to move _ to the digit position at which the value is to be changed and press the cursor up down keys to change the preset value Press the OK key The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key 1 3 8 Maintenance item No 2GZ2 261 Description U102 Setting the cleaning interval for the main charger Description Changes the intervals at which the main charger is cleaned Purpose To change the setting when the background is visible Setting 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U102 2 Press the OK key will be displ
154. ATITIT bacc 24 CX M X lOZ v SRA hS RTINA X CBR ARAYA HRY A AMES S EH 17 Installing the cover 25 Use four screws 7 removed from the docu ment finisher in step 22 to reinstall the back cover 8 26 Use two screws 5 removed from the docu ment finisher in step 20 to reinstall the lower front cover 6 Installation du capot 25 Utiliser cinq vis 7 retir es du retoucheur de document l tape 22 pour r installer le capot arri re 8 26 Utiliser deux vis 5 retir es du retoucheur de document l tape 20 pour r installer le capot inf rieur avant 6 Instalaci n de la cubierta 25 Utilice cuatro tornillos 7 quitados del finali zador de documentos en el paso 22 para volver a instalar la cubierta trasera 8 26 Utilice dos tornillos 5 quitados del finaliza dor de documentos en el paso 20 para vol ver a instalar la cubierta delantera inferior 6 Anbringen der Abdeckung 25 Verwenden Sie die vier Schrauben 7 welche Sie im Schritt 22 vom Dokument Finisher entfernt haben um die hintere Abdeckung 8 wieder anzubringen 26 Verwenden Sie die beiden Schrauben 5 welche Sie im Schritt 20 vom Dokument Finisher entfernt haben um die vordere Abdeckung 6 wieder anzu bringen Installazione del pannello 25 Utilizzare le quattro viti 7 rimosse dalla fini trice di documenti al punto 22 per reinstallare il pannello posteriore 8 26 Utilizzare le due viti 5 rimosse da
155. B Check procedures corrective measures No main charging Broken main charger wire Replace the main charger unit see page 1 5 15 Leaking main charger housing Clean the main charger wire and grid The connector terminals of the high voltage PWB make poor contact Reinsert the connector Also check for continuity within the connector cable If none remedy or replace the cable Defective engine PWB Check if YC7 4 on the engine PWB goes low when mainte nance item U100 is run If not replace the engine PWB Defective high voltage PWB Check if main charging takes place when CN1 11 on the high voltage PWB goes low while maintenance item U100 is run If not replace the high voltage PWB Video data problem Defective main PWB Replace the main PWB 1 4 33 2GZ 2G1 2 3 Image is too light Print example Causes Check procedures corrective measures Insufficient toner If the display shows the message requesting toner replenish ment replace the container Deteriorated toner Perform the drum refresh operation The connector terminals of the high voltage PWB make poor contact Defective transfer charging Reinsert the connector Also check for continuity within the connector cable If none remedy or replace the cable output Defective engine PWB Check if YC7 10 on the engine PWB goes low when mainte nance ite
156. B4 E LGL 8 5 X 14 IN VIPIT BOOKLET POS ADI2 CM SALE 2 Ai A3 E LGR 11 X 17 IN HAT BOOKLET POS ADJ3 NH FLE IE 3 o bet Y ie 1 AVF PY AE RU246 E y b L BOOKLET FOLDER HER L CFU IDO FA ABESSE TT AAR LTR 8 5 x 11 Di BOOKLET POS ADJI Di 2 fT 5 B4 LGL 8 5 X 14 DIRA BOOKLET POS ADJ2 DRAR EAT 5 A3 LGR 11 X 17 MY BOOKLET POS ADJ3 OME IT 5 2 REL Z HET o PIV CEBADA EE EE 12 pw po Beso pw When the centerfold position too far left copy example e Decrease the setting value Changing the value by 1 moves the centerfold position by approxi mately 0 55 mm Perform a test copy Repeat steps 1 to 3 until the distance from the center to the centerfold position indicates the value within the reference range lt Reference value gt Distance from centerfold position 2 within 3 mm Lorsque la position de la page centrale d pliable est plac e trop gauche dans l exemple de copie e diminuer la valeur de r glage Changer la valeur de 1 pour d placer la position de la page centrale d pliable d environ 0 55 mm Effectuer une copie de test R p ter les tapes 1 3 jusqu ce que la valeur de la distance entre le centre et la position de la page centrale d pliable se trouve dans la gamme de r f rence Valeur de r f rence Distance la position de la page centrale d pliable 2 3 mm Cuando la posici n de plegado es
157. Broken gears or couplings of lower lift motor Replace lower lift motor Defective lower lift motor Check for continuity across the coil If none replace lower lift motor Defective lower lift limit switch Check if YC13 B15 on the engine PWB goes low when lower lift limit switch is turned off If not replace lower lift limit switch Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector of lower lift limit switch and the connector YC13 on the engine PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective engine PWB Replace the engine PWB and check for cor rect operation Paper feeder lift motor 1 error optional paper feeder When optional cassette 3 is inserted paper feeder lift switch 1 does not turn on within 12 s of paper feeder lift motor 1 turning on Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector on the engine PWB and the connector on the paper feeder main PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Broken gears or couplings of paper feeder lift motor 1 Replace paper feeder lift motor 1 Defective paper feeder lift motor 1 Check for continuity across the coil If none replace paper feeder lift motor 1 Defective paper feeder lift switch 1 Check if YC1 5 on the paper feeder main PWB goes low when paper feeder lift
158. C 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 3 3 V DC Analog 0 5 V DC Analog Analog 24 V DC 0 24 V DC 0 5 V DC 5 V DC Ground RSW On Off 5 V DC power output Fuser unit distinction signal 3 3 V DC power output FTH1 detection voltage signal FTH1 FUSE CUT signal Ground Ground FTH2 detection voltage signal FTH2 detection voltage signal 24 V DC power output DUPFCL On Off Ground DUPPCSW On Off 5 V DC power output Ground Connector Signal Voltage 2GZ2 261 Description YC10 Connected to the regis tration Switch fuser unit duplex feed clutch duplex paper con veying switch and cooling fan motor 5 to 10 CFM8 9 10 DUP PO 24VDR CFM5 6 7 NC 0 24 V DC 0 5 V DC 24V DC 0 24 V DC CFM8 9 10 On Off Duplex unit distinction signal 24 V DC power output CFM5 6 7 On Off Not used YC11 Connected to the drive motor paper feed motor feed clutch 1 and feed switch 1 co JO Ud A O N o R24VDR R24VDR GND GND 5VD 5VD GND GND DM_ON PFM_ON DM_LOCK PFM_LOCK DM_CLK FCL1 24VDR GND FSW1 5VD 0 24 V DC 0 24 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC pulse 0 24 V DC 24 V DC 0 5 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC power output 24 V DC power output Ground Ground 5 V DC power output 5 V DC power output Ground Ground DM On Off PFM On Off DM LOCK signal PFM LOCK signal DM CLOCK signal FCL1 On Off 24 V DC power output Ground FSW1 On Off 5 V DC power
159. C1 22 de la carte de perforation B Figure d connecteur 9P 23 du cordon d alimentation C et connecteur YC2 24 de la carte de perforation B Figure e connecteur 9P 25 du cordon d alimentation C et connecteur 9P 26 du cordon d alimentation du finisseur de document Figura d Conector de 6 contactos 19 del cable de alimentaci n C y conector YC3 20 del PCB de perforaci n B Figura d Conector de 4 contactos 21 del cable de alimentaci n C y conector YC1 22 del PCB de perforaci n B Figura d Conector de 9 contactos 23 del cable de alimentaci n C y conector YC2 24 del PCB de perforaci n B Figura e Conector de 9 contactos 25 del cable de alimentaci n C y conector de 9 contactos 26 del cable de alimentaci n del fina lizador de documentos Abbildung d 6 poliger Stecker 19 des Netzkabels C und YC3 Ste cker 20 der Locherplatine B Abbildung d 4 poliger Stecker 21 des Netzkabels C und YC1 Ste cker 22 der Locherplatine B Abbildung d 9 poliger Stecker 23 des Netzkabels C und YC2 Ste cker 24 der Locherplatine B Abbildung e 9 poliger Stecker 25 des Netzkabels C und 9 poliger Stecker 26 des Dokument Finisher Netzkabels Figura d cavo di alimentazione C a 6 piedini 19 e connettore YC3 20 della scheda a circuiti stampati di perforazione B Figura d cavo di alimentazione C a 4 piedini 21 e connettore YC1 22 della scheda a circuiti
160. C6 on the centerfold main PWB and the connector of centerfold side registration motor 1 and the continuity across the connector termi nals Repair or replace if necessary Defective center fold side registra tion motor 1 Replace centerfold side registration motor 1 Defective PWB Replace the centerfold main PWB or finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Centerfold paper conveying belt motor problem optional centerfold unit of 3000 sheet document finisher The home position is not detected when initial operation even if 2500 ms passed Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC6 YC7 on the centerfold main PWB and the connector of centerfold paper conveying belt motor 1 2 and the continuity across the con nector terminals Repair or replace if neces sary Defective center fold paper convey ing belt motor 1 2 Replace centerfold paper conveying belt motor 1 2 Defective PWB Replace the centerfold main PWB or finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Blade motor problem optional cen terfold unit of 3000 sheet document finisher The home position is not detected when initial operation even if 1500 ms passed Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC8 on the centerfold main PWB and the connector of the blade motor and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or repla
161. CHE 20 11 5 CHE gro ME 2 OFA x 3mm DL 11 Adjusting centerfold position 1 Enter the maintenance mode U246 select BOOKLET FOLDER and perform adjustment for each copy sample size When AAR or LTR 8 5 x 11 is used follow BOOKLET POS ADJ1 When B4 or LGL 8 5 x 14 is used follow BOOKLET POS ADJ2 When A3 or LGR 11 x 17 is used follow BOOKLET POS ADJ3 2 Adjust the setting value When the centerfold position too far right copy example d Increase the setting value Ajustement de la position de la page centrale d pliable 1 Entrer le mode d entretien U246 s lectionner BOOKLET FOLDER Dossier brochure et effectuer l ajustement pour chaque format d chantillon de copie Lorsque A4R ou LTR 8 5po x 11po est utilis suivre BOOKLET POS ADJ1 Lorsque B4 ou LGL 8 5po x 14po est utilis suivre BOOKLET POS ADJ2 Lorsque A3 ou LGR 11po x 17po est utilis suivre BOOKLET POS ADJ3 2 Ajustement de la valeur de r glage Lorsque la position de la page centrale d pliable est plac e trop droite dans l exemple de copie d augmenter la valeur de r glage Ajuste de la posici n de plegado 1 Entre en el modo de mantenimiento U246 seleccione BOOKLET FOL DER y haga el ajuste para cada tama o de muestra de copia Cuando se utilice A4R o LTR 8 5 x 11 siga BOOKLET POS ADJ1 Cuando se utilice B4 o LGL 8 5 x 14 siga BOOKLET POS ADJ2 Cuando se utilice A3 o LGR 11
162. CR LO S fab TEXTE TERRESTRE H 75 A K VA A DUREE ne E 3 Fra AY 1713 A MPP AL E230 RARE FX A D7 YZ 022zHr E 7 gt FRIOS ANTE 15 OPLEI k LCAHMOF ARO 5 RR SE N Ti Ty 4 x Pe Ga fed aly 4 Adjust the height of the left two casters in the same manner as in step 2 so that the right and left gaps 16 between the document finisher A and the MFP are the same at the top and bottom when the document finisher A is detached from the MFP 4 4 R gler la hauteur des deux roulettes gauches en proc dant en proc dant comme l tape 2 de mani re que les carts droit et gauche 16 entre le retoucheur de document A et le MFP soient identiques en haut et en bas lorsque le retoucheur de document A est d tach du MFP Ajuste la altura de las dos ruedas izquierdas de la misma forma que en el paso 2 para que las separaciones derecha e izquierda 16 entre el finalizador de documentos A y el MFP son la mismas en las partes superior e inferior del finalizador de documentos A est soltado de la copiador o la impresora Die H he der beiden linken Laufrollen auf die in Schritt 2 beschriebene Weise einstellen so dass die Abst nde 16 auf der linken und rechten Seite zwischen dem Dokument Finisher A und dem MFP oben und unten gleich grof sind wenn der Dokument Finisher A vom MFP abgenommen wird Regola
163. Cuando el finalizador de documentos se ins tale en una m quina a todo color ser n nece sarias tambi n las partes V W X Y y Z V Deslizador de base B W Deslizador de base V X Base del conjunto sss T Bundschraube U F hrungsplatte Wenn der Dokument Finisher auf einem Voll farbenkopierer angebracht wird so sind zus tzlich die Teile V W X Y und Z erforderlich V Basis Schieber B W Basis Schieber V X Bauteile Dass T Vite a colletto U Piastra della guida Per l installazione della finitrice di documenti in un macchinario a colori sono necessarie in aggiunta le parti V W X Y e Z V Scivolo di base B cec ss 1 W Scivolo di base V X Base di assemblaggio T RIRES ii 1 US HHL E 23234617 ANT 34 4h F V QW X Y M Z V TRE AA EE 1 WIER V 1 bao Jj LEE 1 T BER EUM dile 1 U 2 kfk ccc eee 1 KEE EECHER ECK E AS ES AEG M WM 00 OO E BHI RUE ERD VARIlAAZTZAFTB ccc cnn 1 W SARA EN ii na 1 Ee EE eG Rhin 1 Y M4 x 10 tap Tight S screw Z M4 x 10 hexagon head screw Be sure to remove any fixing tapes or cushion ing material attached to the supplied parts Y Vis S taraud e M4 x 10 Z Vis t te hexagonale M4 x 10 Veiller retirer toute ba
164. DF FRE EES onbe e ker bai DES A PEREA ET II 1 AE RT lt EYE gt Z3 v1 5mm LAR Changing installation procedure of the paper feeder Step 6 of page 3 is changed as below 6 Remove the screw 9 from the MFP to detach the connector cover 32 Move to step 7 IEEE Changement apport la proc dure d installation de l alimenteur de papier L tape 6 de la page 3 est chang e de la fa on d crite ci dessous 6 Retirer la vis 9 du MFP pour d tacher le couvercle du connecteur 32 Passer l tape 7 Cambio del procedimiento de instalaci n del alimentador de papel El paso 6 de la p gina 3 se cambia de la siguiente forma 6 Saque el tornillo 9 del MFP para desmontar la cubierta del conector 32 Vaya al paso 7 nderung des Installationsverfahrens f r Papierzuf hrer Schritt 6 auf Seite 3 wurde wie folgt ge ndert 6 Die Schraube 9 vom MFP herausdrehen um die Anschlussabdeckung 32 abzunehmen Zu Schritt 7 bergehen Modifica della procedura per l installazione dell unit di alimentazione carta ll passo 6 a pagina 3 stato modificato nel seguente modo 6 Rimuovere la vite 9 dall MFP per staccare il pannello del connettore 32 Passare al passo 7 ANT 4 F R FIR O Z E BAG FIR 6 amp XO X 5IcZS SUE KL 2402203 32 FRONT 393 6 MF P AO EA 9 14
165. EAL FAS 74 Y V Y OH 2 EONS w Open the upper cover 3 and tray C 4 on the document finisher Remove four screws 5 and hold pressing the finisher releasing lever 6 to remove the top cover 7 Ouvrir le capot sup rieur 3 et le bac C 4 du finisseur de document Retirer quatre vis 5 et maintenir le levier de rel chement du finisseur de document 6 enfonc pour retirer le capot sup rieur 7 Abra la cubierta superior 3 y la bandeja C 4 del finalizador de documentos Quite los cuatro tornillos 5 y presione la palanca de liberaci n del finalizador 6 para quitar la cubierta superior 7 ffnen Sie die obere Abdeckung 3 und das Fach C 4 am Dokument Finisher Entfernen Sie die vier Schrauben 5 und dr cken Sie den Finisher Entriegelungshe bel 6 und die obere Abdeckung 7 zu ent fernen Aprire il pannello superiore 3 e il vassoio C 4 della finitrice Togliere quattro viti 5 e tenere premuta la leva di rilascio della finitrice 6 per rimuo vere il coperchio 7 HT FPS SEA ERAR 3 HFEA C 4 dR F 4 BRET 5 JR HE PLASER Kr 6 LA RER FERIR 7 PELAS RAG RY YY DEAN 3 RIA cO amp BAX PA GAAZAL 7 4 v Iv Heb L IS 6 ALARME RDS 7 TIRI o Removing the guide plate 4 Remove two screws 8 to remove the guide plate 9 Enl vement de la plaque de guidage 4 Retirer
166. F f r Monochrommaschinen 1 J Taptite S Befestigungsschraube M4 x 10 f r Monochrommaschinen K PlattenfuB V f r Vollfarbenmaschinen rom A cC zer On m Latar D Vite di serraggio Taptite S M4 x2p 1 Vite TP M3 x 10 Z Etichetta di nome del vassoio Piedino della piastra F per macchine in bianco e nero 1 Vite di serraggio Taptite S M4 x 10 per macchine in bianco e nero 1 Piedino della piastra V per le macchine a colori 2 WE Sy WRB SHB SS MA X1A4TP 2 EH MBS SBE MA x 25 1 RAMI x 10OTP 6 FEAR i 1 AE BALA 1 RARES RE Ste MA x 10 EE AA 1 REV BR EAN 2 UAM X 14TP PY TIA RS 2 EAM X 25 817 FAYTA KS 1 EA MS X TOTP coil 6 RAA AR Ses onde en radin ees 1 FURY bFCE 7 RE 1 EXM4x 104 EK YSRARS EJIDO 1 FU hIY hV AVA TRE 2 When installing the mailbox to a monochrome machine four pieces of G are not used Lorsqu on installe la boite a lettres sur une machine monochrome quatre pi ces de G ne sont pas utilis es Cuando instale el buz n de correo en una m quina monocrom tica no se utilizan las cuatro piezas de G Wenn die Mailbox an einer Monochrommaschine angebracht wird werden die vier Teile von G nicht benutzt
167. FE CET 5 21 MIT Checking the curl If the copy sample curl is tightly turning down 1 Open the front cover of the document finisher A 2 Pull the pressure roller bottom adjusting knob E1 to your side and turn the knob by 1 scale in increasing order V rification de la boucle Si la boucle de l chantillon de copie est serr e vers le bas 1 Ouvrir le capot avant du retoucheur de document A 2 Tirer la molette de r glage inf rieure du rouleau de pression E1 vers soi et faire tourner la molette pour l augmenter d un cran Comprobaci n de la curvatura Si la muestra de la copia est muy curvada hacia abajo 1 Abra la cubierta delantera del finalizador de documentos A 2 Tire del control de ajuste inferior del rodillo de presi n E1 hacia donde est usted y gire el control 1 posici n en el orden de aumento berpr fen der Papierwellung Wenn die Testkopie straff nach unten aufgerollt wird 1 ffnen Sie die vordere Abdeckung des Dokument Finishers A 2 Ziehen Sie den unteren Andruckwalzenreglerknopf E1 gegen sich und drehen Sie den Knopf um eine Stufe in aufsteigender Richtung Controllo dell arricciatura Se la copia di prova notevolmente arricciata verso il basso 1 Aprire il pannello anteriore della finitrice di documenti A 2 Tirare la manopola di regolazione inferiore del rullo di pressione E1 v
168. FIE 7 Iz d 2006 2 303J456760 INSTALLATION GUIDE FOR 3000 SHEETS PAPER FEEDER Supplied parts A Paper tee den cocino econo cinadl 1 B Pin i2 C Retainer 232 D TP screw M4 x 06 sas ES ii 1 Pi ces fournies A Bureau papier B Broche C l ment de retenue D Vis TP M4 x 06 E Support ANNA IOT o Ti Binding screw M4 x 16 2 Paper size plate esere ereenn 2 Longitudinal size adjuster inch specifications only 2 Round cross head tapping screw M3 x 8 inch specifications only 2 Vis de raccordement M4 x 16 Plaque de format de papier Dispositif de r glage du format longitudinal sp cifications en pouces seulement 2 Vis de connexion t te cruciforme ronde M3 x 8 sp cifications en pouces seulement 2 Tornillo de sujeci n M4 x 16 Partes suministradas A Alimentador de papel s 1 B Clavija ved C Ret n zi D Tornillo TP M4 x 06 22 E cine nne Pao 1 Gelieferte Teile A Papiereinzug cete ea eee iesu 1 B Stift Li C Halterung aod D TP Schraube M4 x 06 zd SE 1 Parti di fornitura IOT TION TION TOD Placa de tama o de papel
169. FU Mailbox tray 4 FD Mailbox tray 4 FU Mailbox tray 5 FD Mailbox tray 5 FU Mailbox tray 6 FD Mailbox tray 6 FU Mailbox tray 7 FD Mailbox tray 7 FU ZT OS TE 1 3 33 2GZ 2G1 2 Service items Description Items Description Service Call Self diag nostic error Log Count Self diagnostic error code Remembers 1 to 8 of occurrence of self diag nostics error If the occur rence of the previous diagnostics error is less than 8 all of the diagnos tics errors are logged The total page count at the time of the self diag nostics error Indicates the self diagnostic errors and codes See page 1 4 18 Example 01 6000 01 Self diagnostic error 6000 Self diagnostic error code number Maintenance Log Count Item Remembers 1 to 8 of occurrence of replace ment If the occurrence of the previous replacement of toner container is less than 8 all of the occur rences of replacement are logged The total page count at the time of the replace ment of the toner con tainer This is virtually logged as the occurrence of the Toner Empty condition since the replacement of the toner container is not precisely detectable Code of mainte nance replacing item 1 byte 2 categories First byte Replac ing item 01 Toner container 02 Maintenance kit Second byte Type of replacing item 00 fixed 1 3 34 Counter
170. G mit der M4 x 10 Passstift Ver bundschraube I bzw den Basis Schieber B V mit der M4 x 10 Pass stift Verbundschraube Y Stecken Sie die M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschraube 1 Y durch die unteren L cher des Basis Schieber B G V 16 Fissare rispettivamente lo scivolo di base B G con una vite con testa a croce S M4 x 10 1 e lo scivolo di base B V con una vite con testa a croce S M4 x 10 Y Far passare le viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 I Y attraverso i fori inferiori degli scivoli di base B G V 16 213 FH M4 X 10 K E S HEAT D EERE B G H M4 X 10 We 22 End S BRAT Y Fl E IRE B V 15 M4 x 10 Week Re S 82 57 I Y UREA B G V 89 D B Flo Hei 16 AA 74 FBC CAM X102 ES EE F S 1 ATC NA AZA4AZ BO EUCAM X102 vZ 24 RSI AG TVCnxE T5 EAM x 10 u 724 F S V IH EE E F B G V OF OQKRI I E 15 17 Insert base slider A F that was disassem bled in step 5 and base slider V W under the assembly base X and hook the tabs 4 18 Fix base slider A F with four M4 x 10 tap Tight S screws 1 and fix base slider V W with four M4 x 10 tap Tight S screws Y respectively 17 Ins rer la r gle de base A F d mont e l tape 5 et la r gle de base V W sous la base d ensemble X et accrocher les onglets 4 18 Fixer la r gle de base A F l aide de qua tre vis S taraud es M4 x 10
171. GND 3 3VD 5VD 24VD 24 V DC 3 3 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC power output Ground Ground Ground 3 3 V DC power output 5 V DC power output 24 V DC power output Connected to the engine PWB GND FH S ON FH M ON 5VD ZCROSS CEMA 0 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0 5 V DC pulse 0 24 V DC Ground FH S On Off FH M On Off 5 V DC power output Zero cross signal CEMA On Off Connected to the optional document finisher SGND SGND SGND SGND SGND SGND Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground YC4 Connected to the cool ing fan motor 4 N Alo Om A Y N AID 0 BR N Y DOO BR O N gt CEMA 24VD DCOV 24V 24 V DC CEMA On Off 24 V DC power output YC5 Connected to the fuser heater M S 2 3 2 FH M ON FH S ON FH LIVE 120 0 V AC 220 240 0 V AC 120 0 V AC 220 240 0 V AC 120 V AC 220 240 V AC FH M On Off FH S On Off AC power output Connector Connected to the optional cassette heater LIVE NEUTRAL Voltage 120 V AC 220 240 V AC 120 V AC 220 240 V AC Description AC power output AC power output 2GZ2 261 YC7 Connected to the optional paper feeder and optional document finisher O 0 WN 24 V DC power output 24 V DC power output 5 V DC power output Ground Ground Ground YC8 Connected to the main PWB d Oo Om O M A 0 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5
172. KEA V W EE E BEAM X102 vZZ4HS DAAG RA AFAFVW ALAM X 1043747 bSW AACENENAE T o 13 10 Insert base slider A F and base slider B G into the lower left of the MFP 11 Insert base slider V W and base slider B V into the lower right of the MFP 10 Ins rer la r gle de base A F et la r gle de base B G dans la partie inf rieure gauche du MER 11 Ins rer la r gle de base V W et la r gle de base B V dans la partie inf rieure droite du MFP 10 Inserte el deslizador A F y el deslizador B G en la parte inferior izquierda de la MFP 11 Inserte el deslizador de base V W y el deslizador de base B V en la parte inferior derecha de la MFP 10 F hren Sie den Basis Schieber A F und den Basis Schieber B G unten links in den MFP ein 11 F hren Sie den Basis Schieber V W und den Basis Schieber B V unten rechts in den MFP ein 10 Inserire lo scivolo di base A F e lo scivolo di base B G nella parte inferiore sinistra della MFP 11 Inserire lo scivolo di base V W e lo scivolo di base B V nella parte inferiore destra della MFP 10 11 57 ET BR A E RUBER B G dfi MFP WAE PIU EMIR V QW AUREA B V dX MFP HIA FU 10 AA FAP En AA TAE BG amp MFP Ath DE FREL ddr 11 SSZ RAFA IV ESTARAS BV amp MFP ROA FIEL ATP 14 12 Fix base slider B G with M4 x 10 tap Tight S screw I and fix base slider B V with
173. LEY SEPARATION PULLEY FEED A UPPER PULLEY BYPASS PULLEY SEPARATION PULLEY FEED A ROLLER2 BYPASSFEED ROLLER4 BYPASSFEED ROLLER REGIST RIGHT ROLLER REGIST PULLEY FEED PULLEY MIDDLE FEED A PULLEY MIDDLE FEED B ROLLER B FEED ROLLER C FEED SWITCH REGISTRATION UNDER CLEANER REGIST GUIDE REGIST F PARTS REGISTRATION CLEAN 2AR07220 2AR07230 2BJ06010 61706770 2AR07230 2BJ06010 302BL06541 302BL06561 2FG16021 302FG06211 2BL16080 302GR06010 302GR06020 302BL06081 302BL06091 2FG27110 2BL07950 2BL16130 2BL93450 2BL06541 2BL06561 2FG06211 2GR06010 2GR06020 2BL06081 2BL06091 X o O oof DS A a N D Z Transfer roller unit TR 710 302GR93281 2GR93281 NO NNO 01 Om dd C Developing unit DV 710 302G193041 2G193041 E N Drum unit Main charger unit DK 710 MC 710 302G193031 302GR93071 2G193031 2GR93071 Za A Fuser unit Fuser unit FK 710 U FK 710 E 302G193011 302G 193021 2G193011 2G193021 aa Eject roller Switchback roller Eject pulley Eject pulley Switchback pulley ROLLER EXIT ROLLER FEED SHIFT PULLEY EXIT C PULLEY EXIT PULLEY FEED SHIFT 302BL21021 302BL21031 2BL21520 302GR28060 2BL21330 2BL21021 2BL21031 2GR28060 Oo 00 2 4 1 2GZ 2G1 2 General wiring diagram
174. Loch des Basis Schiebers B G 14 Schlie en Sie die rechte Abdeckung des Dokument Finishers A 15 Gehen Sie zum Schritt 1 auf Seite 19 weiter 12 Inserire lo scivolo di base A F e lo scivolo di base B G nella parte inferiore sinistra della MFP 13 Fissare lo scivolo di base B G con una vite con testa a croce S M4 x 10 I Far passare la vite con testa a croce S M4 x 10 I attraverso il foro superiore dello scivolo di base B G 14 Chiudere il pannello destro della finitrice di documenti A 15 Andare a pagina 19 punto 1 12 dif JE A F PUE AER B G fi A MFP Zc FI 13 M4 X 10 1322 X F 734 S RE D ME ER AEA B G 15 M4 X 10 122 RA S 185 I FUERE B G RI EBBFL 14 RAR A MIA 15 641 19 TEM 12b 12 MFP ARO E FICS AAD PAE LIAR KEINI 4 X B G ELAT 13 amp A A24 FBG d CA MA X 107 v Z 24H SOLCHE Da EAM x 10 y 724 FS E A AA2442B 8 DEDRIZ BI ct 14 FR ZY f713v 7x ADEJA 15 19 S FIA 1 NET When using paper feeder of 3000 sheets Installing the base slider 16 Insert the base slider A F and then the base slider B G into the lower left of the MFP 17 Fix base slider B G with M4 x 10 tap Tight S screw I Put M4 x 10 tap Tight S screw I through the lower hole of the base slider B G Lors de l utilisation d un alimenteur de papier de 3000 feuilles Installation de la r gl
175. Off 5 V DC power output Ground LC2SW On Off 24 V DC power output FCL2 On Off LM U SW2 On Off Ground LM U SW1 On Off Ground LM U On Off Ground PLSW L On Off Ground PLSW U On Off LM L SW2 On Off Ground LM L SW1 On Off Ground LM L On Off Ground LICSW U On Off 5 V DC power output Ground PSW U On Off 5 V DC power output Ground LICSW L On Off 5 V DC power output Ground PSW L On Off 5 V DC power output Connector Signal Voltage 2GZ 2G1 2 Description YC14 Connected to the feed shift sole noid feedshift switch eject switch cool ing fan motor 3 left cover 1 switch upper lower paper feed clutches humidity sensor and eject motor FSSOL2 FSSOL1 24VDR GND FSSW 5VD GND PFS 5VD GND ESW 5VD CFM3 GND GND LC1SW PFCL U 24VDR 24VDR PFCL L 24VDR RCL 3VD HUMS GND THOUT EM B EMB 0 24 V DC 0 24 V DC 24 V DC 0 5 V DC 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 5 V DC 0 24 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0 24 V DC 24 V DC 0 24 V DC 3 3 V DC Analog Analog 0 24 V DC pulse FSSOL On Off return FSSOL On Off activate 24 V DC power output Ground FSSW On Off 5 V DC power output Ground PFS On Off 5 V DC power output Ground ESW On Off 5 V DC power output CFM3 On Off Ground Ground LC1SW On Off PFCL U On Off 24 V DC power output 24 V DC power output PFCL L On Off 24 V DC power output RCL
176. On Off 3 3 V DC power output HUMS detection voltage signal Ground Thermistor detection voltage signal EM drive control signal 0 24 V DC pulse EM drive control signal EM A 0 24 V DC pulse EM drive control signal EMA 0 24 V DC pulse EM drive control signal NC Not used NC Not used 2 3 11 2GZ 261 1 Connector Connected to the main PWB 2 3 12 SIOUT SCLKIN SDIR SBSY EGIR SOIN SGND SYSRES OUTPEN PVSYNC 5VSAFE SGND SGND PRST Voltage 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC pulse 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC pulse 5 V DC 0 5 V DC Description SIOUT signal CLOCK signal SDIR signal SBSY signal EGIR signal SOIN signal Ground SYSRES signal OUTPEN signal PVSYNC signal 5 V DC power output Ground Ground PRST signal Maintenance parts list Maintenance part name Name used in service manual Name used in parts list Part No Alternative part No 2GZ 2G1 2 zn pa Upper lower paper feed pulley Upper lower separation pulley Upper lower forwarding pulley MP paper feed pulley MP separation pulley MP forwarding pulley MP feed roller 1 MP feed roller 2 Left registration roller Right registration roller Feed pulley Feed roller 1 Feed roller 1 Feed roller 2 Feed roller 3 Registration switch Left registration cleaner Registration guide Right registration cleaner PULLEY PAPER FEED PUL
177. P unit waste toner box detection switch over flow sensor front cover switch and cooling fan motor 1 2 WTDSW GND OFS GND FRCSW GND CFM1 GND 5VD MPPLSW GND 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 24 V DC 5VDC 0 5 V DC WTDSW On Off Ground OFS On Off Ground FRCSW On Off Ground CFM1 On Off Ground 5 V DC power output MPPLSW On Off Ground Connected to the high voltage PWB BVSEL1 24VDR GND MHVDR HVCLK RHVDR RISEL TICTL BVSEL2 THVDR NC NC NC NC O O o o OO Oo OO 0 to 5 V DC 24 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC pulse 0 5 V DC 0to5V DC 0 to 5 V DC 0 to 5 V DC 0 5 V DC Developing bias control voltage 24 V DC power output Ground Main charging On Off Developing bias CLOCK signal Separation charging On Off Separation charging control voltage Transfer charging control voltage Developing bias control voltage Transfer charging On Off Not used Not used Not used Not used Connected to the laser scanner unit ON Oo Om P O MN IX E ut eck A OU N gt O NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC 24VDR GND SCAN SCRDYN SCCLK 24 V DC 0 24 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC pulse Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used 24 V DC power output Ground PM On Off PM READY signal PM CLOCK signal 2 3 7 2GZ 2G1 2 Connector Signal Voltage Description YC9 Conn
178. Quando si installa la casella postale su una macchina in bianco e nero quattro pezzi di G non sono utilizzati RANERER AINT RZEMS x 10TP G EJ 7 aki RI SEU A EU 6 BARRIO ETS Installation procedure Be sure to turn the MFP main switch off and disconnect the MFP power plug from the wall outlet before starting to install the mailbox Proc dure d installation Veiller bien mettre l interrupteur principal du MFP sur la position d arr t et d brancher la fiche d alimentation du MFP de la prise murale avant d entreprendre l installation de la boite lettres Procedimiento de instalaci n Aseg rese de apagar el MFP con el interruptor principal y de desconectar la clavija de alimentaci n del MFP de la toma de corriente de la pared antes de empezar a instalar el buz n de correo Installationsverfahren Schalten Sie vor der Installation der Mailbox unbedingt den Hauptschalter des MFP aus und ziehen Sie den Netzstecker aus der Netzsteckdose Modalit di installazione Non mancare di spegnere I MFP utilizzando l interruttore principale di alimentazione e scollegare la spina del cavo di alimentazione dell MFP dalla presa della rete elettrica prima di cominciare a installare la casella postale RR EAM WAKA MFPEH LAER RF A FRIEKEMRIRASATIER E FA AMB y IA Z BI SIUS ER GU MFP A KORA LAM FE OFF ICL BVT S 7 de FELTIE E 33 LAS Carry out steps 1 to 3 when installing the mailbox to a f
179. R a DFA 9 5 2mm a OFA 5 5 2mm 11 KYOCERA MITA EUROPE B V Hoeksteen 40 2132 MS Hoofddorp The Netherlands Phone 31 20 654 0000 Home page http www kyoceramita europe com Email info kyoceramita europe com KYOCERA MITA NEDERLAND B V Beechavenue 25 1119RA Schiphol Rijk The Netherlands Phone 31 20 58 77 200 KYOCERA MITA UK LTD 8 Beacontree Plaza Gillette Way Reading Berks RG2 OBS U K Phone 44 1189 311 500 KYOCERA MITA ITALIA S p A Via G Verdi 89 91 20063 Cernusco s N Milano Italy Phone 39 02 92179 1 S A KYOCERA MITA BELGIUM N V Hermesstraat 8A 1930 Zaventem Belgium Phone 32 2 720 9270 KYOCERA MITA FRANCE S A Parc Les Algorithmes Saint Aubin 91194 GIF SUR YVETTE France Phone 33 1 6985 2600 KYOCERA MITA ESPA A S A Edificio Kyocera Avda de Manacor No 2 28290 Las Matas Madrid Spain Phone 34 91 631 8392 KYOCERA MITA FINLAND OY Kirvesmiehenkatu 4 00880 Helsinki Finland Phone 358 9 4780 5200 KYOCERA MITA SCHWEIZ Hohlstrasse 614 8048 Z rich Switzerland Phone 41 1 908 4949 KYOCERA MITA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH Otto Hahn Str 12 D 40670 Meerbusch Germany Phone 49 2159 918 0 KYOCERA MITA GMBH AUSTRIA Eduard Kittenberger Gasse 95 1230 Wien Austria Phone 43 1 86338 210 KYOCERA MITA SVENSKA AB Esbogatan 16B 164 75 Kista Sweden Phone 46 8 546 55000 2007 KYOCERA MITA Corporation c KYOCERG is a trademar
180. R 1 MFP ARR HJ IT XE B URI XK 2 EFT FL M MP FERCA ER AE EN o 3 Ir eT SLA f S H des Ju DS SU fh Esp dn S d bu IR FPT FLL wet ITA A 2mm SVFROtVI LET 1 MP RISO SER T Ze IY EY MELIA ATV ALY FH NITT 5 2 NYU FE F FELTI Ha 4415 3 MY FROEY A MEN TNE MRT 2 V FRE PDD BTW TORA KO FIA CH IE 247 9 lt REI SFA DTA 2mm Centering punch holes 1 Open the upper cover 1 and the tray C 2 of the document finisher 2 Remove four screws 3 and hold pressing the finisher releasing lever 4 to remove the top cover 5 Centrage des perforations 1 Ouvrir le capot sup rieur 1 et le bac C 2 du finisseur de document 2 Retirer quatre vis 3 et maintenir le levier de rel chement du finisseur 4 enfonc pour retirer le capot sup rieur 5 Centrado de los agujeros de perfora ci n 1 Abra la cubierta superior 1 y la bandeja C 2 del finalizador de documentos 2 Quite los cuatro tornillos 3 y presione la palanca de liberaci n del finalizador 4 para quitar la cubierta superior 5 Zentrieren der Stanzl cher 1 ffnen Sie die obere Abdeckung 1 sowie das Fach C 2 des Dokument Finishers 2 Entfernen Sie die vier Schrauben 3 und dr cken Sie den Finisher Entriegelungshe bel 4 um die obere Abdeckung 5 zu ent fernen Centratura dei fori di perforazione 1 Aprire il pannello superiore 1 e il vassoio C 2 della finitric
181. RS2 FF 0003 0003 81 31 50 0 6 08696060 6200 00 00 00 00 00 63A 1234567890123456 64 03030303 03030303 03030303 03000000 00000000 03030303 03030303 G5 SPD1 0203040508090A0B0C0D0F101112131415161718191A1B1C1D1E1F202122235E G 00000000 00000000 00000000000000000000000000000000 00000000000000000000000000000000 0000 00 00 67 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 DN SPL9200007 SN SPL9200010 Detail of service information Items Description Engine ROM information Mask ROM version Flash ROM version Operation panel ROM Operation panel mask ROM version information Boot ROM information Boot ROM version 1 3 26 Service items 2GZ 2G1 2 Description Items Description Software jumper switch information hexadecimal First byte second byte First byte bit 0 1 Fixed bit 1 0 Overseas 1 Domestic Japan bit 2 3 Not used bit 4 0 KC 1 OEM bit 5 0 For Europe 1 For US bit 6 0 Non MICR mode 1 MICR mode bit 7 Not used Second byte Displayed in OEM mode only Total page Toner install information Parallel I O information Serial information bit1 Overrun error bit2 Parity error
182. SA orl E SE ER SE 10 SPIE ET 22 EP AM o 11 jv HAAR E A 2 380 M4 X 8 NZ S UT HD FE THESE PIT Je BIER AT HIS REG i BOT MOLA 3266388 2825 0 11 Fil E RT o A24 408 Y tlt 10 27143 E EFE2242H72 y YY AKO 10 CAD ETRO ES 1 74 E 8I amp IHL MAX8Z vZ Z4 bSOD2 ACHSE 2 ADA 4 E BUD EAI FEAS RIAS YY DAHA lee B arkvbh74a y VY ORAM 11 POETS LD Vs 12 Align slider E with projection 12 on the back side plate of the docu ment finisher and install the slider 13 Pull out slider E and secure it with two M4 x 8 tap tight S screws H 12 Aligner la r gle E sur la saillie 12 l arri re de la plaque lat rale du finisseur de document et installer la r gle 13 Faire ressortir la r gle E et la fixer l aide de deux vis S taraud es M4 x 8 H 12 Alinee el deslizador E con el resalto 12 de la placa del lado posterior del finalizador de documentos e instale el deslizador 13 Saque el deslizador E y aseg relo con dos tornillos de ajuste M4 x 8 H 12 Richten Sie den Schieber E mit dem Vorsprung 12 auf der hinteren Seitenplatte des Dokument Finishers aus und bringen Sie dann den Schieber an 13 Ziehen Sie den Schieber E heraus und befestigen Sie ihn mit zwei M4 x 8 Passstift Verbundschrauben H 12 Allineare lo scivolo E alla parte sporgente 12 sulla lastra posteriore della finitrice e installarlo 13 Far fuoriuscire lo scivolo E
183. V rification de la position des agrafes 1 Dans le mode d agrafage central effectuer une copie de test avec la papier aliment depuis le plateau principal Une copie de test doit tre effectu e pour chacun des formats de papier sui vants A4R LTR 8 5po x 11po B4 LGL 8 5po x 14po A3 LGR 11po x 17po 2 V rifier la distance entre le centre du papier et l emplacement de l agrafe Si la distance se trouve hors de la gamme de r f rence suivre les tapes ci dessous pour ajuster la position Valeur de r f rence Distance au centre 2 mm PERS de la posici n de grapado En el modo de grapado central realice una copia de prueba con el papel alimentado desde la bandeja principal Deber hacerse una copia de prueba para cada uno de los tama os de papel siguientes A4R LTR 8 5 x 11 B4 LGL 8 5 x 14 A3 LGR 11 x 17 2 Compruebe la distancia desde el centro del papel a la posici n de grapado Si la distancia no est dentro del margen de referencia siga los pasos de abajo para ajustar la posici n Valor de referencia Distancia desde el centro x2 mm berpr fen der Heftklammerposition 1 Machen Sie im Mitten Heftklammermodus eine Testkopie durch wobei das Papier vom Hauptfach aus zugef hrt wird F r jede der nachfolgenden Papiergr6Ren muss eine Testkopie gemacht werden AAR LTR 8 5 x 11 B4 LGL 8 5 x 14 A3 LGR 11 x 17 2 Pr fen Sie den Abstand von der Mitte des Papiers zur He
184. W SOA Sv ov ONS d sv sv I Z La Le GAS Me MEIH E IND o o i or o 6 i 8 s Z D 9 o S Y G z EXE Y INSTALLATION GUIDE FOR PAPER FEEDER Supplied parts A Paper feeder eie Ehe 1 B Pih 20522222 024824 a2 C Retainer ccciuse xil D Taptite S binding screw M4 x O8 2 2 E Paper stzepnlate e 4 Fran ais Pi ces fournies A Bureau papier e 1 B Broche ud C El ment de retenue 1 D Borne de raccordement Taptite S MAX 08 2222520062572662 ees ee 2 Partes suministradas A Alimentador de papel iris 1 B Clavija wae CA I n el D Tornillo de sujeci n Taptite S M4 x 08 wid E Placa de tama o de papel 4 Gelieferte Teile A Papiereinzug B Stift C Halterung E D Taptite S Befestigungsschraube M4 x 08 2 E Papierformatplatte 4 Parti di fornitura A Unit di alimentazione della carta 1 B POMO di m ES Fermo teneo te ns ss D Vite di serraggio Taptite S M4 x 08 e E Piastra formato carta 4 ME NOBIS pira a 1 B ETHER 2 E D SERENA S W M4 X 08 2 AA TER ee eier SEN 1 B dde sanas 2 E A A ce mecs 1 D FAMA X 0B AT YEE YTPAES 2 QTM OT OT OT Q r u
185. W3 Front registration guide Paper conveying guide Vertical paper conveying guide 1 Vertical paper conveying guide 2 2GZ 261 The MP tray can be hold up to 200 sheets of paper at one time Paper is fed from the MP tray by the rotation of the MP for warding pulley and MP paper feed pulley Also during paper feed the MP separation pulley prevents multiple sheets from being fed at one time by the torque limiter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Figure 2 1 2 Paper feed from the MP tray MP tray MP lift guide MP forwarding pulley MP paper feed pulley MP separation pulley MP feed roller 1 MP feed pulley MP feed roller 2 9 MP feed pulley 10 MP paper switch MPPSW 11 MP feed switch MPFSW 12 MP paper length switch MPPLSW 13 MP paper width switch MPPWSW O S sow Rw uo FSW1 te oe D PSW U LICSW U FSW2 Gr PSW L LICSW L FSW3 M i 2GZ 2G1 EPWB YC14 B6 YC10 A2 YC11 14 YC11 17 YC13 B9 YC13 B12 YC14 B1 YC13 A12 YC13 B15 YC13 B18 YC14 B4 YC13 A5 YC13 A2 YC13 A7 Figure 2 1 3 Paper feed section block diagram cassettes 1 and 2 LE o A f or Es 07 YC6 A11 weesw Figure 2 1 4 Paper feed section block diagram MP tray
186. Y YH A DA FRELIA ALY A 5 TB od Z 11 AAATA FAR BEAM X 1043744 F S 1 4 4A CHS D o 12 Insert the base slider A F and then the base slider B G into the lower left of the MFP 13 Fix base slider B G with M4 x 10 tap Tight S screw I Put M4 x 10 tap Tight S screw I through the upper hole of base slider B G 14 Close the right cover of the document finisher A 15 Move to step 1 on page 19 12 Ins rer la r gle de base A F puis la r gle de base B G dans la partie inf rieure gauche du MFP 13 Fixer la r gle de base B G l aide d une vis S taraud e M4 x 10 I Faire passer la vis S taraud e M4 x 10 1 par l orifice sup rieur de la r gle de base B G 14 Refermer le capot de droite du retoucheur de document A 15 Passer l tape 1 de la page 19 12 Inserte el deslizador A F y luego el deslizador B G en la parte infe rior izquierda de la MFP 13 Fije el deslizador B G con un tornillo de ajuste M4 x 10 I Ponga un tornillo de ajuste M4 x 10 I a trav s del agujero supe rior del deslizador B G 14 Cierre la cubierta derecha del finalizador de documentos A 15 Vaya al paso 1 de la p gina 19 12 Setzen Sie zuerst den Basis Schieber A F und dann den Basis Schie ber B G unten links am MFP ein 13 Befestigen Sie den Basis Schieber B G mit der M4 x 10 Passstift Ver bundschraube I Stecken Sie die M4 x 10 Passstift Bundschraube I durch das obere
187. a care liana p F M4 X 8 BS S IRE sess 1 Va G M4 X 10 KLAE S RAT Mi RE H VRE canica E A TFL JG xl B PILATE vel 15 35 PR FPE US I RT E E bert ER af CHE caries 1 ERER DITA 1 IE Ir da dias 1 AA F CAM X84y7451NS 1 G ER MX10F7y741NKS 2 fra Hh FSI ee econ cha tit ee rte E E dd 1 A APRO Dusan Faas 1 Br INZ TF C PME 1 AB IZ ES 7 EGBA YC AA UE A sie 1 oO LL DAVELT EI Aisne 1 E HA A Rx ge eege 1 Installation Procedure Before installing the hole punch unit make sure the MFP s main power switch is turned off and that its power cord is unplugged from the power outlet Install the document finisher first and then install the hole punch unit Proc dure d installation Avant d installer la perforeuse s assurer que l interrupteur d alimentation principal du MFP est hors tension et que le c ble d alimentation est d branch de la prise secteur Installer d abord le finisseur de document puis installer la perforatrice Procedimiento de instalaci n Antes de instalar la perforadora aseg rese de que el interruptor principal de la alimentaci n de la MFP est desconectado y que el cable de alimentaci n est desenchufado de la toma de corriente de la pared Instale primero el finalizador de documentos y luego instale la perforadora Einbauverfahren Bevor Sie mit dem Einbau der Lochereinheit beginnen stellen Sie sicher dass der Haupt schalter des Kopierers au
188. age appears entirely white Print example Causes 2GZ 2G1 2 Check procedures corrective measures No trans fer charg ing The connector terminals of the high voltage PWB make poor contact Reinsert the connector Also check for continuity within the connector cable If none remedy or replace the cable Defective engine PWB Check if YC7 10 on the engine PWB goes low when mainte nance item U101 is run If not replace the engine PWB Defective high voltage PWB Check if transfer charging takes place when CN1 5 on the high voltage PWB goes low while maintenance item U101 is run If not replace the high voltage PWB No LSU laser is output Defective laser scanner unit Replace the laser scanner unit see page 1 5 11 Defective main PWB Replace the main PWB No devel oping bias output The connector terminals of the high voltage PWB make poor contact Reinsert the connector Also check for continuity within the connector cable If none remedy or replace the cable Defective engine PWB Check if YC7 1 on the engine PWB goes low when mainte nance item U101 is run If not replace the engine PWB Defective high voltage PWB 2 No image appears entirely black Print example Causes Check if developing bias is output when CN1 14 on the high voltage PWB goes low while maintenance item U101 is run If not replace the high voltage PW
189. ail is not properly adjusted the guide rail may not move smoothly or the document finisher may fall down Desserrer provisoirement les deux vis 7 qui fixent la feuille m tallique 6 de la plaque de montage du rail C sur le MFP lever la feuille m tallique 6 de deux crans sur l chelle de la glissi re D puis resserrer les deux vis 7 Remarque Si la glissi re n est pas r gl e correctement la glissi re risquera de ne pas se d placer souplement ou le retoucheur de document risquera de tomber Afloje temporalmente los dos tornillos 7 que aseguran la hoja de metal 6 de la placa de montaje de carril C en el MFP levante la hoja de metal 6 con dos divisiones de la escala del carril de gu a D y apriete los dos tornillos 7 Nota Si no se ajusta correctamente el carril de gu a el carril de gu a puede no moverse suavemente o el finalizador de documentos puede caer Die zwei Schrauben 7 die das Blech 6 der Schienenmontageplatte C am MFP sichern vor bergehend l sen das Blech 6 um zwei Teilstriche der Skala von der F hrungsschiene D aus anheben und die zwei Schrauben 7 wieder anziehen Hinweis Falls die F hrungsschieneneinheit nicht korrekt eingestellt ist bewegt sie sich eventuell nicht reibungslos oder der Dokument Finisher kann herunterfallen Allentare temporaneamente le due viti 7 che fissano il foglio metallico 6 della piastra di montaggio ella rotaia C
190. ale 17 della finitrice di documenti A all MFP fare finitrice di documenti A all MFP passare il cavo attraverso il morsetto G e fissare il morosetto stringendo la vite 18 dell MFP La lunghezza del cavo al morsetto G deve essere di circa 100 mm 5 fI F ES OUER SE E HERES RIRFTRAMI HERR SAA RIRFTEEEMI 1 RKTT AAI SKA HERF 1 RIEA 7 H 2017 X BEAEMPFP EHLE KREG a MRED HEN BY Je EGG Ab ER KK 4 f 100mm 5 Jk 0 RUTA 2563 ROTA EERO E J 004 418 SROEE 211 7 04 1 FEAS PTAS A OE IR 1 FraZV f71 y7X A Off Fi 17 AL TINA DAT 6 Iz 17 amp MFP AMIC H i o LC C 18 CH 7 4 ZIT G ECOF TFVORASILN 100mm 23 5 Z amp 10 Operation check 1 Insert the MFP power plug to the wall outlet and turn the main switch on 2 Make test copies and check that the document finisher A operates correctly V rification du fonctionnement 1 Ins rer la fiche d alimentation du MFP dans la prise murale et mettre l interrupteur principal sous tension 2 Effectuer des copies d essai et v rifier si le retoucheur de document A fonctionne correctement Comprobaci n operacional 1 Inserte el enchufe del MFP en el recept culo de la pared y encienda el interruptor principal 2 Haga copias de prueba y verifique que el finalizador de documentos A funciona correctamente Betriebstest 1 Stecken Sie den Ne
191. all cover AT R to fixing plate F P using two M4 x 10 tap Tight S Screws S 3 Install the connecting plate D to fixing plates F P and R Q using two M4 x 10 tap Tight S Screws S Lors de l installation du retoucheur de document sur la machine enti rement en couleurs Installation des plaques de fixation et de connexion 1 Installer les plaques de fixation avant P et arri re Q sur le MFP l aide de deux vis S taraud es M4 x 10 S par plaque 2 Installer le couvercle AT R sur la plaque de fixation avant P l aide de deux vis S taraud es M4 x 10 S 3 Installer la plaque de connexion D sur les plaques de fixation avant P et arri re Q l aide de deux vis S taraud es M4 x 10 S Cuando instale el finalizador de documentos en la m quina a todo color Instalaci n de las placas de fijaci n y conexi n 1 Instale las placas de fijaci n F P y R Q en la MFP utilizando dos tor nillos de ajuste M4 x 10 S para cada placa 2 Instale la cubierta AT R en la placa de fijaci n F P utilizando dos tor nillos de ajuste M4 x 10 S 3 Instale la placa de conexi n D en las placas de fijaci n F P y R Q utilizando dos tornillos de ajuste M4 x 10 S Wenn der Dokument Finisher am Vollfarbenkopierer angebracht wird Anbringen der Fixier und Verbindungsplatten 1 Bringen Sie die Fixierplatten F P und R Q am MFP mit den beiden M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschrauben S f r jede Platte an
192. am Vollfarbenkopierer installiert wird Installare l unit di piegatura centrale su un macchinario a colori 7 successivi passi 8 e 9 sono necessari quando l unit di piegatura centrale A viene installata su macchinari a colori EEFTSESAT Mi EL EEE 8c 7 ERRELE ZR P 54 46 37 HT T A I EAT F G BR 8 AU IU UR 9 7h35 I RETE USECH p EO m v F A ZEE TABA KOFE 8 9 DIFENDE L 77 De Removing the divided part 8 Remove divided part 9 from the base where the document finisher is located Enl vement de la pi ce divis e 8 Retirer la pi ce divis e 9 de la base sur laquelle le finisseur de document est situ Extracci n de la parte dividida 8 Quite la parte dividida 9 de la base donde se encuentre situado el finalizador de docu mentos Entfernen der Abtrennung 8 Entfernen Sie die Abtrennung 9 von der Grundplatte des Dokument Finishers Rimuovere la parte divisa 8 Rimuovere la parte divisa 9 dalla base dove la finitrice situata TRADER 8 MI SAAS PURSE EUR Pa O HIERE HX U B lt 8 PELAS RIA VARESE AA DELES 9 Z HX Y PRS Reassembling the covers 9 Install cover V K onto each of rear cover C and front cover D respectively with a M3 x 8 tap tight P screw G Remontage des capots 9 Installer le capot V K sur le capot arri re C et sur le capot avant D l aide d une vis P taraud e M3 x 8 chaque G Reinstalaci n
193. and 2 2 Remove the screw and remove the primary paper feed unit Removing the forwarding pulley 3 Remove the stopper from the primary paper feed unit 4 Raise the forwarding pulley retainer in the direction the arrow and remove from the pri mary paper feed unit 5 Remove the stop ring from the forwarding pulley retainer 6 Remove the forwarding pulley from the for warding pulley shaft Forwarding pulley retainer Stopper Figure 1 5 2 Forwarding pulley retainer X Forwarding pulley shaft gt Forwarding pulley Figure 1 5 3 Removing the paper feed pulley T 8 Remove two stop rings from the primary paper feed unit Pull the paper feed pulley shaft in the direc tion of the arrow and remove the paper feed pulley Removing the separation pulley 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Remove the stop ring from the primary paper feed unit Pull the separation pulley shaft in the direc tion of the arrow and remove the separation pulley Replace the forwarding paper feed and separation pulleys Install the separation and paper feed pulleys to the primary paper feed unit Install the forwarding pulley to the forward ing pulley retainer When refitting the forwarding pulley orient it correctly as shown in Figure 1 5 6 Refit the forwarding pulley retainer to the pri mary paper feed unit Refit the primary paper feed unit 2GZ2 261 Stop ring Stop ring
194. asures Flawed drum Replace the drum unit see page 1 5 14 Dirty developing section Clean any part contaminated with toner in the developing section Leaking main charger housing Clean the main charger wire and grid Leaking separation electrode 8 One side of the print image is darker than the other Print example Causes Clean the separation electrode Check procedures corrective measures Dirty main charger wire Clean the wire or if it is extremely dirty replace it see page 1 5 15 9 Black dots appear on the image Print example Causes Check procedures corrective measures Dirty or flawed drum Perform the drum refresh operation If the drum is flawed replace the drum unit see page 1 5 14 Deformed or worn cleaning blade Replace the drum unit see page 1 5 14 Dirty drum separation claws Clean the drum separation claws Dirty the heat roller separation claws 10 Image is blurred Print example Causes Clean the heat roller separation claws Check procedures corrective measures Deformed press roller Replace the press roller see page 1 5 21 Paper conveying section drive prob lem Check the gears and belts and if necessary grease them 1 4 35 2GZ 2G1 2 11 The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned Print example Causes
195. at YC4 30 on the mailbox main PWB check if YC4 21 on the mailbox main PWB remains low or high when the mail paper entry switch is turned on and off If it does replace the mail paper entry switch Defective tray eject sensor With 5 V DC present at YC4 19 on the mailbox main PWB check if YC4 17 on the mailbox main PWB remains low or high when the tray eject sensor is turned on and off If it does replace the tray eject sensor Problem 33 A paper jam in optional document finisher is indicated during printing eject sensor non arrival jam Jam code 92 Causes check procedures Defective eject sensor 2GZ 2G1 2 Corrective measures With 5 V DC present at CN5 4 on the finisher main PWB check if CN5 6 on the finisher main PWB remains low or high when the eject sensor is turned on and off If it does replace the eject sen sor Check if the paper convey ing motor malfunctions Check Check if the eject roller and eject pulley contact each other Check and remedy Check if the eject guide is deformed Check and remedy Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for correct operation 34 A paper jam in optional document finisher is indicated during printing reverse sensor jam Jam code 93 Defective reverse sensor With 5 V DC present at CN14 5 on the finisher main PWB check if CN14 7 on the finisher main PWB remains low or high wh
196. ay A B to the document finisher A Installation des bacs Pour la machine enti rement en couleurs seulement Suivre l tape 27 de la page 18 pour la proc dure d installation 13 Utiliser deux crous K et deux broches L pour installer le bac A B sur le retoucheur de document A Instalaci n de las bandejas Para la m quina a todo color solamente Siga el paso 27 de la p gina 18 para realizar el procedimiento de instalaci n 13 Utilice dos tuercas K y dos pasadores L para instalar la bandeja A B en el finaliza dor de documentos A Anbringen der F cher Nur f r Vollfarbenmaschine Folgen Sie hinsichtlich des Einbauverfahrens dem Schritt 27 auf Seite 18 13 Verwenden Sie die beiden Muttern K und die beiden Stifte L um das Fach A B in den Dokument Finisher A einzubauen Installazione dei vassoi Solamente per macchinari a colori Per la procedura di installazione seguire il punto 27 a pagina 18 13 Utilizzare due dadi K e due perni L per installare il vassoio A B alla finitrice di documenti A CRAS MEEHAN Ski TSH 18 A IZ 27 13 Hl 2 IURE K I 2 885 L EHE SE A B E JE PIET A Eo FLA ORY ttt 2133 440158 18 FIR 27 TRY WITS CE 3 Fy F K2Me EIL L 2 CRA RY R71 YI Y A ICR UT ACB amp HY ff TS 14 Fit the right and left projections 5 of the tray B C onto the document finisher A from its top
197. ayed gt Clean Charger U102 Cycle 05 Change the setting using the cursor up down keys Description Setting range Initial setting Main charger cleaning operation intervals 00 to 20 unit 1000 pages 5 When set to O the cleaning for the main charger is not operated Press the OK key Each setting will be initialized To keep the setting press the CANCEL key Setting toner refresh operation Description Sets the toner refresh operation time and the developing bias on time at power on and after printing Purpose To change the toner refresh operation time and the developing bias on time at power on and after printing if image flow level is low Setting 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U112 gt Adjust Toner U112 Refresh Press the cursor right key to display the submenu screen Press the cursor up down keys to select an item for which the preset value is to be changed Submenu display Description Setting range Initial setting gt gt ON TIME Toner refresh operation time 50 to 150 sec 120 gt gt BIAS TIME Developing bias on time 500 to 1000 msec 540 Press the OK key _ will blink gt gt ON TIME 112 1 Sec Press the cursor right left keys to move _ to the digit position at which the value is to be changed and press the cursor up down keys to change the preset valu
198. back is conveyed to the duplex section via the eject roller and the switchback roller Paper that has been conveyed to the duplex section is conveyed to the paper feed section again by rotation of the upper duplex feed roller and the lower duplex feed roller and printing onto the front side is performed Eject roller Switchback roller Eject roller Eject roller N ONAL NZ CINA Si gt Upper duplex feed roller Lower duplex feed roller PZ Printing onto
199. ber V W und den Basis Schieber B V unten rechts in den MFP ein In caso di utilizzo di alimentatore di carta da 3000 fogli 14 Inserire lo scivolo di base A F e lo scivolo di base B G nella parte inferiore sinistra della MFP 15 Inserire lo scivolo di base V W e lo scivolo di base B V nella parte inferiore destra della MFP EF 3000 ska ARS AT 1406 E BORRA E AUDREY B G di A MFP 1922 FA 15 EJ ERE V W FIER EYE AR B V A MFP WA FMI 3000 HA i 71 F DIGA 14 AA 4 AAF LR ZXXZA FBG MFP Ah DE FREL ATP 15 A AZ A4 VW ESTARAS BV amp MFP ASD FICZ U ddr 16 Fix base slider B G with M4 x 10 tap Tight S screw 1 and fix base slider B V with M4 x 10 tap Tight S screw Y respectively Put M4 x 10 tap Tight S screws I Y through the lower holes of the base sliders B G V 16 Fixer le r gle de base B G l aide d une vis S taraud e M4 x 10 I et fixer la r gle de base B V l aide d une vis S taraud e M4 x 10 Y respectivement Faire passer les vis S taraud e M4 x 10 I Y par les orifices inf rieurs des r gles de base B G V 16 Fije el deslizador B G con un tornillo de ajuste M4 x 10 I y fije el des lizador de base B V con un tornillo de ajuste M4 x 10 Y respectiva mente Ponga los tornillos de ajuste M4 x 10 I e Y a trav s de los aguje ros inferiores de los deslizadores B G V 16 Befestigen Sie den Basis Schieber B
200. ce solo per le macchine a colori Aggiunta Eseguire la seguente operazione dopo il passo 2 a pagina 2 Fissare la piastra guida L utilizzando la vite a colletto M e la vite S Tite M4 x 10 J XE Jupe AEREA ABR ABR AL C n _ 16 2 TUNER 2 a REIT LA F TENE Lee M AU EET MA x 10S J AH Modifica Le viti J utilizzate nei passi 3 e 4 a pagina 3 sono state cambiate con le viti S Tite M4 x 10 XE YE 3 DER 3 DUREE 4 ERUNT J ZE EH KERET MA X 108 Erm amp 24 Dy UV REO IBID AE AO 004 am BA HA FAR L 34 DE SECH AE AT 9 ZEITER M EA M X 10S 1ATHET2 XE IX 35 E OPM 4 C god EN TZ E ZX J DEA M X 108 Z4 REED EF 2006 1 305H156770 English Modification of Installation Guide for DF 730 he supplied parts with the job separator described on page 1 are modified as shown below Addition N Cover AT occasion 1 Change H Fixing plate F Fixing plate R J S Tite screw MA x 10 Modifications apport es au guide d installation du DF 730 Les pi ces fournies avec le s parateur de travaux d crit la page 1 sont modifi es comme montr ci dessous Addition N Couyvercle AT eiecit tiere terr periere 1 Changement H Plaque de fixation F Plaque de fixation R J Vis Tite S M4 x 10 Steps 3 and 4 on page 3 are modified as described below 3 Fit the fixing plate F H and the fixing pla
201. ce if necessary Defective blade motor Replace the blade motor Defective PWB Replace the centerfold main PWB or finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Centerfold staple motor problem optional centerfold unit of 3000 sheet document finisher Jam 89 is indicated Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC9 on the centerfold main PWB and the connector of the centerfold staple motor and the conti nuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective center fold staple motor Replace the centerfold staple motor Defective PWB Replace the centerfold main PWB or finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Centerfold side registration motor 2 problem optional centerfold unit of 3000 sheet document finisher The home position is not detected when initial operation even if 1000 ms passed Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC7 on the centerfold main PWB and the connector of centerfold side registration motor 2 and the continuity across the connector termi nals Repair or replace if necessary Defective center fold side registra tion motor 2 Replace centerfold side registration motor 1 Defective PWB Replace the centerfold main PWB or finisher main PWB and check for correct operation 1 4 29 2GZ 2G1 2 Contents Centerfold
202. cinare la finitrice di documenti A alla MFP e collegarle Nel connettere la finitrice di documenti A e la MFP non reggere il pannello superiore 13 della finitrice Connessione del cavo del segnale 4 Collegare il cavo del segnale 1 della fini trice di documenti A al connettore 2 sul retro della MFP XXI 2870 MFP SS 1 Dim AE 17 A A I Ea 13 F I See JE SMS 2 3 25 9 N EIA 3445 28 44 Bl 2 Ji M BEAT ARY LORY HT 3 1 4 4217 8 A JE MFP WI HIER JERE TY A Al MFP IN ASEH EET 8 mj Es 13 o RAS 4 44 217 8 A 1918 2 1 XE PE MFP Jii b HI 6 32 2 FIX RI 4 Y E MFP ORY ft 1 Fra XV pf713y7X A DEI 13 O FORM TAI 2 AR N OMIC A SIO ADA Do 3 Fra XV p71 y v A MPP APRS rw MFP AR L Geh pe SBR Fra A1 713 A D EH X 03 Z it UE E ERROR 4 PELAS bOI Hy A Of8 SiR 1 2 MFP AMI a KY A 2 ILES S 19 Adjusting the document finisher height When using a monochrome machine 1 Open the right cover of the document finisher A 2 Remove the screw 1 from the left bottom of the document finisher A and install the document finisher to the right hole using M4 x 10 tap Tight S Screw I The more tightening M4 x 10 tap Tight S Screw I the more document finisher height increases Ajustement de la hauteur du retoucheur de document Lors de l utilisation d une machine monochrome 1 Ouvrir le capo
203. color machines part K is not needed Pour installer le retoucheur de document sur une machine enti rement en couleurs il faut utiliser les pi ces H 1 et J ci dessus fournies avec le s parateur de travaux Sur les machines enti rement en couleurs deux pi ces de F ne sont pas utilis es Sur les machines monochromes il faut utiliser la pi ce K s par ment Pour les machines enti rement en couleurs la pi ce K n est pas n cessaire Para instalar el finalizador de documentos en Partes suministradas A Finalizador de documentos 1 Se Te esee C Ret n del carril Ss D ell Ke EI WEE GE Qmm Tornillo de sujeci n M4 x Tornillo de sujeci n M4 x Abrazadera 10 nu No utilizado para m quinas a todo color Placa de fijaci n E ert ntn 1 Placa de fijaci n T Tornillo S Tite M4 x 8 Eliminador de enrollado para m quinas monocrom ticas AK 71C Verbundschraube M4 x 6 una m quina a todo color son necesarias las piezas H 1 y J anteriores entregadas con el Separador de trabajos Para las m quinas a todo color no se utilizan dos piezas de F Para las m quinas monocrom ticas es necesario por separado la pieza K Para las m quinas a todo color la pieza K no es necesaria F r die Installation des Dokument Finishers an Verbundschraube M4 x 10 Gelieferte Teile A Dokument Finishers
204. crew M4 x 14 b though the lower holes of the Taptite S screw M4 x 14 b respectively base sliders B G and V Lorsqu on use l alimenteur de papier de 3000 feuilles Changement L tape 16 de la page 15 est chang e comme suit Faire passer la vis Taptite S M4 x 10 l et la vis TP Taptite S M4 x 14 b par les orifices inf rieurs des r gles de base B G et V 16 Fixer respectivement la r gle de base B G avec la vis Taptite S M4 x 10 l et la r gle de base B V avec la vis TP Taptite S M4 x 14 b Cuando se utiliza el alimentador de papel de 3000 hojas Cambio El paso 16 en la p gina 15 cambia de la siguiente forma 16 Fije el deslizador de base B G con el tornillo Taptite S M4 x 10 I y el deslizador de base B V con el tornillo TP Taptite S M4 x 14 b respectivamente Ponga el tornillo Taptite S M4 x 10 I y el tornillo TP Taptite S M4 x 14 b a trav s de los agujeros inferiores de los deslizadores de base B G y V Deutsch Erg nzung von gelieferten Teilen Mit dem folgenden Teil wurden die gelieferten Teile f r AK 710 auf Seite 2 der Installationsanleitung f r DF 710 AK 710 erg nzt Entsprechend dieser Erg nzung wurde das Verfahren wie rechts gezeigt ge ndert Erg nzung b TP Taptite S Schraube M4x 14 Bei Verwendung des Papiervorschub Eine TP Taptite S Schraube M4 x 14 b ist brig Bei Verwendung des Papiervorschubs f r 3000 Bl tter Eine Taptite S
205. ctive paper feeder main PWB Replace the paper feeder main PWB and check for correct operation Paper feeder EEPROM error optional paper feeder When writing the data the write data and the read data is not continuously in agreement three times Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector on the engine PWB and the connector on the paper feeder main PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective engine PWB Replace the engine PWB and check for cor rect operation Defective paper feeder Replace the paper feeder with another unit and check the operation If the operation is normal replace or repair optional paper feeder Drive motor problem Stable OFF is detected for 1 s continu ously after drive motor stability Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC11 on the engine PWB and the connector on the drive motor and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective drive transmission sys tem Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly If not grease the bushings and gears Check for broken gears and replace if any Defective engine PWB Replace the engine PWB and check for cor rect operation Defective drive motor Replace the drive motor Main charger cleaning motor error The lock signal is de
206. ctive stapler shift motor 1 Replace stapler shift motor 1 Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Stapler problem optional document finisher When the stapler motor is driving the ON status of the stapler home position sensor cannot be detected even if a specified time has elapsed The stapler con nector makes poor contact Reinsert the connector Also check for conti nuity within the connector cable If none remedy or replace the cable The stapler is blocked with a sta ple Remove the stapler cartridge and check the cartridge and the stapling section of the sta pler The stapler is bro ken Replace the stapler and check for correct operation Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Stapler shift motor 2 error optional 3000 sheet document finisher When operation returned to a home position is performed at the time of initial operation and a home position is not detected even if 3 5 s passed Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC 10 on the finisher main PWB and the connector of stapler shift motor 2 and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective stapler shift motor 2 Replace stapler shift motor 2 Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and
207. cuando se separa el finalizador de documentos Anbringen und Einstellen der F hrungsschieneneinheit 11 Die F hrungsschiene D gegen den Dokument Finisher A gedr ckt halten so dass der Abstand zwischen der F hrungsschiene D und dem Boden ca 10 mm betr gt und mit zwei M4 x 6 Befestigungsschrauben E sichern Hinweis Falls die F hrungsschieneneinheit nicht korrekt eingestellt ist bewegt sie sich beim Trennen des Dokument Finishers eventuell nicht Montaggio e regolazione della guida della rotaia 11 Mentre si tiene premuta la guida della rotaia D alla finitrice di documenti A in modo che lo spazio tra la guida della rotaia D e il pavimento sia di circa 10 mm fissarla a mezzo di due viti di serraggio M4 x 6 E Nota Sela guida della rotaia non regolata correttamente potrebbe non muoversi quando il separatore la finitrice di documenti verr staccato Sw gud m Z 34 15 11 38 52 p PL D 544 Z IH 89 fe PE 3910 2 X Ac 32 F PID IARTA A AE PIN M4 x 6 81 275 HR ET EFT IL AE URAS HE IE ER N PL TA CEO PS 1 d I TAY AE Se AE RIME AS He BN PL Z4 FLI ORITA 11 774 FLA D E piti BREA 10mm RAKIT Fen D amp F i Loic A RE TARDA EX M4 X 634 F E 2ATHETI ES TEL lt PE Lire Fra 27 KI 14 YIi 0 Eo AE LER ZA FLE AE AS Hh D 12 Separate the document finisher A from the MFP and secure
208. cument et fixer a vis depuis le c t droit 11 du finisseur de document Instalaci n del deslizador 10 Alinee el deslizador E con el resalto 10 de la placa del lado frontal del finalizador de documentos e instale el deslizador 11 Saque el deslizador E y aseg relo con dos tornillos de ajuste M4 x 8 H Para apretar f cilmente el tornillo del lado posterior del deslizador E abra la cubierta derecha del finalizador de documentos y asegure el tornillo desde el lado derecho 11 del finalizador de documentos Anbringen des Schiebers 10 Richten Sie den Schieber E mit dem Vorsprung 10 auf der vorderen Seiten platte des Dokument Finishers aus und bringen Sie dann den Schieber an 11 Ziehen Sie den Schieber E heraus und befestigen Sie ihn mit den bei den M4 x 8 Passstift Verbundschrauben H Um die Schraube auf der R ckseite des Schiebers E ohne Problems festzuziehen ffnen Sie die rechte Abdeckung des Dokument Fini shers und ziehen Sie die Schraube von der rechten Seite 11 des Dokument Finishers her an Installare lo scivolo 10 Installare lo scivolo E allineandolo alla parte sporgente 10 sulla lastra anteriore della finitrice 11 Fare uscire lo scivolo E e fissarlo con due viti con testa a croce S M4 x 8 H Per fissare con facilita la vite alla parte posteriore dello scivolo E aprire il pannello destro della finitrice e serrare la vite dal lato destro 11 della finitrice OTRA 10 AR E E
209. d agrafes 10 10 Retirer la bande de fixation du porte car touche d agrafes 7 11 11 Ins rer la cartouche d agrafes E dans le porte cartouche d agrafes 7 12 12 Refermer le capot de droite du retou cheur de document A Instalaci n del cartucho de grapas 10 Quite la cinta de fijaci n del portacartucho de grapas 7 11 Inserte el cartucho de grapas E en el porta cartucho de grapas 7 12 Cierre la cubierta derecha del finalizador de documentos A Anbringen der Heftklammerkassette 10 Ziehen Sie das Klebeband von der Heftklam mer Kassettenhalterung 7 ab 11 Setzen Sie die Heftklammerkassette E in die Kassettenhalterung 7 ein 12 SchlieRen Sie die rechte Abdeckung des Dokument Finishers A Installazione della cartuccia pinzatrice 10 Staccare il nastro adesivo dal contenitore della cartuccia pinzatrice 7 11 Inserire la cartuccia pinzatrice E nel conte nitore 7 12 Chiudere il pannello destro della finitrice di documenti A UE BE 10 MIT PETRA 7 E HR FER o 11 45 17 BES RUN VE BET eR 7 12 KARE 4 A MIA AT JWA kUv 2ZomN mutttt 10 AT 7w4 hUvzasvee DEE Kee Gd 11 AT 7 MH RU y S RLA T ILA TINA RU YY E EATS 12 F arkvV f7 3y7x A DEYS FACS Installing the trays For full color machine only Follow step 27 on page 18 for the installation procedure 13 Use two nuts K and two pins L to install the tr
210. d pulley shaft 2GZ 2G1 2 Holder plate Bushing Connector Figure 1 5 11 C BI b Bushing Figure 1 5 12 1 5 5 26Z 261 2 9 Raise the MP paper feed pulley shaft as shown in the figure remove the stop ring and then remove the MP paper feed pulley Removing the MP forwarding pulley 10 Remove the sponge 11 Remove the stop ring and MP paper feed clutch When refitting insert the cutout in the MP paper feed clutch over the stopper on the machine 12 Remove the screw from the cam at the rear of the MP forwarding pulley shaft and move the cam and the bushing toward the inner side Stop ring MP paper feed pulley shaft Figure 1 5 13 Stop ring MP paper feed clutch Figure 1 5 14 Bushing MP forwarding pulley shaft Figure 1 5 15 2GZ 2G1 2 13 Remove the stop ring of the MP paper feed pulley shaft and slide the bushing in the Bushing direction of the arrow Stop ring MP paper feed pulley shaft Figure 1 5 16 14 Slide the MP forwarding pulley shaft tempo rarily toward the rear side and then raise it to remove from the MP unit Remove the shaft while raising the actuator of the MP paper switch MP forwarding pulley shaft Figure 1 5 17 15 Remove the bushing and cam on the rear of the MP forwarding pulley shaft MP forwarding pulley shaft Bushing Figure 1 5 18 1 5 7 26Z 261 2 16 Remove the stop ring and slide th
211. d to the following procedure Carry out this step after step 5 on page 4 2 Remove 13 screws 1 to remove five fittings 2 A yellow label is pasted on the fittings L tape 2 de la page 3 est chang e pour la proc dure suivante Effectuer cette tape apr s l tape 5 de la page 4 2 Retirer 13 vis 1 pour retirer cinq fixations 2 Une tiquette jaune et coll e sur les fixations The following step is added after step 6 on page 5 7 Remove the fixing tape from the handle of the internal tray and attach the spring hook a L tape suivant est ajout e apr s l tape 6 de la page 5 7 Retirer la bande de fixation de la poign e du bac interne et fixer le crochet de ressort a Adici n al procedimiento de instalaci n del finalizador Partes suministradas a Gancho de resorte 1 Erg nzung zum Installationsverfahren des Finishers Gelieferte Teile a Federhaken eines 1 El paso 2 en la p gina 3 cambia al siguiente procedimiento Realice este paso despu s del paso 5 en la p gina 4 2 Quite los 13 tornillos 1 para quitar los cinco accesorios 2 Hay una etiqueta amarilla pegada en los accesorios Schritt 2 auf Seite 3 wurde zu dem folgenden Verfahren ge ndert F hren Sie diesen Schritt nach Schritt 5 auf Seite 4 aus 2 Entfernen Sie die 13 Schrauben 1 um die Befestigungselemente 2 zu entfernen Ein gelber Aufkleber
212. dattare il dispositivo di arresto che stato montato nel passo 3 sul pannello a sinistra 3 utilizzando le due viti S Tite M4 x 8 J Proseguire al passo 7 HEPR ARERR M4 x 8SQ RREA RG GREF IRT J20 KERET 4 FIR 3 CHAE TET y FZR CA M4 X 8 44 F J 2 ATEH 3 LC Dun HH Z IR LCE h e DES LS LT AE CPS E WK TZ ZED IS la lt La LIY 4 Steps 1 to 6 below are only for monochrome machines 1 Open the eject cover 1 of the MFP 2 Remove the two screws 2 securing the feedshift guide assembly 3 and then the assembly Les tapes 1 6 ci dessous concernent les machines monochromes seulement 1 Ouvrir le couvercle d jection 1 du MFP 2 Retirer les deux vis 2 fixant l assemblage de la glissi re d alimentation 3 puis retirer l assemblage Los pasos 1 a 6 a continuaci n son s lo para m quinas monocrom ticas 1 Abra la cubierta de expulsi n 1 del MFP 2 Quite los dos tornillos 2 que aseguran el ensamble gu a de la unidad de cambio de alimentaci n de papel 3 y luego el ensamble Die folgenden Schritte 1 bis 6 gelten nur f r Monochrommaschinen 1 Offnen Sie die Auswurfabdeckung 1 des MFP 2 Entfernen Sie die zwei Schrauben 2 die den Zuf hrungswechsel Bausatz 3 befestigen und dann den Bausatz seguenti passi da 1 a 6 sono solo per le macchine in bianco e nero 1 Aprire la copertura dell uscita car
213. de aus dem Papiereinzug Impostazione della dimensione della carta Al momento della spedizione il formato della carta impostato su Lettera per le specifiche in pollici e A4 per le specifiche metriche Per cambiare formato seguire la procedura qui in basso 1 Estrarre il cassetto dell unit di alimentatore della carta RRE HJ Hr SERT RUP WEE N Letter MXK AMIA Be EN A4 EAE SE OT RA F MUF HEITER E o 1 42 H BEA item H41 RRE HIE 4 D FEIT Letter v FERII A4 LRESNTUET U4 ARES NE KOPFIIBEBIROTK RAV 1 AZA74 IED HE Y h5 HT Move the sliders 11 at the machine front and rear inward two at each point Remove the screw 13 from each of the front and rear lateral size adjusters 12 D placer les curseurs 11 l avant et l arri re de la machine vers l int rieur deux chaque endroit Retirer la vis 13 de chaque dispositif de r glage du format lat ral avant et arri re 12 Mueva los graduadores 11 del frente y parte trasera de la m quina hacia adentro dos en cada punto Quite el tornillo 13 de cada regulador de tama o lateral frontal y trasero 12 Bewegen Sie die Schieber 11 an der Vorder und R ckseite des Ger tes nach innen zwei an jedem Punkt Entfernen Sie die Schraube 13 von jedem der vorderen und hinteren Quergr Ben Einsteller 12 Spostare ver
214. dell unit di perforazione A Regolare la posizione dell unit di perforazione A Nel caso in cui i fori siano perforati troppo in basso esempio a Far scivolare l unit di perfora zione A nella direzione indicata dalla freccia nera Nel caso in cui i fori siano perforati troppo in alto esempio b Far scivolare l unit di perforazione A nella direzione indicata dalla freccia bianca Utilizzare quattro viti 3 per reinstallare il coperchio 5 rimosso nel passo 2 Per dettagli vedere passi 16 e 17 a pagina 6 Eseguire una copia di prova FAJF3TAL H 76 A DI 2 MA X 10 1 22 X 6 74 S AT G o RIT FL IC A DIr ITALIE FRERE a HY HT TUR A dE 15 Sr 46 HU IRL o FL ice BS LR EN ZS b I 353140306 A TEIL AG SR 46 IA 4 IUE 3 EMBA 2 TP PIN Enid S AKAM 7 MH 6 vi LHI B 16 TUR 17 EAT MAN o SY FAZY F A DEA M4 X 107347344 F S 0 2 A DD LAN y F A ORE AT 5 en FILLE AE YT a Fa y F A ERROREA HS SAFARI INIA AES LN b Fay F A RARO ASADA PIE 2 CHLIERAAN 5 GEA 3 4 ATM Y HX V HY 3 EAE 6 SIE 16 17 42 ROLEX FA RAVEN OO 9e Ses 2mm lt X X 2mm Repeat steps 1 to 6 until the vertical gap of the punch holes on the copy sample are within the reference value After adjustment tighten two M4 x 10 ta
215. display the submenu screen 3 Press the cursor up down keys to select the heater to turn on Submenu display Description gt gt Main Heater ON Fuser heater M FH M gt gt Sub Heater ON Fuser heater S FH S 4 Press the OK key Execute will be displayed and the heater will be turned on for three seconds Note Do not open or close the cover when the heater is on Either do not turn on the heater continuously gt gt Main Heater ON 196 1 Execute 5 To turn off the heater press the OK key or the CANCEL key 1 3 12 Checking the fuser temperature Description Displays the fuser temperature the ambient temperature and the absolute humidity Purpose To check the fuser temperature the ambient temperature and the absolute humidity Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U199 gt Display TEMP gt U199 Press the cursor right key to display the submenu screen gt gt FIX CENT TEMP 0199 1 tt Press the cursor up down keys to select the item to check Submenu display Description gt gt FIX CENT TEMP Fuser center temperature C gt gt FIX EDGE TEMP Fuser edge temperature C gt gt SURROUND TE Ambient temperature C gt gt HUMIDITY Absolute humidity Maintenance item No 2GZ 2G1 2 Description U208 Setting the paper size for the paper feede
216. distance from the paper leading edge to the punch holes a If the distance is out of the reference range follow the steps below to adjust the position Reference value Distance a in metric specification 9 5 2 mm Distance a in inch specification 5 5 2 mm V rification de la distance du bord d entr e aux perforations 1 Dans le mode perforation effectuer une copie de test avec du papier aliment depuis le plateau multifonction 2 V rifier la distance entre le bord d entr e du papier et les perforations a Si la distance se trouve hors de la gamme de r f rence suivre les tapes ci dessous pour ajuster la position Valeur de r f rence Distance a en sp cifications m triques 9 5 2 mm Distance a en sp cifications en pouces 5 5 2 mm Comprobaci n de la distancia del borde delantero a los agujeros perforados 1 En el modo de perforaci n haga una copia de prueba con el papel ali mentado desde la bandeja MP 2 Compruebe la distancia del borde delantero del papel a los agujeros perforados a Si la distancia no se encuentra dentro del valor de refe rencia siga los pasos de abajo para ajustar la posici n Valor de referencia Distancia a en el sistema m trico 9 5 2 mm Distancia a en pulgadas 5 5 2 mm berpr fen des Abstands von der Vorderkante des Papiers zu den Stanzl chern 1 F hren Sie im Lochermodus eine Testkopie durch wobei das Papier vom MP Fach aus zugef hrt wird
217. document finisher A when the document finisher A is joined to the MFP viewed from above R gler la hauteur de la roulette avant droite en proc dant comme l tape 2 de mani re que chacun des centres des parties d accrochage 15 du pontet du loquet soit align sur le centre des deux crochets 14 du retoucheur de document A lorsque le retoucheur de document A est fix au MFP vue partir du haut 3 Ajuste la altura de la rueda delantera derecha de la misma forma que en el paso 2 para que cada centro de las partes de enganche 15 de cada pestillo est alineado con el centro de los dos ganchos 14 en el finalizador de documentos A cuando el finalizador de documentos A est nido a el MFP vista de arriba 3 Die H he der vorderen rechten Laufrolle auf die in Schritt 2 beschriebene Weise einstellen so dass die Mitte der Rasten 15 der Verriegelungsklaue auf die Mitte der zwei Haken 14 am Dokument Finisher A ausgerichtet ist wenn der Dokument Finisher A an den MFP angesetzt ist von oben gesehen 3 Regolare l altezza della ruota orientabile anteriore destra allo stesso modo descritto al passo 2 in modo che ciascun centro delle parti di aggancio 15 del dispositivo di arresto sia allineato al centro dei due ganci 14 della finitrice di documenti A una volta che la finitrice di documenti A viene unita all MFP vista dall alto 3 4 Be 1 aA MPP LE BE WU Ten CAE PT TER 14 5 FEAR S
218. e Press the OK key The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key 1 3 9 2GZ 2G1 2 Maintenance item No Description U114 Setting separation charger mode Description Sets the separation charger mode Purpose If the fuser offset occurs change the setting Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U114 gt Setting AC Mode U114 Mode 1 2 Press the OK key will be displayed 3 Press the cursor up down keys to select the mode Display Description MODE Full page separation for both first and second pages MODE First page Separation on leading and trailing edges Second page Full page sepration MODE Full page sepration is activated for both first and second pages pro vided the ambient temperature is less than 19 C 66 2 F First page Separation is activated for both leading and trailing edges second page Full page separation provided the ambient temperature is more than 20 C 68 F MODE3 Separation is activated on both leading and trailing edges for both first and second pages Initial setting MODE3 4 Press the OK key The setting is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key Switching empty toner status detection Description Sets whether empty toner status detection is performed when the amount of toner remaining in the toner con tainer is small Purpose If this item is set to ON when
219. e 2 Togliere quattro viti 3 e tenere premuta la leva di rilascio della finitrice 4 per rimuo vere il coperchio 5 FT FLIP 1 FT FF 3637 8 69 Li MARCO 2 PE F 4 BUT 3 FERC EET AR RE MAT 4 DI EIE Eu INUFROLUH HERS UGEET EE EE EAR BUA C 2 Z BH lt 2 EX BJARKE L Zt vir 23 4 FLD DRH 5 TRI d AU H O Loosen two M4 x 10 tap Tight S screws G of the hole punch unit A Adjust the position of the hole punch unit A When holes are punched too far lower copy example a Slide the hole punch unit A to the direction indicated by the black arrow When holes are punched too far upper copy example b Slide the hole punch unit A to the direction indicated by the white arrow Use four screws 3 to reinstall the top cover 5 which was removed in step 2 For details see steps 16 and 17 on page 6 Perform a test copy Desserrer deux vis S taraud es M4 x 10 G de la perforatrice A Ajuster la position de la perforatrice A Lorsque les trous sont perfor s trop bas dans l exemple de copie a faire glisser la perforatrice A dans la direction indiqu e par la fl che noire Lorsque les trous sont perfor s trop haut dans l exemple de copie b faire glisser la perforatrice A dans la direction indiqu e par la fl che blanche Utiliser quatre vis 3 pour r installer le capot sup rieur 5 retir l
220. e MP for warding pulley with the forwarding pulley retainer from the shaft to remove it 17 Replace the MP separation MP paper feed and MP forwarding pulleys Stop ring 0 MP forwarding pulley Forwarding pulley retainer Figure 1 5 19 18 Install the MP forwarding pulley to the MP MP paper feed pulley shaft forwarding pulley shaft 19 Refit the MP forwarding pulley shaft to the MP unit 20 Install the MP paper feed pulley to the MP unit 21 Refit the MP unit cover to the MP unit When refitting the MP unit cover the films on the cover are positioned under the MP paper feed pulley shaft 22 Install the MP separation pulley to the MP unit 23 Refit the MP unit Films Figure 1 5 20 1 5 8 3 Detaching and refitting the left and right registration cleaner 2GZ2 261 Take the following procedure when the left or right registration cleaner is to be replaced Procedure Removing the left registration cleaner 1 2 3 4 5 Open the left cover 1 and remove the trans fer roller unit see page 1 5 18 Remove two roller stoppers and remove the left registration roller Remove two registration guides Remove the left registration cleaner Replace the left registration cleaner and reg istration guides Install the left registration cleaner and regis tration guides Refit the left registration roller roller stop pers and transfer rol
221. e copie de test R p ter les tapes 1 3 jusqu ce que la distance entre le bord d entr e et la perforation indique une valeur se trouvant l int rieur de la gamme de r f rence Valeur de r f rence Distance a en sp cifications m triques 9 5 2 mm Distance a en sp cifications en pouces 5 5 2 mm Haga una copia de prueba Repita los pasos 1 a 3 hasta que la distancia del borde de entrada al agujero perforado indique una distancia comprendida dentro del valor de refe rencia Valor de referencia Distancia a en el sistema m trico 9 5 2 mm Distancia a en pulgadas 5 5 2 mm F hren Sie eine Testkopie durch Wiederholen Sie die Schritte 1 bis 3 bis der Abstand von der Vorderkante zur Lochung innerhalb des Bezugswertes liegt lt Bezugswert gt Metrischer Abstand a 9 5 2 mm Abstand in Zoll a 5 5 2 mm Eseguire una copia di prova Ripetere i passi da 1 a 3 finch la distanza dal bordo anteriore ai fori di perforazione non rientra negli intervalli di riferimento Valori di riferimento Distanza a Specificazione in unit metrica 9 5 2 mm Distanza a Specificazione in pollici 5 5 2 mm BEAT IU RE EN o DVR E 3 AARNA EI SL H BE S RAR BU TE P E fet v ZA lt PREIE gt AIR HI BE a 9 5 2mm PID HI BE PS a 5 5 2mm dr at FARA iT FRO E MAA D MHEARA 5 E T FIL 3 URI dE FE FE
222. e corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse Registration switch eject switch Check if the registration clutch malfunctions Run maintenance item U032 and select the registration clutch on the touch panel to be turned on and off Check the status and rem edy if necessary Electrical problem with the registration clutch Check see page 1 4 38 1 4 13 2GZ 2G1 2 Problem 19 A paper jam in the feedshift section is indicated during printing jam in feed shift section Jam code 52 Causes check procedures Electrical problem with the feedshift solenoid Corrective measures Check see page 1 4 38 Broken feedshift switch actuator Check visually and replace switch Defective switch Run maintenance item U031 and turn switch on and off manually Replace the switch if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse Feedshift switch registration switch Check if the registration clutch malfunctions Run maintenance item U032 and select the registration clutch on the touch panel to be turned on and off Check the status and rem edy if necessary Electrical problem with the registration clutch Check see page 1 4 38 20 A paper jam in the duplex section is indi cated during printing jam in duplex paper conveying section 1 Jam code 60 Broken feedshift switch or duplex paper conveying
223. e cursor up down keys to select the clutch to operate Submenu display Clutches gt gt PF1 Clutch Upper paper feed clutch PFCL U gt gt PF2 Clutch Lower paper feed clutch PFCL L gt gt PFMP Clutch MP paper feed clutch MPPFCL gt gt FEED1 Clutch Feed clutch 1 FCL1 gt gt FEED2 Clutch Feed clutch 2 FCL2 gt gt FEED3 Clutch Feed clutch 3 FCL3 gt gt MPTF Clutch MP feed clutch MPFCL gt gt RES Clutch Registration clutch RCL gt gt DUPF Clutch Duplex feed clutch DUPFCL Press the OK key Execute will be displayed and operation will start gt gt PF1 Clutch 032 1 Execute 5 To stop operation press the OK key or the CANCEL key Setting folio size Description Sets the type of paper when using Folio or Oficioll Purpose To prevent image loss that occurs depending on the difference of paper type Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U035 2 Press the OK key will be displayed 3 Press the cursor up down keys to select folio or oficioll gt Set Folio Size 035 Folio Initial setting Folio Press the OK key The setting is set To keep the setting press the CANCEL key 1 3 5 2GZ 2G1 2 Maintenance Description item No p U038 Checking the printer cover switch Description Displays the on off status of each cover switch Purpose To ch
224. e dans l exemple de copie a diminuer la valeur de r glage Lorsque les agrafes sont plac es trop gauche dans l exemple de copie b augmenter la valeur de r glage Changer la valeur de 1 pour d placer la position d agrafage d environ 0 55 mm Effectuer une copie de test R p ter les tapes 1 3 jusqu ce que la valeur de la distance entre le centre et la position d agrafage se trouve dans la gamme de r f rence Valeur de r f rence Distance au centre 2 mm RS 2 Ajuste el valor de configuraci n Cuando las grapas se coloquen demasiado a la derecha en el ejemplo de copia a Disminuya el valor de configuraci n Cuando las grapas se coloquen demasiado a la izquierda en el ejemplo de copia b Aumente el valor de configuraci n El cambio del valor en 1 desplaza la posici n de grabado 0 55 mm aproximadamente 3 Haga una copia de prueba 4 Repita los pasos 1 a 3 hasta que la distancia del centro a la posici n de grapado indique que el valor se encuentra dentro del margen de referencia Valor de referencia Distancia desde el centro 2 mm 2 Anpassen des Einstellwertes Wenn Heftklammern auf der Kopie zu weit rechts erscheinen a Reduzieren Sie den Einstellwert Wenn Heftklammern auf der Kopie zu weit links erscheinen b Erh hen Sie den Einstell wert Eine Ver nderung des Wertes um 1 verschiebt die Heftklammerposition um 0 55 mm F hren Sie eine Testkopie durch Wiederholen Sie die Schritte 1 bis
225. e de base 16 Ins rer la r gle de base A F puis la r gle de base B G dans la partie inf rieure gauche du MER 17 Fixer la r gle de base B G l aide d une vis S taraud e M4 x 10 I Faire passer la vis S taraud e M4 x 10 I par l orifice inf rieur de la r gle de base B G Cuando utilice un alimentador de papel de 3 000 hojas Instalaci n del deslizador de base 16 Inserte el deslizador A F y luego el deslizador B G en la parte infe rior izquierda de la MFP 17 Fije el deslizador B G con un tornillo de ajuste M4 x 10 I Ponga un tornillo de ajuste M4 x 10 I a trav s del agujero inferior del deslizador B G Bei Verwendung des Papiervorschubs f r 3000 Bl tter Anbringen des Basis Schiebers 16 Setzen Sie zuerst den Basis Schieber A F und dann den Basis Schie ber B G auf der unteren linken Seite des MFP ein 17 Befestigen Sie den Basis Schieber B G mit der M4 x 10 Passstift Ver bundschraube I Stecken Sie die M4 x 10 Passstift Bundschraube I durch das untere Loch des Basis Schiebers B G In caso di utilizzo di alimentatore di carta da 3000 fogli Installare lo scivolo di base 16 Inserire lo scivolo di base A F e lo scivolo di base B G nella parte inferiore sinistra della MFP 17 Fissare lo scivolo di base B G con una vite con testa a croce S M4 x 10 I Far passare la vite con testa a croce S M4 x 10 1 attraverso il foro inferiore dello scivolo di base B G
226. e de test pour s assurer que le papier est aliment 3 V rifier la boucle sur l chantillon de copie et si la boucle est serr e suivre l tape suivante pour l ajuster Comprobaci n de la curvatura del papel 1 Enchufe la MFP a una toma de corriente y conecte su interruptor de alimentaci n principal 2 Haga una copia de prueba para asegurarse de que avance el papel 3 Compruebe la curvatura del papel de la muestra de la copia y si sta es mucha siga el paso siguiente para ajustarla berpr fen der Papierwellung 1 SchlieRen Sie den MFP an das Netz an und aktivieren Sie den Ger te schalter 2 Machen Sie eine Testkopie um sich zu vergewissern dass der Papier vorschub funktioniert 3 berpr fen Sie die Testkopie auf Wellung Falls das Papier zu stark aufgerollt ist folgen Sie dem n chsten Schritt zur Einstellung Controllo dell arricciatura 1 Collegare la MFP alla presa di corrente e accendere l interruttore prin cipale 2 Eseguire una copia di prova per verificare che la carta sia alimentata 3 Controllare l arricciatura della copia di prova e se notevole proce dere come indicato nel punto successivo per regolarla 124 HRS 1 MFP HA FAYE FUTUR 2 BET IMA ER TEA 3 MARRAS AS RS ug ZS HL E il m R 2 47 19 3 HRED 1 MP KRO SER SFR IVEY RICH UI AM LAM Y FE ON ITA 2 TA aE Zino ARA EIS Do KENE EE ARRE HER UL E KE amp VE KO
227. e drum separation claws Procedure 1 Remove the developing unit see page 1 5 17 2 Remove the drum unit see page 1 5 14 3 Remove two screws and remove the lower cleaning seal 4 Release the inserted part and remove the drum separation claws from the lower clean ing seal 5 Replace the drum separation claws and Install the claws 6 Refit the lower cleaning seal to the drum unit 7 Refit the drum unit and developing unit 1 5 16 cleaning seal Figure 1 5 36 e Lower Z cleaning seal 9 Drum separation claw Figure 1 5 37 2GZ 2G1 2 1 5 5 Developing section 1 Detaching and refitting the developing unit Follow the procedure below to replace the developing unit Procedure 1 Open the front cover 2 Remove the toner container and waste toner box 3 Remove the pin and turn the developing release lever in the direction of the arrow Developing release lever 4 Remove the developing unit 5 Replace the developing unit and install the unit Developing unit Figure 1 5 39 1 5 17 2GZ 2G1 2 1 5 6 Transfer section 1 Detaching and refitting the transfer roller unit Follow the procedure below to replace the transfer roller unit Procedure 1 Open the left cover 1 2 While holding down the projection slide the transfer roller unit toward the front to remove it 3 Replace the transfer roller unit and install the unit Projection Figure 1 5
228. e finisher 9 Fixer la plaque de renfort D sur la boite lettres A et le retoucheur 7 l aide des deux vis TP M3 x 10 G et de la borne de raccordement Taptite S M4 x 25 F 10 Brancher les lignes de signal 17 de la boite lettres A au connecteur 18 situ sur le c t arri re du retoucheur 9 Instale la placa de refuerzo D en el buz n de correo A y el finalizador 7 utilizando los dos tornillos TP M3 x 10 G y el tornillo de sujeci n Taptite S M4 x 25 F 10 Conecte las l neas de se al 17 del buz n de correo A en el conector 18 de la parte trasera del finalizador 9 Bringen Sie die Verst rkungsplatte D mit den zwei TP Schrauben M3 x 10 G und der Taptite S Befestigungsschraube M4 x 25 F an der Mailbox A und dem Finisher 7 an 10 SchlieRen Sie die Signalleitungen 17 der Mailbox A an den Anschluss 18 am hinteren Teil des Finishers an 9 Fissare la piastra di sostegno D sulla casella postale A e sul finitore 7 utilizzando le due viti TP M3 x 10 G ela vite di serraggio Taptite S M4 x 25 F 10 Collegare le linee di segnale 17 della casella postale A al connettore 18 sulla parte posteriore del finitore 9 UNE D 2 48ZZM3 x 10TP G 4M4 EE RSR E SSRZEMA x 25 F ZEER A T 7 E 10 46 HBH A HUB SR 17 FETS BUH ER 18 E 9 inik D amp L A M3 X IOTP G 2 J amp amp EX M4 X 254 YER y SR kr EE EE E EE 7 cY HITS 11 11 11
229. e front e Machine inside Machine rear Figure 2 2 2 Switches and sensors Main switch MM Turns the AC power on and off Interlock switch ILSW Turns the AC power for the fuser heaters on and off Safety switch 1 GMT Breaks the safety circuit when the left cover 1 is opened Safety switch 2 SSW2 Breaks the safety circuit when the front cover is opened Upper paper switch PSW U Lower paper switch PSW L Detects the presence of paper in the cassette 1 Detects the presence of paper in the cassette 2 Upper lift limit switch LICSW U Detects the cassette 1 lift reaching the upper limit Lower lift limit switch LICSW L Detects the cassette 2 lift reaching the upper limit Upper paper size length switch PLS Up a Detects the length of paper in the cassette 1 Lower paper size length switch PIES 5 b622 Detects the length of paper in the cassette 2 Upper paper size width switch PWSW U Licei tritt etes Detects the width of paper in the cassette 1 Lower paper size width switch PWSWf L essen Detects the width of paper in the cassette 2 MP paper switch MPPSW Detects the presence of paper on the MP tray MP paper size length switch MPPESYW log lalla Detects the length of paper on the MP tray MP paper size width switch MPPMSW itii e teen ciis iaia Detects the width
230. e machine on a level surface maximum allowance inclination 1 Avoid air borne substances that may adversely affect the machine or degrade the photoconductor such as mer cury acidic of alkaline vapors inorganic gasses NOx SOx gases and chlorine based organic solvents Select a room with good ventilation 6 Allow sufficient access for proper operation and maintenance of the machine Machine front 1000 mm 39 3 8 Machine rear 100 mm 3 15 16 Machine right 300 mm 11 13 16 Machine left 300 mm 11 13 16 lt gt gt 300 mm 300 mm 100 mm 2 1000 mm 11 13 16 11 13 16 3 15116 39 3 8 Figure 1 2 1 Installation dimensions 1 2 1 2GZ 261 1 2 2 Unpacking and installation 1 Installation procedure 1 2 2 san D Y Unpacking Y Remove the tapes Install the optional paper feeder Y Release of cassette lift plate Y Load paper Y Install the toner container Y Install the waste toner box Y Connecting the printer to the computer Y Connect the power cord Y Printing a status page Y Completion of the machine installation 2GZ 2G1 1 Unpacking Figure 1 2 2 Unpacking 1 Printer 11
231. e page 1 3 25 gt gt Print ken Lum a ann To print an event log EVENT LOG Event Log Displayed when FRPO 11 is set to 1 See page page 1 3 29 gt gt Paper Feed EE To set paper feed operation as printer driver priority mode See page page 1 3 35 See page page 1 3 35 gt gt Charger To perform a main charger wire cleaning See page page 1 3 35 gt gt Drum peri ri To perform a drum refreshing See page page 1 3 36 To scroll these items press the cursor up down keys repeatedly gt gt Developer L M To initialize the developer unit toner install mode 1 3 24 2GZ2 261 2 Description of service mode Service items Description gt gt Print Status Page Printing a status page for service purpose Description Prints a status page for service purpose The status page includes various printing settings and service cumulative Purpose To acquire the current printing environmental parameters and cumulative information Procedure 1 Enter the service mode gt gt Print Status Page 2 Press the OK key Print Status Page will be displayed 3 Press the OK key Two pages will be printed The second page includes service information Service information Refer to next page Main PWB firmware version Firmware release date PAGE PRINTER STATUS PAGE Firmware version 132 00 Released 20 Apr 2006 PAGE PRINTER STATUS PAGE
232. e paper Check if the lower paper feed pulley separation pul ley or forwarding pulley of the cassette 2 are deformed Check visually and replace any deformed pulleys Broken feed switch 2 actua tor Check visually and replace switch Defective feed switch 2 Run maintenance item U031 and turn feed switch 2 on and off manually Replace feed switch 2 if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse Check if the lower paper feed clutch malfunctions Run maintenance item U032 and select the lower paper feed clutch on the touch panel to be turned on and off Check the status and remedy if necessary Electrical problem with the lower paper feed clutch Check see page 1 4 38 1 4 9 2GZ 2G1 2 Problem 4 A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during printing no paper feed from optional cassette 3 Jam code 12 Causes check procedures Optional paper feeder Corrective measures Paper is extremely curled Change the paper Check if the paper feed pul ley forwarding pulley and separation pulley of optional cassette 3 are deformed Check visually and replace any deformed pulleys Broken feed switch 3 actua tor Check visually and replace switch Defective feed switch 3 Run maintenance item U031 and turn feed switch 3 on and off manually Replace feed switch 3 if indication of the corresponding
233. e paper stop timing 1 Select gt gt Punch Pos 2 Press the OK key _ will blink 3 Press the cursor right left keys to move _ to the digit position at which the value is to be changed and press the cursor up down keys to change the preset value Setting range 10 to 10 Initial setting 0 Change in value per step 0 49mm If the distance of the position of a punch hole is smaller than the specified value A increase the preset value If the distance is larger than the value A decrease the preset value e o Figure 1 3 2 Preset value A 5 5 2 mm inch 9 5 2 mm metric 4 Press the OK key The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key Maintenance item No 2GZ2 261 Description U246 Setting adjustment of front rear side registration home position 1 Select 2 Width F HP or gt gt Width R HP 2 Press the OK key will blink 3 Press the cursor right left keys to move _ to the digit position at which the value is to be changed and press the cursor up down keys to change the preset value Setting range 10 to 10 Initial setting O Change in value per step 0 31 ms 4 Press the OK key The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key Setting adjustment of front and back stapling home position 1 Select gt gt Staple HP 2 Press the OK key will blink 3 Press the cursor right left keys to move _ to the digit positi
234. e posizioni delle scanalature superiori 17 Anteriore A4 centrale lettera posteriore B5 Posizioni delle scanalature superiori sul lato posteriore Anteriore B5 centrale Lettera posteriore A4 Spostare verso l esterno gli scivoli anteriori e posteriori 11 due in ciascun punto fino a quando non vengano a contatto con i regolatori della misura laterale 12 z CSA R A 14 HI E RJR 15 FEIL 16 INBA ES 17 AT PA 18 FA 1 842 13 ME Ria 14 RATER H S EN AUR Hi ile EE H JR 15 fi A E 17 BEER AA KR T ERE 17 f pr EE om A4 F Letter HAN B5 Em ERY 17 AMANI HIM B5 PA Letter BW A4 MIME SE 27km 11 HABRA RAR 02 AE FA AR 14 AMET SAM 1 ARATE DIC ARORA ARK 12 DEM 15 FI 16 E 17 FRE 18 IRE LIRA EA 13 1 AX CHI 5 BAIE FIT 15 gt EME 17 OE LIA CAE CHM 1 ZE HER T2 Li 17 OKT Fi A4 PR Letter B5 fio ERE 17 DATE FAT B5 PR Letter D A4 BK 2407 4 FAR 11 amp RITA AHM 12 124725 x CAMIF 53 6 7 UI y Ty ess Remove the screw 20 from each of the left a
235. eck if the switches of covers operate correctly Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U038 gt Check Cover SW gt 038 amp InterLock 2 Press the cursor left key to display the submenu screen 3 Press the cursor up down keys to select the switch to check Submenu display Switches gt gt Left Cover 1 Left cover 1 switch LC1SW 2 Left cover 2 switch LC2SW gt gt Front Cover Front cover switch FRCSW Int Lck Safety switch 1 2 SSW1 2 4 Open and close the cover to check the switch status 0 Off 1 On gt gt Left Cover 1 1 038 1 Zond U051 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper 1 3 6 Description Adjusts the amount of slack in the paper Purpose Make the adjustment if the leading edge of the print image is missing or varies randomly or if the print paper is Z folded Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U051 gt Set of Paper U051 Loop 2 Press the cursor right key to display the submenu screen 3 Press the cursor up down keys to select the item for which the preset value is to be changed Submenu display Description Setting Initial range setting gt gt RES FEEDER Paper feed from cassette 30to20 O gt gt RES MPT Paper feed from MP tray 30to20 0 gt gt RES DUP Duplex mode second 30to 20 O gt gt RES MPT THICK Paper feed from MP tray using thick paper 30t020 0
236. ect operation Defective engine PWB Replace the engine PWB and check for cor rect operation VIDEO output error Defective main PWB Replace the main PWB and check for cor rect operation 1 4 31 2GZ 2G1 2 1 4 3 1 No image appears entirely white See page 1 4 33 6 A black line appears longitudi nally See page 1 4 34 11 The leading edge of the image is spo radically misaligned See page 1 4 36 16 Image is out of focus See page 1 4 37 1 4 32 Image formation problems 2 No image appears entirely black See page 1 4 33 7 A black line appears laterally See page 1 4 35 12 Paper creases E See page 1 4 36 17 lmage is not square See page 1 4 37 3 Image is too light See page 1 4 34 8 One side of the print image is darker than the other See page 1 4 35 13 Offset occurs See page 1 4 36 4 Background is visible See page 1 4 34 9 Black dots appear on the image See page 1 4 35 14 Image is partly missing See page 1 4 36 5 A white line appears longitudi nally See page 1 4 34 10 Image is blurred See page 1 4 35 15 Fusing is poor X See page 1 4 37 1 No im
237. ected to the MP feed switch toner con tainer sen sor developing unit toner feed sole noid toner container detection switch and drum unit GND MPFSW 5VD 5VD TCS GND DEVPO 5VD TNS GND DVUNITN FUSE CUT EEDATA EESCLK 24VDR TNFSOL TCDSW GND DRUMPO GND CL EEDATA EESCLK GND DRUNITN 5VD MCCM FWD MCCM REV 0 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC pulse 0 5 V DC pulse 24 V DC 0 24 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC pulse 0 5 V DC pulse 0 5 V DC 5 V DC 0 24 V DC 0 24 V DC Ground MPFSW On Off 5 V DC power output 5 V DC power output TCS On Off Ground Developing unit distinction signal 5 V DC power output TNS On Off Ground Developing unit detection signal Developing unit FUSE CUT signal Developing unit EEPROM DATA signal Developing unit EEPROM CLOCK signal 24 V DC power output TNFSOL On Off TCDSW On Off Ground Drum unit distinction signal Ground CL On Off Drum unit EEPROM DATA signal Drum unit EEPROM CLOCK signal Ground Drum unit detection signal 5 V DC power output MCCM On Off MCCM On Off Connected to the regis tration Switch fuser unit duplex feed clutch duplex paper con veying switch and cooling fan motor 5 to 10 2 3 8 GND RSW 5VD FUSER PO 3VD FTH1 FUSE CUT GND GND FTH2 STD FTH2 24VDR DUPFCL GND DUPPCSW 5VD GND 0 5 V D
238. ector YC7 on the finisher main PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective mailbox main PWB Replace the mailbox main PWB and check for correct operation Backup memory data problem optional centerfold unit of 3000 sheet document finisher Read and write data does not match Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector on the centerfold main PWB and the connector YC5 on the finisher main PWB and the con tinuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective center fold main PWB Replace the centerfold main PWB and check for correct operation Operation panel PWB communication error Defective main PWB Replace the main PWB and check for cor rect operation Defective opera tion panel PWB Replace the operation panel PWB and check for correct operation Main PWB checksum error Defective main PWB Replace the main PWB and check for cor rect operation Memory checksum error Defective main PWB Replace the main PWB and check for cor rect operation Defective expan sion memory Replace the expansion memory and check for correct operation Main PWB system error Defective main PWB Replace the main PWB and check for cor rect operation Engine PWB communication error Defective main PWB Replace the main PWB and check for cor r
239. ed Turn the main switch off Remove the USB memory from USB mem ory slot 10 Turn the main switch on 11 Confirm that message display 4 is dis played after warm up 12 Print the status page Print the status page to check that the firmware version has been updated o UR co k gt dd YB Ed USB memory slot Y USB memory Figure 1 6 9 Main switch On Supervisor mode USB data reading P P Product code mec ie pug 2GZ This machine 3 2GZ 3000 001 021 O Firmware category DEUM E 10 Engine controller 8 30 Main controller 3 Supplement Normally 00 Classification Normally 0 5 Update history 6 Build number Release date MER SE off Year Month Day Checksum anne A USB memory slot Main switch On Figure 1 6 10 1 6 5 2GZ 261 This page is intentionally left blank 1 6 6 2 1 1 Paper feed section 2GZ 2G1 2 The paper feed section consists of the primary feed and secondary feed subsections Primary feed conveys paper from the cassettes 1 2 or MP tray to the left and right registration rollers at which point secondary feed takes place and the paper travels to the transfer section in sync with the printing timing Each cassette consists of a lift driven by the lift motor and other components Each cassette can hold up to 500 sheets of paper Paper is fed
240. edem nachfolgenden Verfahren je nachdem ob es sich um eine Monochromma schine bzw einen Vollfarbenkopierer handelt Bei Verwendung einer Monochromma schine Gehen Sie zum Schritt 1 auf Seite 7 weiter Bei Verwendung eines Vollfarbenkopierers Gehen Sie zum Schritt 1 auf Seite 11 weiter 15 Seguire ciascuna delle procedure indicate Sotto a seconda che si tratti di un macchina rio in bianco e nero oppure di uno a colori In caso si utilizzi un macchinario in bianco e nero Procedere con il punto 1 a pagina 7 IN caso si utilizzi un macchinario a colori Procedere con il punto 1 a pagina 11 15 ir fi 8 ALE WLBT PER ARAM 47 7 a EROR 1S EF 4 72 HLAS ETH 11 ALA 1 3 15 E 7 7 FRR 77179 7 BBC TROFIK NET E I LOBA EENEG 2153 4058 11 V FIR 1 AO TE MATS SEH H di LE ely When installing the document fin isher to the monochrome machine Installing the curl eliminator 1 Open the eject cover 1 of the MFP 2 Remove two screws 2 securing the feed shift guide assembly 3 to remove the assembly Lors de l installation du retoucheur de document sur la machine monochrome Installation de l l ment d limination des boucles 1 Ouvrir le couvercle d jection 1 du MFP 2 Retirer deux vis 2 fixant l assemblage de la glissi re d alimentation 3 pour retirer l assemblage Cuando instale el finalizador de documen tos en una m quina de blanco y negro Instalaci n del eli
241. eder of 500 sheets x 2 is used One TP Taptite S screw M4 x 14 b is left When the paper feeder of 3000 sheets is used One Taptite S screw M4 x 10 I is left Addition de pi ces fournies Les pi ces suivantes ont t ajout es aux pi ces fournies pour AK 710 la page 2 du Guide d installation pour DF 710 AK 710 La proc dure est donc modifi e voir ci contre Addition b Vis TP Taptite S M4 x 14 ooo 1 Lors de l utilisation de l alimenteur de papier de 500 feuilles x 2 Une vis TP Taptite S M4 x 14 b est superflue Lors de l utilisation de l alimenteur de papier de 3000 feuilles Une vis Taptite S M4 x 10 1 est superflue Espafiol Adici n de partes suministradas La parte siguiente se adiciona a las partes suministradas para AK 710 en la p gina 2 de la Guia de instalaci n para el DF 710 AK 710 De acuerdo con esta adici n se cambia el procedimiento como se indica a la derecha Adici n b Tornillo TP Taptite S M4x 14 1 Cuando se utiliza el alimentador de papel de 500 hojas x 2 Sobra un tornillo TP Taptite S M4 x 14 b Cuando se utiliza el alimentador de papel de 3000 hojas Sobra un tornillo Taptite S M4 x 10 1 When the paper feeder of 3000 sheets is used Change Step 16 on page 15 is changed as follows 16 Fix the base slider B G with the Taptite S screw Put the Taptite S screw M4 x 10 I and TP Taptite S M4 x 10 I and the base slider B V with the TP s
242. eet document finisher Paper conveying belt home position sen Sor 1 does not turn off within 1 5 s Paper conveying belt home position sen Sor 1 does not turn on within 2 5 s Jam 88 is indicated Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC2 on the internal tray PWB and the connector on paper conveying belt motor 1 and the conti nuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective paper conveying belt home position sen Sor 1 Replace paper conveying belt home position sensor 1 Defective paper conveying belt motor 1 Replace paper conveying belt motor 1 Defective PWB Replace the internal tray PWB or finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Paper conveying belt motor 2 prob lem optional 3000 sheet document finisher Paper conveying belt home position sen Sor 2 does not turn off within 1 5 s Paper conveying belt home position sen Sor 2 does not turn on within 2 5 s Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC6 on the internal tray PWB and the connector on paper conveying belt motor 2 and the conti nuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective paper conveying belt home position sen Sor 2 Replace paper conveying belt home position sensor 2 Defective paper conveying belt motor 2 Replace paper conveying belt motor 2
243. efective upper lower paper size length switch or MP paper size length Switch If the level of following terminal on PWB does not go low when the switch is turned on and off replace the switch Upper paper size length switch YC13 B2 on the engine PWB Lower paper size length switch YC13 A19 on the engine PWB MP paper size length switch YC6 B11 on the engine PWB Defective upper lower paper size width switch or MP paper size width Switch If the level of following terminal on PWB does not change when the width guide in the cassette 1 2 or insert guide on the MP tray is moved replace the switch Upper paper size width switch YC12 3 4 5 on the engine PWB Lower paper size width switch YC12 9 10 11 on the engine PWB MP paper size width switch YC6 A1 A2 A3 on the engine PWB 1 4 39 2GZ 2G1 2 Problem 11 A paper jam in the paper feed paper conveying fuser eject or duplex sec tion is indicated when the main power switch is turned on Causes piece of paper torn from print paper is caught around feed switch 1 2 3 registration switch feed shift switch eject switch or duplex paper convey ing switch Check procedures corrective measures Check visually and remove it if any Defective feed switch 1 2 3 registration switch feedshift switch eject Switch or duplex paper conveying switch Run maintenance item U031 and turn each switch on and off manually Replace the
244. egolazione 13 a mezzo di un cacciavite a croce in modo che l asse del perno 11 del dispositivo di arresto risulti allineato ai contrassegni del foro 12 della finitrice di documenti A una volta che la finitrice stessa A viene unita all MFP vista dal lato frontale della macchina Nota Ruotando il bullone di regolazione 13 in senso orario si solleva la finitrice di documenti A mentre ruotandolo in senso antiorario si abbassa la finitrice di documenti A 2 45 8277 E A Je 1 72 4 TI PRI A 2G RAT LO HF 4A 3 4 237 8 A SMEP3EDUE BE y TEO RT DFE EAD 3 lt 22 48 1 D AS SET 8 AAR FL 12 S ZU E AEXS HE EPR ER FRET 13 X 5 ARU 8 46 199 TAR KEV H Y ET 13 E OD Et 77 Pp ERR Me RAA MADRE Ree ATAS Ja Sa A eben A ARO Y A NM OO EA 10 2 A 44 2 SaR h74 yY y A amp MFP Ale IU AD RER 7 y FRENO 11 DID REZAR ATV A DER 12 DANI EMT TARTAS TER LR 03 ZEL ARO Y ARO X VRE Z 43 72 9 HARLI B 13 ARO MIEL Ba AL AA Ry A DER UD RR IRI UC B FEFMD n au Adjust the height of the front right caster in the same manner as in step 2 so that each center of the hooking portions 15 of the latch catch is aligned with the center of the two hooks 14 on the
245. eingreift ist die obere Abdeckung 7 locker Dabei kann es zu einer Funktionsst rung im Dokument Finisher kommen 17 SchlieRen Sie die in Schritt 2 ge ffnete obere Abdeckung 3 und das Fach C 4 wieder Installare il pannello 16 Agganciare il dentello 27 della finitrice alla sezione concava 28 sul retro del coperchio 7 rimosso al passo 3 In seguito premi la leva di rilascio della finitrice 6 per reinstallare il coperchio 7 con quattro viti 5 Se il dentello 27 non fermamente agganciato alla sezione concava il coperchio 7 risulta allentato e ci pu causare il malfunzionamento della finitrice 17 Chiudere il pannello superiore 3 e il vassoio C 4 aperti nel passo 2 EE 16 KATRE 27 Eie 9 3 IR PIS Ed 7 JAI 28 MA Zn dE PTT SEU 6 H 4 URSI EA ET CD WRF 27 A UTE psp A Cr ER 7 ARRAS RI BERE RE TT AS ERE lt 17 KE 2 P 4T IF I E sd 3 MIER C 4 DIN ORY Ht 16 FR aAY RAG RY YOY 27 amp PINES CLER 7 Eom 28 C5 OPT 7 4 v Y ARBRE 6 SHLAA SRA MST 7 STi CA 5 4 dx Cani 9 HO NOS VA 27 BERZH o BN AUTISMO TERRIER Fa AY DIA Y IDE RCM ELIO ENA SS 17 FIR 2 CAVE EX 73 3 amp b v COD ELI 18 Use four screws 1 to reinstall the back cover 2 which was removed from the docu ment finisher in step 1 18 Utiliser quatre vis 1 pour r installer le capot arri re 2 retir du finisse
246. el Front cover Cassette 2 Paper guide Paper stopper Cassette 1 Handles for transport MP Multi Purpose tray Main switch Top tray Figure 1 1 1 Toner container Toner container release lever Waste toner box Cleaning brush Power cord connector Option unit connector Handles for transport Left cover 2 Lock lever Left cover 1 2G2 2G1 A a CA Si NI PBL DER q O Memory card slot Option interface slot OPT Option memory slot cover USB Memory slot A1 Parallel interface connector Option hard disk unit Slot HDD Network interface connector USB interface connector B1 2GZ 261 2 Operation panel 10 6 11 7 12 8 9 13 F EE READY DATA ATTENTION lt SE gt A4 PIAIN LS INTERFACE SIZE TYPE ZR DI AC CC 4 3 Figure 1 1 2 1 GO key 8 Attention indicator 2 CANCEL key 9 Message display 3 OKkey 10 Interface indicator 4 MENU key 11 Paper size indicator 5 Cursor keys 12 Paper type indicator 6 Ready indicator 13 Paper jam indicator 7 Data indicator 1 1 3 Machine cross section 2GZ 2G1
247. elow Interconnecting Cables P N 3H327220 Supplied parts A Document finisher 1 B Tray A 1 C Tray B 21 D Connecting plate 2 E Staple cartridge 1 Pi ces fournies A Retoucheur de document 1 B Bac A zv C Bac B 1 D Plaque de connexion 1 E Cartouche d agrafes 1 Partes suministradas A Finalizador de documentos 1 B Bandeja A C Bandeja B D Placa de conexi n E Cartucho de grapas 1 Gelieferte Teile A Dokument Finisher 1 B Fach A 21 C Fach B 221 D Verbindungsplatte Srel E Heftklammerkassette 1 Parti fornite A Finitrice di documenti 1 B Vassoio A C Vassoio B D Piastra di connessione ii 1 E Cartuccia pinzatrice 1 HAP MIE RE E 1 Bi A Genet pedi ds 1 Cibi ile 1 EE 1 EE E 1 HRS A BAA YR PAS ee clei as 1 Be PEREA A EEN 1 CREA Bu hi 1 D ENER ec cc e eee e 1 E AT VWMA BMU ET 22e 1 PAC I CRC IOTN CRC IOTN TAcCc IO lt _ r X it TOQ T CARS HDQT PAS haa F BasesliderA ici 1 G Base slider B iei 1 Plate foot
248. en tigt F r Vollfarbenmaschinen werden zwei Teile von F nicht benutzt F r Monochrommaschinen wird Teil K getrennt ben tigt F r Vollfarbenmaschinen wird Teil K nicht ben tigt una macchina a colori sono necessarie le suddette parti H I e J fornite in dotazioni con il separatore dei lavori Per le macchine a colori due pezzi di F non sono utilizzati Per le macchine in bianco e nero separatamente necessaria la parte K Per le macchine a colori la parte K non necessaria PRA RIETI E 27 LAE E mH EE D OR ZH CHIN ER FNERIT PELE ALIN DRE BRON SIMUR KEE 2216003 INDICI azy KhI414 YVI v eR DT AE Da FEAL FILA BTS E ab UU D CD BRUETI TNA BT F 232 KR UD ETF 77 CRE Tit K 239 087 ECC IIA 2 eei HARE CH When installing the document finisher to a full color machine install the job separator in advance Be sure to turn the MFP main switch off and disconnect the MFP power plug from the wall outlet before starting to install the document finisher Pour installer le retoucheur de document sur une machine enti rement en couleurs installer le s parateur de travaux pr alablement Veiller bien mettre l interrupteur principal du MFP hors tension et d brancher la fiche d alimentation du MFP de la prise murale avant de commencer l installation du retoucheur de document Cuando instale el finalizador de documentos en una m quina a todo color
249. en couleurs seulement 1 Placer le retoucheur de document A sur le c t retirer les huit vis 1 et retirer les deux pi ces de fixation 2 Los pasos 1 a 4 a continuaci n son solo para m quinas a todo color 1 Apoye el finalizador de documentos A Sobre un lado saque los ocho tornillos 1 y saque dos piezas de herrajes 2 Die folgenden Schritte 1 bis 4 gelten nur f r Vollfarbenmaschinen 1 Den Dokument Finisher A auf die Seite legen die acht Schrauben 1 entfernen und die zwei Befestigungsteile 2 abnehmen seguenti passi da 1 a 4 sono solo per le macchine a colori 1 Collocare la finitrice di documenti A lateralmente rimuovere le otto viti 1 e rimuovere i due pezzi di raccordo 2 ER ARFER EH 1 HERA ARTIE HI 8 SIRT D Jn WOR 2S EO FI 41k DIL hI LOA 1 PXaZYf71 3y7X A ERIS CB amp LZ M8 RENAL MERE 2 2 He H 19 HT To align the document finisher with the paper outlet of the MFP slide the legs of the document finisher A to the uppermost positions indicated in the illustration attach the two pieces of fittings 2 that have been removed in step 1 and secure them using the eight screws 1 Pour aligner le retoucheur de document sur la sortie de papier du MFP faire glisser les pieds du retoucheur de document A jusqu aux positions les plus hautes indiqu es sur l illustration fixer les deux pi ces de
250. en the reverse sensor is turned on and off If it does replace the reverse sensor Check if the reverse motor malfunctions Check Check if the reverse roller and reverse pulley contact each other Check and remedy Check if the reverse guide is deformed Check and remedy Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for correct operation 35 A paper jam in optional document finisher is indicated during printing paper entry sensor stay jam Jam code 94 Extremely curled paper Change the paper Defective paper entry sen Sor With 5 V DC present at CN14 1and CN14 3 on the finisher main PWB check if CN14 2 and CN14 4 on the main PCB remains low or high when the paper entry sensor is turned on and off If it does replace the paper entry sensor Check if the paper entry guide is deformed Check and remedy Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for correct operation 36 A paper jam in optional document finisher is indicated during printing paper conveying sensor jam Jam code 95 Defective paper conveying sensor With 5 V DC present at CN4 4 on the finisher main PWB check if CN4 6 on the finisher main PWB remains low or high when the paper conveying sensor is turned on and off If it does replace the paper conveying sensor Check if the paper convey ing motor malfunctions Check
251. encienda el interruptor principal del MFP 2 Introduzca papel en el caj n y haga una copia de prueba para verificar la operaci n Uberpr fen der Mittellinie 1 Stecken Sie den Netzstecker des MFP in die Wandsteckdose und schalten Sie den MFP am Hauptschalter ein 2 Legen Sie Papier in die Papierlade ein und machen Sie eine Testkopie um den Betrieb zu pr fen Controllare la linea centrale 1 Collegare la spina del cavo di alimentazione dell MFP alla presa a muro della rete elettrica e accendere l interruttore principale di alimentazione 2 Caricare la carta nel cassetto ed eseguire una copia di prova per controllare il funzionamento PGAD J 1 H MFP EBL LIRICA SARE 7 2 EMA PI 35 A UE 59647 M it 2 EN DAME S EN 3 IEN 474 3141 MEE 1 MPPAKDER7I77EZAVEY hICHLIA BRATAA YF RH NCTA 2 AE v RICH Ev kA FARIETEBIRO EMPAMERT A 3 Run maintenance item 993 Select VTC PG1 and output a test pattern For full color machines run maintenance item 402 and output the test pattern 3 Ex cuter le point de maintenance 993 S lectionner VTC PG et produire une mire Sur les machines enti rement en couleurs ex cuter le point de maintenance 402 et produire la mire 3 Ejecute el elemento de mantenimiento 993 Seleccione VTC PG y saque un patr n de prueba Para m quinas a todo color ejecute el elemento de
252. enssen dada cies 1 3 24 2 Description Of Service mode nes DER ee e esee ideado ede drop i TE 1 3 25 1 4 Troubleshooting 1 4 1 Paper misfeed detection noiiire ied ii LEGA Eb d dG Lot 1 4 1 1 Paper misteed indication roni tete ede fete oxi ete eee des Deng ode dies 1 4 1 2 Paper misfeed detection conditions nnns 1 4 1 EERSTEN 1 4 9 1 42 Self dIAQGNOSIS ss EE 1 4 18 1 Self diagnostic function sise 1 4 18 IERT te E ee 1 4 18 1 4 3 Image formation problems siennes 1 4 32 1 No image appears entirely whte sise 1 4 33 2 No image appears entirely black ss 1 4 33 BS IMAGES TOO Toa nm una aaa 1 4 34 4 Background MEA e EE 1 4 34 5 A white line appears longitudinally ss 1 4 34 6 A black line appears longitudinally ss 1 4 34 7 A bl ck line appears lateral e cd eser 1 4 35 8 One side of the print image is darker than the other 1 4 35 9 Black dots appear on the Image 1 4 35 10 Image dS e Co 1 4 35 11 The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned 1 4 36 12 Paper EE 1 4 36 13 OffSeL OCGUIS 5 5 iiiter tein eU et 1 4 36 14 Image is partly MISSING EE 1 4 36 15 FUSING IS POOP C da a 1 4 37 16 Image IS ot of TOCUS desistido 1 4 37 17 mage is not Square vie eee rr t e er ree tiere E repo ded ia 1 4 37 1 4 4 Electric proble MS sopcast falo clanes 1 4 38 1 4 5 Mechanical problems da eta 1 4 41 1 5 Assembly and Disassembly
253. ent Folio Yokei 2 Yokei 4 and Custom 40 ppm model Cassette A3 Ledger 23 sheets min B4 Legal 27 sheets min A4 Letter 40 sheets min A4R Letter R 27 sheets min B5 40 sheets min B5R 27 sheets min A5R Statement R 31 sheets min MP tray A3 Ledger 22 sheets min B4 Legal 24 25 sheets min A4 Letter 34 sheets min A4R Letter R 27 sheets min B5 31 sheets min BBR 27 sheets min A5R Statement R 31 sheets min AGR 27 sheets min 50 ppm model Cassette A3 Ledger 26 sheets min B4 Legal 31 sheets min A4 Letter 51 sheets min A4R Letter R 31 sheets min B5 51 sheets min BBR 31 sheets min A5R Statement R 40 sheets min MP tray A3 Ledger 22 sheets min B4 Legal 24 25 sheets min A4 Letter 34 sheets min A4R Letter R 27 sheets min B5 31 sheets min B5R 27 sheets min ASR Statement R 34 sheets min AGR 31 sheets min 3 5 s or less 60 s room temperature 22 C 71 6 F 60 RH Recovery from sleep mode 60 s room temperature 22 C 71 6 F 60 RH Automatic feed Capacity Cassette 500 sheets 80 g m Manual feed Capacity MP tray 200 sheets 80 g m Output tray 500 sheets 75 g m a Si drum diameter 40 mm Single positive corona charging Semiconductor laser Dry reverse developing single component system Developer 1 component magnetism toner Toner replenishing automatic from a toner container Transfer roller Separation electrode Heat roller Hea
254. ent of center folding position Check the booklet stapling position is correct before adjusting the center folding position 1 Select gt gt Booklet Pos 1 Booklet Pos 2 or Booklet Pos 3 2 Press the OK key will blink 3 Press the cursor right left keys to move _ to the digit position at which the value is to be changed and press the cursor up down keys to change the preset value Setting range 10 to 10 Initial setting O Change in value per step 0 55 mm When the centerfold position too far right sample 1 increase the preset value When the centerfold position too far left sample 2 decrease the setting value Reference value within 3 mm Center line Sample 1 Sample 2 Figure 1 3 6 4 Press the OK key The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key Setting the face up unit Description Sets whether or not to perform face up output through the optional face up unit Purpose To set this mode for special users who install only the face up unit to perform face up output For users who use both the finisher and the face up unit do not set this mode Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U391 2 Press the OK key will be displayed gt Face Up Option U391 Off Press the cursor up down keys to select the item Initial setting Off Press the OK key The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key
255. er 14 of the mailbox A and remove the blanking seal 16 from the finisher 7 8 Retirer les deux vis 15 situ es aux endroits indiqu s sur l illustration qui fixent le couvercle lat ral 14 de la boite lettres A puis retirer le joint d obturation 16 du retoucheur 7 8 Remueva los dos tornillos 15 ubicados tal como en la figura que aseguran la cubierta lateral 14 del buz n de correo A y remueva el sello de blanqueo 16 del finalizador 7 8 Entfernen Sie die zwei Schrauben 15 die wie in der Abbildung gezeigt angeordnet sind und mit denen die Seitenabdeckung 14 der Mailbox A befestigt ist und entfernen Sie die Blindabdichtung 16 vom Finisher 7 8 Rimuovere le due viti 15 posizionate come indicato in illustrazione e che fissano il coperchio laterale 14 della casella postale A quindi rimuovere la gomma di tappaggio 16 dal finitore 7 8 H FIBI XE TERR A L 14 89 CHEF TI E 24 72 15 JE RAT SR 7 L JE 4 BAER 16 8 AA RYZA A OBRAS 14 eA HEL TW SW TA ROM DEZX 152 AEARLIZ4 zx O PERL 16 ENT 9 x Sal G 7 SS ZE x 9 Attach the reinforcing plate D to the mailbox A and the finisher 7 using the two TP screws M3 x 10 G and the Taptite S binding screw M4 x 25 F 10 Connect the signal lines 17 of the mailbox A to the connector 18 at the rear part of th
256. er conveying belt position detection sen sor With 5 V DC present at YC12 9 on the internal tray PWB check if YC12 8 on the internal tray PWB remains low or high when the paper conveying belt position detection sensor is turned on and off If it does replace the paper conveying belt position detection sensor 31 A paper jam in optional document finisher is indicated during printing cen terfold unit jam Jam code 89 Defective centerfold paper entry sensor With 5 V DC present at YC13 3 on the centerfold main PWB check if YC13 2 on the centerfold main PWB remains low or high when the centerfold paper entry sensor is turned on and off If it does replace the centerfold paper entry sensor Defective centerfold eject Switch With 5 V DC present at YC4 6 on the centerfold main PWB check if YC4 5 on the centerfold main PWB remains low or high when the centerfold eject switch is turned on and off If it does replace the centerfold eject switch Defective centerfold paper detection switch With 5 V DC present at YC5 3 on the centerfold main PWB check if YC5 2 on the centerfold main PWB remains low or high when the centerfold paper detection switch is turned on and off If it does replace the centerfold paper detection switch 32 A paper jam in optional document finisher is indicated during printing mail box jam Jam code 90 1 4 16 Defective mail paper entry Switch With 5 V DC present
257. er fuser cover Refit the fuser unit o UR no Press roller Figure 1 5 46 1 5 21 2GZ 2G1 2 4 Detaching and refitting the fuser heater Follow the procedure below to replace the fuser heater Procedure 1 Remove the fuser unit see page 1 5 19 2 Remove the upper fuser cover see page 1 5 20 3 Remove two screws and the connector Connector Figure 1 5 47 4 Pull out the fuser heater from the fuser unit Fuser heater Figure 1 5 48 5 Replace the fuser heater and install the heater to fuser unit Refit the upper fuser cover Refit the fuser unit no 1 5 22 2GZ 2G1 2 5 Detaching and refitting the heat roller Follow the procedure below to replace the heat roller Procedure 1 Remove the fuser unit see page 1 5 19 2 Remove the upper fuser cover see page 1 5 20 3 Remove the press roller and fuser heater see page 1 5 21 and 22 4 Remove the fuser gear Fuser gear Figure 1 5 49 5 Remove the heat roller from the fuser unit Remove the C ring gear bearing and bush ing on the rear side of the heat roller and remove the C ring ground plate bearing and bushing on the front side 6 Replace the heat roller and install the roller to fuser unit Heat roller Gear Bearing Bearing Ground plate Bushing C ring Figure 1 5 50 N Refit the fuser gear 8 Refit the fuser heater press roller and upper fuser cover 9 Refit the fuser unit
258. er the MENU mode and display gt gt Maintenance in the Memory Card gt then press the OK key The maintenance mode can be executed from the MENU mode If the compact flash card is removed from the printer and then the printer is turned off and on the maintenance mode pro gram will be deleted from the printer and the maintenance mode will be deleted from the MENU mode 2 Executing a maintenance item Ready A4 PLAIN 1 Press the MENU key 2 Press the cursor up down keys several times until Maintenance gt is displayed Maintenance gt Maintenance gt Mode H3SXX Mode H3SXX The test page is printed 3 Press the cursor right key 3 Press the OK key Setting the factory default data See page 1 3 3 gt Default Setting 0002 XX Maintenance gt Mode H3 S XX gt Print Without Printing without paper U005 Paper XXX See page 1 3 3 Machine Use Version code S Service gt Drive Motors gt Checking motor operation U030 See page 1 3 4 gt Check Switches Checking switches for U031 paper conveying See page 1 3 4 gt Check Clutches gt Checking clutch operation 0032 See page 1 3 5 Continue to the next page 1 3 1 2GZ 261 Continue from the previous page i gt Set Folio Size 0035 gt Check Cover SW gt U038 amp InterLock gt Set of Paper gt
259. ere il perno d documenti A fissaggio dello scivolo B 5 3 Togliere il nastro adesivo dallo scivolo del vassoio interno e rimuovere il perno di fis saggio dello scivolo A 3 die NS E H 4 FT FPA TT A A JA EAR 5 JE EIST 4 De FIH XE B 5 3 MA St 1978 C ER F RE er JE PH Om A 3 24 2 BEUCLZOSBUSU A Fra XY RIG HRY A DANI RA NR EE E EK 7 32 PH lt o LATA FEY AB EB 5 EA AIREMRL AAT FUE E B 5 ZEV 3 Installing the internal tray cover 6 Pull the internal tray out 7 Install the internal tray cover M using the four M4 x 6 tap Tight S Screw J Installation du capot du bac interne 6 Faire ressortir le bac interne T Installer le capot du bac interne M l aide des quatre vis S taraud es M4 6 J Instalaci n de la cubierta de bandeja interna 6 Saque la bandeja interna 7T Instale la cubierta de bandeja interna M uti lizando los cuatro tornillos de ajuste M4 x 6 J Entfernen der Innenfachabdeckung 6 Ziehen Sie das Innenfach heraus 7 Bringen Sie die Innenfachabdeckung M mit den vier M4 x 6 Passstift Verbundschrauben J an Installazione del pannello del vassoio interno 6 Estrarre il vassoio interno 7 Installare il pannello del vassoio interno M utilizzando le quattro viti con testa a croce S M4 x 6 J PL A S 149810 M4 X 6 IEEE S RAT J ZRA DEL M 22 3 PI EB Bi 32
260. eriore utilizzando le due viti TP M4 x 10 G in modo tale che sia a contatto col pavimento iH FF 120V 220 240V AY SE 12 i Jer P Ab eH 1 TP 82 MA X 10 G amp Je li eL CP DEER CF AUR ER n IH o AAH TIREONF ILGU EGA 12 dI IE ETA F ER IC BERE SED IZ EA M4 X 10TP G 1 ATRAE ER T H F ARA 2 BM ER Y 11 36 Note Do not fit the stays F if the document finisher is to be installed Remarque Ne pas mettre en place les supports F si le retoucheur de document doit tre install Nota No coloque los bases F si se va a instalar el finalizador de documentos Hinweis Bringen Sie die St tzen F nicht an wenn der Dokumentenfixierer installiert werden soll Nota Non inserire le sospensioni F se la finitrice di documenti deve essere installata H BK LCR RU dir MIAS ZEB 8 E E Paz KI 4 VERON SBA IDG EH Ar ELO REO RV Checking the center line 1 Connect the MFP power plug to the wall outlet and turn the MFP main switch on 2 Load paper into the drawer and make a test copy to check the operation V rification de la ligne m diane 1 Ins rer la fiche d alimentation du MFP dans la prise murale et mettre l interrupteur principal du MFP sous tension 2 Mettre du papier dans le tiroir et effectuer une copie d essai pour v rifier le fonctionnement Verificaci n de la l nea central 1 Conecte el enchufe del MFP en el recept culo de pared y
261. erso di voi e ruotarla di una tacca in ordine crescente T E ARS bn SR E EDEEZK T 88 8 NEI 1 ST FRAT A A IE BV i M o 2 KE JJ AE BEST AE 4 El 3H 1 DD Zr e 82 s DROITE Pee 4 1 EISEN 23 VAR RE OO RS IET TL LATE SSIC E SL a 1 Fazy 7 1 3y x A ORI A AX 2 MEC FIRED EI ren OI FORKS VITALS 1 BE y SEN y o 22 ak oO P Eat Close the front cover of the document finisher A Perform a test copy Repeat steps 2 to 4 until the paper becomes straight Refermer le capot avant du retoucheur de document A Effectuer une copie de test 5 R p ter les tapes 2 4 jusqu ce que le papier soit plat Cierre la cubierta delantera del finalizador de documentos A Haga una copia de prueba Repita los pasos 2 a 4 hasta que el papel quede derecho SchlieRen Sie die vordere Abdeckung des Dokument Finishers A Machen Sie eine Testkopie Wiederholen Sie die Schritte 2 bis 4 bis das Papier sich gl ttet Chiudere il pannello anteriore della finitrice di documenti A Eseguire una copia di prova Ripetere i passaggi dal punto 2 al punto 4 finch l arricciatura non viene eliminata completamente CDS 8 A IER BET UA EN ER 2 208 ACE ASAREE Sa kv RAH ay A OBGI S XPA U 3 FAbAC eeh MOA WASTE lt ROE CC FIE 2 4 SHO IT If the copy samp
262. erta frontal del finalizador de documentos e introduzca la caja para desechos de la perforaci n D a lo largo de la gu a E que fue instalada en el paso 5 10 Limpie la cubierta superior derecha de la caja para desechos de la perforaci n D con alcohol y pegue la etiqueta H en la secci n c ncava de la caja 11 Cierre la cubierta frontal del finalizador de documentos Anbringen des Lochungsabfallbeh lters 9 ffnen Sie die vordere Abdeckung des Dokument Fini shers und bauen Sie dann den Lochabfallbeh lter D entlang der in Schritt 5 installierten F hrung E ein 10 Reinigen Sie die rechte obere Abdeckung des Lochab fallbeh lters D mit Alkohol und bringen Sie danach den Aufkleber H am konkaven Teil des Beh lters an 11 SchlieRen Sie die vordere Abdeckung des Dokument Finishers Installare lo scarto perforazione Conte nitore degli scarti per la perforazione 9 Aprire il pannello anteriore della finitrice e inserire lo scarto perforazione D lungo la guida E installata nel passo 5 10 Pulire il pannello superiore destro dello scarto perforazione D con alcool e incollare l etichetta H nella sezione concava del contenitore 11 Chiudere il pannello anteriore della finitrice ZF FLH E 9 317 ER KEES Dm E AFT LAUR D 10 HI FAT SLAC te D AA Lin JF A CH AU Y ET 11 RITRAE RUFC FRYDAOWY Ht 9 FER ALBZGIyLuxOBA23 2 BH amp PIES CHU REO TEX F
263. es P Q R et 8 des 9 S fournies avec le s parateur de travaux sont requises Les pi ces restantes S T et U ne sont requises que pour l installation de DF 730 P Plaque de fixation avant 1 Q Plaque de fixation arri re 1 R Couvercle AT S Vis S taraud e M4 x 10 Cuando instale el finalizador de documentos en una m quina a todo color ser n necesarias las partes P Q y R y ocho de los nueve tornillos S suministrados con el separador de tareas El resto de las partes S T y U s lo ser n necesarias cuando se instale el DF 730 P Placa de fijaci n F_ 1 Q Placa de fijaci n H R Cubierta AT S Tornillo de ajuste M4 x 10 Wenn der Dokument Finisher auf einem Vollfarbenkopierer angebracht wird sind die Teile P Q R und acht Teile P Q R und acht von neun S Schrauben die mit dem Jobtren ner gelieferten erforderlich Die verbleibenden Teile S T und U sind nur dann erforderlich wenn der DF 730 aufgestellt wird P Fixierplatte tr 1 Q Fixierplatte R eene 1 R Abdeckung AT _ iers 1 S M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschraube 9 Per l installazione della finitrice di documenti su un macchinario a colori sono necessarie le parti P Q R e otto su nove S fornite in dotazione con il sepa ratore dei lavori Le rimanenti parti S
264. es deux extr mit s de l l ment d li mination des boucles O 4 Fixer l l ment d limination des boucles O l aide de deux vis 2 retir es l tape 2 3 Coloque el eliminador de curvatura del papel O en la cubierta de expulsi n 1 de forma que los resaltos 4 de la cubierta se colo quen en los dos extremos del eliminador de curvatura del papel O 4 Asegure el eliminador de curvatura del papel O utilizando dos tornillos 2 quitados en el paso 2 3 Setzen Sie die Gl ttungseinrichtung O so auf die Auswurfabdeckung 1 auf dass die Vorspr nge 4 der Abdeckung in die beiden Enden der Gl ttungseinrichtung O eingrei fen 4 Befestigen Sie die Glattungseinrichtung O mit den im Schritt 2 entfernten Schrauben 2 3 Montare l eliminatore di arricciature O nella copertura dell uscita carta 1 in modo tale che le parti sporgenti 4 sulla copertura siano inserite nelle due estremit dell elimi natore di arricciature O 4 Fissare l eliminatore di arricciature O utiliz 3 BS 0 Fe dc BH 1 de ik 4 HI 7E 22 2 rp PAY 2 ET 2 WG 99 4 NH 4 zando le due viti 2 rimosse al punto 2 Ap ment 4 HRA DH a O RPI n Wt O FAGO Oa En 4 DIES HE C F HT 0 SEO S 1 lZ ROMS FINA 2 GA LITE C A 2 2RCFI F 0 IETS Installing the connecting plate 5 Install the connecting plate
265. esent at YC11 1 on the internal tray PWB check if YC11 2 on the internal tray PWB remains low or high when the internal tray paper entry sensor 1 is turned on and off If it does replace the internal tray paper entry sensor 1 1 4 15 2GZ 2G1 2 Problem 29 A paper jam in optional document finisher is indicated during printing inter nal tray paper entry sensor 2 jam Jam code 87 Causes check procedures Defective internal tray paper entry sensor 2 Corrective measures With 5 V DC present at YC11 4 on the internal tray PWB check if YC11 5 on the internal tray PWB remains low or high when the internal tray paper entry sensor 2 is turned on and off If it does replace the internal tray paper entry sensor 2 30 A paper jam in optional document finisher is indicated during printing main tray eject jam Jam code 88 Defective eject switch 1 With 5 V DC present at YC16 A7 on the finisher main PWB check if YC16 A6 on the finisher main PWB remains low or high when the eject switch 1 is turned on and off If it does replace the eject Switch 1 Defective side registration home position sensor 1 2 With 5 V DC present at YC12 6 and YC10 3 on the internal tray PWB check if YC12 5 and YC10 2 on the internal tray PWB remains low or high when the side registration home position sen sor 1 2 is turned on and off If it does replace the side registration home position sensor 1 2 Defective pap
266. esent at YC19 6 on the finisher main PWB check if YC19 7 on the finisher main PWB remains low or high when the paper entry sensor is turned on and off If it does replace the paper entry sensor Document finisher With 5 V DC present at CN14 1 and CN14 3 on the finisher main PWB check if CN14 2 and CN14 4 on the finisher main PWB remains low or high when the paper entry sensor is turned on and off If it does replace the paper entry sensor Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Problem 24 A paper jam in optional document finisher is indicated during printing fin isher stapler jam Jam code 82 Causes check procedures Defective staple home posi tion sensor 2GZ 2G1 2 Corrective measures With 5 V DC present at YC22 6 on the finisher main PWB check if YC22 5 on the finisher main PWB remains low or high when the staple home position sensor is turned on and off If it does replace the staple home position sensor 25 A paper jam in optional document finisher is indicated during printing eject sensor stay jam Jam code 83 3000 sheet document finishe r Defective eject switch 1 With 5 V DC present at YC16 A7 on the finisher main PWB check if YC16 A6 on the finisher main PWB remains low or high when the eject switch 1 is turned on and off If it does replace the eject Switch 1 Document finisher Defective
267. ette 3 removed in 5 Remove the screw 7 and then the cover 8 using the two pins B step 1 to the MFP from the rear of the paper feeder 6 Remove the screw 9 from the MFP 3 Fixer le MFP sur le bureau papier A l aide 4 Remettre en place sur le MFP le tiroir 5 Retirer la vis 7 puis le couvercle 8 de des deux broches B inf rieur 3 qui a t retir auparavant l arri re du bureau papier l tape 1 6 Retirer la vis 9 du MFP 3 Asegure el MFP al alimentador de papel A 4 Vuelva a colocar el caj n de papel inferior 5 Quite el tornillo 7 y luego la tapa 8 de la usando las dos clavijas B 3 desmontado en el paso 1 en el MFP parte trasera del alimentador de papel 6 Quite el tornillo 9 del MFP 3 Befestigen Sie den MFP mit den zwei Stiften 4 Bringen Sie die untere Papierlade 3 die in 5 Entfernen Sie die Schraube 7 und dann die B am Papiereinzug A Schritt 1 entfernt wurde erneut am MFP an Abdeckung 8 von der R ckseite des Papiereinzugs 6 Entfernen Sie die Schraube 9 vom MFP 3 Assicurare I MFP all unit di alimentazione 4 Reinserire nell MFP il cassetto inferiore della 5 Rimuovere la vite 7 e quindi il pannello 8 della carta A utilizzando i due perni B carta 3 rimosso al punto 1 dal retro dell unit di alimentazione della carta 6 Rimuovere la vite 9 dal retro dell MFP 3 H 2 r list
268. eur de document A et mettre le retoucheur de document A en place sur la base d ensemble X Faire soulever le retoucheur de document A par deux employ s de service ensemble l un tenant 10 et l autre Tenant 11 et 12 Veiller ce que cette tape soit effectu e par deux employ s de service et non par un seul 24 Fixer le retoucheur de document A sur la base d ensemble X l aide de quatre vis S taraud es M4 x 10 Y Instalaci n de la base del conjunto Aseg rese de que el paso 23 lo ejecuten dos personas del servicio de instalaci n 23 Alinee el resalto 9 de la base del conjunto X con el agujero del finalizador de documentos A y ponga el finalizador de documentos A en la base del conjunto X El finalizador de documentos A deber ser levantado simult neamente por dos personas del personal de servicio una de ellas sujetando la parte 10 y la otra las partes 11 y 12 Aseg rese de que este paso lo lleven a cabo dos personas del personal de servicio no una sola 24 Fije el finalizador de documentos A en la base del conjunto X utilizando cuatro tornillo de ajuste M4 x 10 Y Anbringen der Bauteil Basis F hren Sie den Schritt 23 mit zwei Personen aus 23 Richten Sie den Vorsprung 9 auf der Bauteile Basis X mit dem Loch im Dokument Finisher A aus und setzen Sie den Dokument Finisher A danach auf die Bauteile Basis X Heben Sie den Dokument Finisher A zusammen mit einer zweiten Pers
269. eurs de format 14 pointeent la taille du papier utiliser Fixer les dispositifs de r glage du format lat ral l aide de leur vis 13 Pour le c t avant v rifier la taille du papier en se r f rant aux positions auxquelles les pattes sup rieures 15 sont ins r es dans les fentes sup rieures 17 Positions des fentes sup rieures 17 Avant A4 milieu Lettre arri re B5 Positions des fentes sup rieures 17 sur le c t arri re Avant B5 milieu Lettre arri re A4 D placer les curseurs avant et arri re 11 deux chaque endroit vers l ext rieur jusqu ce qu ils entrent en contact avec les dispositifs de r glage du format lat ral 12 Inserte las leng etas superiores 15 y las leng etas inferiores 16 de los reguladores de tama o laterales frontales y traseros 12 en las ranuras superiores 17 y las ranuras inferiores 18 respectivamente de modo que los indicadores de tama o 14 apunten al tama o de papel a ser usado Asegure los reguladores de tama o laterales usando el tornillo 13 para cada uno Para el lado frontal verifique el tama o de papel consultando las posiciones donde las leng etas superiores 15 est n insertadas en las ranuras superiores 17 Posiciones de ranura superior 17 Adelante A4 medio Carta atr s B5 Posiciones de ranura superior 17 en el lado trasero Adelante B5 medio Carta atr s A4 Mueva los graduadores frontales y traseros 11 dos
270. f the top of the finisher 7 as shown in the illustration and attach the mailbox A to the finisher 7 5 Fixer les broches 10 situ es l avant et l arri re du bas de la boite lettres A dans les encoches 11 situ es l avant et l arri re du haut du retoucheur 7 comme indiqu sur l illustration puis fixer la bo te lettres A au retoucheur 7 5 Coloque los pasadores 10 ubicados en la parte delantera y trasera del fondo del buz n de correo A las muescas 11 ubicadas en la parte superior del finalizador 7 tal como en la figura e instale el buz n de correo A en el finalizador 7 5 Stecken Sie die Stifte 10 die sich vorne und hinten an der Unterseite der Mailbox A befinden in die Aussparungen 11 vorne und hinten an der Oberseite des Finishers 7 wie in der Abbildung dargestellt und bringen Sie die Mailbox A an den Finisher 7 an 5 Inserire i perni 10 che si trovano sul davanti e sul dietro della parte di fondo della casella postale A nelle cavit 11 che si trovano sul davanti e sul dietro della parte superiore del finitore 7 come mostrato in illustrazione e installare la casella postale A sul finitore 7 5 dE rz A FABRI JR SR 10 HARE 28 7 ERRADA MAS 11 HRS CA RRA 7 L 5 R 1Ry7Z A PMORBICHSEY 10 Eca4 v uve G LOTTI amp 11 ICP FAROE DICHAL XLR ZA A ATAR RA E KA ES UNN j 6 Secure t
271. feeder A using the two pins B 3 Fixer le MFP sur le bureau papier A l aide des deux broches B 3 Asegure el MFP al alimentador de papel A usando las dos clavijas B 3 Befestigen Sie den MFP mit den zwei Stiften B am Papiereinzug A 3 Assicurare l MFP all unit di alimentazione della carta A utilizzando i due perni B 3 HH 2 Sel ae dat B MEP ENL EER TR E 3 v B 2 AC MFP AREAS 7 178 A CHETA Refit the lower paper cassette 1 removed in step 1 to the MFP Remove the screw 5 and then the cover 6 from the rear of the paper feeder Remove the screw 7 from the MFP Remettre en place sur le MFP le tiroir inf rieur 1 qui a t retir auparavant l tape 1 Retirer la vis 5 puis le couvercle 6 de l arri re du bureau papier Retirer la vis 7 du MFP Vuelva a colocar el caj n de papel inferior 1 desmontado en el paso 1 en el MFP Quite el tornillo 5 y luego la tapa 6 de la parte trasera del alimentador de papel Quite el tornillo 7 del MFP Bringen Sie die untere Papierlade 1 die in Schritt 1 entfernt wurde erneut am MFP an Entfernen Sie die Schraube 5 und dann die Abdeckung 6 von der R ckseite des Papiereinzugs Entfernen Sie die Schraube 7 vom MFP Reinserire nell MFP il cassetto inferiore della carta 1 rimosso al punto 1 Rimuovere la vite 5 e qui
272. ferimento eseguire la seguente regolazione Valore di riferimento Deviazione a sinistra O a destra fino a 1 5 mm Mu CG Di t A NE 24 Si Se rp DATE 25 AUi EL ELIGE DTT F al EFT US EI H o Cn fe Z lt 75 1 1 5mm UF MOY 24 EFA PF Y DE EE EE ORNE EE CUPS lt FREE T ZE 1 1 5mm AF Adjusting the center line 4 Pull out the cassette of the paper feeder and loosen the three screws 27 securing the adjuster 26 A and B test pattern output examples 5 If the test pattern output looks like A move the adjuster 26 in the direction of the black arrow and retighten the three screws 27 If the test pattern output looks like B move the adjuster 26 in the direction of the white arrow gt and retighten the three screws 27 R glage de la ligne m diane 4 Tirer le magasin du bureau papier vers soi et desserrer les trois vis 27 fixant le dispositif de r glage 26 A et B exemples de sortie de mieres 5 Si la sortie de mire ressemble A d placer le dispositif de r glage 26 dans la direction de la fl che noire et resserrer les trois vis 27 Sila sortie de mire ressemble B d placer le dispositif de r glage 26 dans la direction de la fl che blanche gt et resserrer le
273. finisher counter Document finisher total Main tray total Centerfold unit Punch unit Sta pler Version of each unit 3000 sheet paper feeder Document finisher software Mailbox Center fold unit Internal tray 3000 sheet document finisher Drum ID Serial interface information RS2 RS 232C RS4 RS 422A Drum sensitivity information Optional paper feeder stacker information First 2 bytes Second 2 bytes First 2 bytes bitO MP tray bit1 to 4 Cassette 1 to 4 bit5 to 6 Reserved bit7 Duplex bit8 3000 sheet paper feeder bit9 Reserved bit10 Paper feeder bit11 to 15 Reserved Second 2 bytes bitO Face up bit1 Face down bit2 Reserved bit3 Mailbox bit4 Document finisher bit5 to 15 Reserved Operation panel message lan guage PMSG command setting decimal Current temperature 0 to 100 C 32 to 212 F in 1 C 1 8 F increment Temperature humidity sensor is abnormal Current humidity 0 to 100 RH in 1 increment Number of rebooting for verti cal distortion check MAC address Fixed asset number maximum 16 characters Media type attributes Media type setting value from 1 to 28 paper weight unused media type 18 to 20 are always 0x00 Memory SPD information slot 1 2 to 6 bytes 8 to 36 bytes 94 to 95 bytes total 32 bytes Toner container information Parameters of maintenance mode Drum
274. fixation 2 qui avaient t retir es auparavant l tape 1 et les fixer l aide des huit vis 1 Para alinear el finalizador de documentos con la salida de papel del MFP deslice las patas del finalizador de documentos A a las posiciones superiores indicadas en la figura instale las dos piezas de herrajes 2 desmontadas en el paso 1 y aseg relos con los ocho tornillos 1 Um den Dokument Finisher auf den Papierauslass des MFP auszurichten die Beine des Dokument Finishers A auf die in der Abbildung gezeigte oberste Position schieben dann die zwei in Schritt 1 entfernten Befestigungsteile 2 anbringen und mit den acht Schrauben 1 befestigen Per allineare la finitrice di documenti con l uscita della carta dell MFP fare scivolare i piedini della finitrice di documenti A sulle posizioni pi in alto indicate nel disegno montare i due pezzi di raccordo 2 che sono stati rimossi nel passo 1 e fissarli utilizzando le otto viti 1 H DATE EMF O TORR TT si AU ULI TE Bll Ee AE CM rz BEI ED II BRACE GABP I2 E xe FO 18 WE ET CD ILE EE AMARE Git Fra XY F 7 4 gt Y 3 A OMAR LONE RON E CAST FRE F 1 CHX Y A UT HEE 2 2 f ZERO ANT EA 028 AT PR HET 5 wo Fit the fixing plate F H and the fixing plate R I to the latch catch
275. from optional paper feeder 1209 ms 14 No paper feed from MP tray The MP feed switch MPPFSW does not turn on within the specified time of the MP paper feed clutch MPPFCL turning on the clutch is then successively turned off for 1 s and turned back on but the switch again fails to turn on within the specified time 3913 ms 15 Jam in paper feeder horizontal paper con veying section 1 Paper path sensor 3 PPSENS3 does not turn on within specified time of paper feeder paper feed clutch 2 PFPFCL2 turning on paper feed from optional 3000 sheet paper feeder 16 Jam in paper feeder horizontal paper con veying section 2 Paper path sensor 2 PPSENS2 does not turn on within specified time of the paper path sensor 3 PPSENS3 turning on paper feed from optional 3000 sheet paper feeder 17 Jam in paper feeder horizontal paper con veying section 3 Paper path sensor 1 PPSENS1 does not turn on within specified time of the paper path sensor 2 PPSENS2 turning on paper feed from optional 3000 sheet paper feeder Section Paper feed section Description 18 Misfeed in vertical paper conveying sec tion Conditions The registration switch RSW does not turn on within specified time of feed switch 1 FSW1 turning on 2GZ2 261 Specified time 1283 ms Feed switch 1 FSW1 does not turn on within specified time of feed switch 2 FSW2 turning on 1478 ms
276. from the cassette by the rotation of the forwarding pulley and paper feed pulley The separation pulley prevents multiple sheets from being fed at one time via the torque limiter OS 1 m MES a Ne E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Figure 2 1 1 Paper feed from the cassettes 1 and 2 Upper forwarding pulley Lower forwarding pulley Upper paper feed pulley Lower paper feed pulley Upper separation pulley Lower separation pulley Upper paper switch PSW U Lower paper switch PSW L Upper lift limit switch LICSW U Lower lift limit switch LICSW L Upper paper width switch PWSW U Lower paper width switch PWSW L Upper paper length switch PLSW U Lower paper length switch PLSW L Cassette lifts Right registration roller 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Left registration roller Registration switch RSW Feed roller 1 Feed pulley Feed switch 1 FSW1 Feed roller 2 Feed pulley Feed switch 2 FSW2 Feed roller 3 Feed pulley Feed switch 3 FS
277. ftklammerposition Wenn der Abstand au erhalb des Bezugswertes liegt ist gem den folgenden Schritten vorzugehen um die Posi tion zu korrigieren Bezugswert Abstand von der Mitte innerhalb von 2 mm Controllare la posizione della pinzatrice 1 In modalit pinzatura centrale eseguire una copia di prova con carta alimentata dal vassoio principale necessario eseguire una copia di prova per ciascuno dei seguenti formati di carta A4R LTR 8 5 x 11 B4 LGL 8 5 x 14 A3 LGR 11 x 17 2 Controllare la distanza tra il centro del foglio e la posizione della pinzatrice Se la distanza non rientra nell intervallo di riferimento eseguire i seguenti passaggi per regolarne la posizione Valore di riferimento Distanza dal centro entro 2 mm fom YE 1 fep Bis Xn MEF AZ FEAT O iE FT MNAR EN AAR LTR 8 5 x 11 B4 LGL 8 5 x 14 A3 LGR 11 x 17 2 Kerger Ae SUE 37 6 IEN A JRER P 27 25 RU E lt PREE gt The HP RAEE abus A pt UA T der dE REE 1 Droa n LB UA TAM VUVE BI AMwbhvas CTA ha e 4475 A4R LTR 8 5 X 117 BA LGL 8 5 X 14 A3 LGR 11 X 17 2 AFA V MEO DD 503 Tv lesa 3 DPI EEA OE KOFI C SEE dE bas bOFPA 2m WA a Or o i Adjusting staple position 1 Enter the maintenance mode U246 select BOOKLET FOLDER and perfor
278. g des schwarzen Pfeils und ziehen Sie die drei Schrauben 18 wieder fest 3 Wenn die Testmusterausgabe aussieht wie B drehen Sie die Einstellschraube 19 entgegen dem Uhrzeigersinn bewegen Sie den Anpasser 17 in Richtung des weiBen Pfeils gt und ziehen Sie die drei Schrauben 18 wieder fest Regolazione della linea centrale 1 Aprire il cassetto 16 dell unit di alimentazione della carta e allentando le tre viti 18 assicurare il regolatore 17 A e B esempi di stampa del modello di prova 2 Sela stampa del modello di prova ha l aspetto A girare la vite di regolazione 19 in senso orario spostare il regolatore 17 nella direzione della freccia nera e serrare nuovamente le tre viti 18 3 Se la stampa del modello di prova ha l aspetto B girare la vite di regolazione 19 in senso antiorario spostare il regolatore 17 nella direzione della freccia bianca gt e serrare nuovamente le tre viti 18 IDEA 1 PRR DIES ARE 16 Ji A A BWR AE 2 MAS A TTI 34 3 40 19 HAE Rei TT EIR 17 FEA Y 22 18 3 WAN B mmm Ky 19 WAZ 18 44 71 1 1 22 37 4 IDH Y h 16 HSH L S 17 DEA 08 3 KERDI JR 17 EH 3 MARZ 8 n Fe Kr ERI gt HS AK 17 HRE 3 Kei A B FA ABH Y 2 TA RSA UD BO BER 19 FAC DLEZX 18 3 A f D EU 4 3 FARA VE BMBROBA dm Y 19 efc LRA gt O DPL EZ 1
279. g unit 15 Pull out sliders E till they stop 16 Align pawl 13 of center folding unit A with projection 14 of slider E and place the center folding unit onto the slider Be sure to hold both the rear bottom and front side 15 of center folding unit A and place the unit onto slider E 17 Secure center folding unit A with two M4 x 8 tap tight S screws H Installation de la plieuse 15 Faire ressortir les r gles E jusqu ce qu elles s arr tent 16 Aligner le cliquet 13 de la plieuse A sur la saillie 14 de la r gle E et mettre la plieuse en place sur la r gle Veiller tenir le fond arri re et l avant 15 de la plieuse A et mettre la plieuse en place sur la r gle E 17 Fixer la plieuse A l aide de deux vis S taraud es M4 x 8 H Instalaci n de la unidad de plegado 15 Saque los deslizadores E hasta que se paren 16 Alinee el trinquete 13 de la unidad de plegado A con el resalto 14 del deslizador E y colo que la unidad de plegado en el deslizador Aseg rese de sujetar el lado inferior posterior y el central 15 de la unidad de plegado A y colocar la unidad en el deslizador E 17 Asegure la unidad de plegado A con dos tornillos de ajuste M4 x 8 H Anbringen der Mittenfalteinheit 15 Ziehen Sie die Schieber E soweit heraus bis Sie anschlagen 16 Richten Sie die Sperrklinke 13 der Mittenfalteinheit A mit dem Vorsprung 14 des Schiebers E au
280. ge paper deck toward the rear using the two M4 x 16 binding screws F such that it makes contact with the floor Note Do not fit the stay E if the document finisher is to be installed Pour sp cifications 120 V et 220 240 V uniquement 11 Installer le support E sur la partie inf rieure gauche du grand plateau papier vers l arri re l aide des deux vis de raccordement M4 x 16 F de fa on qu il Soit en contact avec le sol Remarque Ne pas installer le support E si le retoucheur de document doit tre install Para especificaciones de 120 V y 220 240 V solamente 11 Coloque la base E en el lado izquierdo inferior de la tabla grande de papel hacia la parte de atr s usando los dos tornillos de sujeci n M4 x 16 F de modo que haga contacto con el piso Nota No coloque la base E si se va a instalar el finalizador de documentos Nur f r 120 V und 220 240 V Spezifikationen 11 Bringen Sie die St tze E unten links am groRen Papierdeck in Richtung R ckseite an Benutzen Sie dazu die zwei M4 x 16 Verbundschrauben F so da diese mit dem Boden in Ber hrung kommen Hinweis Bringen Sie die St tze E nicht an wenn der Dokumentenfixierer installiert werden soll Specifiche solo per 120 V e 220 240 V 11 Inserire la sospensione E nella parte inferiore sinistra del cassettone verso il retro utilizzando le due viti di serraggio M4 x 16 F in modo tale che sia a contatto col pa
281. gno da E Vite TP Taptite S M4 x 14 Nayala Nayala axial Nana P SEDE A BERS ene ene 1 bi E 1 C See 7 DINE ee 1 tHE A RD NP Apina i sa des 1 B HUS EE NEES 1 Gia EE te cr 7 D HSRAR 1 F Taptite S binding screw M4 x 25 G TP screw M3 x 10 H Tray name label Plate foot F for monochrome ma J Taptite S binding screw M4 x 10 for monochrome machines 1 K Plate foot V for full color machines 2 F Borne de raccordement Taptite S M4 x 25 1 G Vis TP M3 10 cette 6 H Etiquette de nom de plateau 1 Pied de plateau F pour les machines monochromes 1 J Borne de raccordement Taptite S M4 x 10 pour les machines monochromes 1 K Pied de plateau V pour les machines enti rement en couleurs 2 F Tornillo de sujeci n Taptite S M4 x 25 1 G Tornillo TP M3 x 10 d H Etiqueta de nombre de la bandeja 1 Pata de placa F para m quinas monocrom ticas 1 J Tornillo de sujeci n Taptite S M4 x 10 para m quinas monocrom ticas 1 K Pata de placa V para m quinas a todo color 2 F Taptite S Befestigungsschraube M4 x 25 1 G TP Schraube M3 x 10 6 H Fachnamenaufkleber PlattenfuB
282. gsalter Dispositivo di attenuazione della luce JOUSET eere 1 Viti con testa a croce P M3 x 8 2 Viti con testa a croce S MA x 8 11 A tete geed 1 Slitta coprimanopola 1 PR UU E 1 M3 X 8 122 Zi P IRET MA X 8 X22 Ep S RET FRE d ng eques ons te Se LUE UL M 1 JEJE aree UA PNE UE pid 1 UAMXS8ZVZAARMBP 2 2 ER MXB ZYTA PS 11 EE 1 HIN HY FRA FI 1 K will be used when the center folding unit is installed on the full color machine K will not be used in monochrome machine K COVER Visions tica Ere inea 2 Be sure to remove any fixing tapes or cushion ing material attached to the supplied parts K utilis lorsque la plieuse est install e sur la machine pleine couleurs K n est pas utilis sur une machine monochrome K Capot V iia rie ir 2 Veiller retirer toute bande de fixation ou mat riau d emballage entourant les pi ces fournies K se utilizar cuando la unidad de plegado est instalada en la m quina a todo color K no se utilizar en la m quina de blanco y negro K Cubierta VS 2 Aseg rese de quitar cualquier cinta de fijaci n o material de amortiguaci n colocado en las partes suministradas K Ist erforderlich wenn die Mittenfalteinheit am Vollfarbenkopierer installiert wird K Ist bei Schwarzweif Kopierern nicht erfor derlich K Abdeckung V i
283. h or feedshift switch 2GZ 2G1 2 Corrective measures Check visually and remove it if any Defective switch Run maintenance item U031 and turn switch on and off manually Replace the switch if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse Feed switch 1 2 3 registration switch eject switch feedshift switch 2 A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during printing no paper feed from cassette 1 Jam code 10 Paper is extremely curled Change the paper Check if the upper paper feed pulley separation pul ley or forwarding pulley of the cassette 1 are deformed Check visually and replace any deformed pulleys Broken feed switch 1 actua tor Check visually and replace switch Defective feed switch 1 Run maintenance item U031 and turn feed switch 1 on and off manually Replace the switch if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse Check if the upper paper feed clutch malfunctions Run maintenance item U032 and select the upper paper feed clutch on the touch panel to be turned on and off Check the status and remedy if necessary Electrical problem with the upper paper feed clutch Check see page 1 4 38 3 A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during printing no paper feed from cassette 2 Jam code 11 Paper is extremely curled Change th
284. he drum that has been exposed to light toner is attracted toward the drum by potential difference between the developing bias and the drum surface and development is performed On the other hand on the portion of the drum that has not been exposed to light toner is attracted toward the sleeve and development is not performed When toner comes to an area where the gap between the drum and the developing sleeve is large an electric field disappears and toner does not leave the developing sleeve Development is complete Magnetic toner blade South pole North pole Drum o Developing sleeve Figure 2 1 14 Single component developing system 2 1 10 2GZ 2G1 2 2 1 5 Transfer and separation sections The transfer and separation section consists mainly of the transfer roller separation electrode and drum separation claws A high voltage generated by the high voltage transformer PWB HVTPWB is applied to the transfer roller for transfer charging Paper after transfer is separated from the drum by applying separation bias that is output from the high voltage trans former PWB HVTPWB to the separation electrode Drum LE separation claws Separation electrode Drum Transfer roller mE TON Figure 2 1 15 Transfer and separation sections Separation electrode gt SC Transfer roller
285. he drum The static latent image of the letter A for example is formed on the drum surface as shown in Figure 2 1 10 Electrical charge is dissipated on the area of the drum surface irradiated by the laser The focal point of the laser beam is moved line by line and adjacent lines slightly overlap each other Main scanning direction Auxilary scanning gt direction Laser beam is on Figure 2 1 10 2 1 7 2GZ 2G1 2 2 1 4 Developing section The developing section consists of the developing unit and the toner container The developing unit consists of the developing roller where a magnetic brush is formed the magnetic toner blade and the developing spirals that agitate the toner When the toner sensor TNS detects a low toner level in the developing unit the toner replenishment signal is output to the engine PWB EPWB The engine PWB EPWB that has received the signal turns on the toner replenishment sole noid TNFSOL and replenishes toner from the toner container to the developing unit
286. he following paper sizes Draw a straight line 1 at the center of each paper a A test copy must be made for each of the following paper sizes A4R LTR 8 5 x 11 B4 LGL 8 5 x 14 A3 LGR 11 x 17 V rification de la page centrale d pliable 1 Brancher le MFP dans une prise secteur et mettre son interrupteur principal sous tension 2 Effectuer une copie de test dans le mode page centrale d pliable Une copie de test doit tre effectu e pour chacun des formats de papier suivants Tirer une ligne droite 1 au centre de chaque feuille de papier a Une copie de test doit tre effectu e pour chacun des formats de papier sui vants AAR LTR 8 5po x 11po B4 LGL 8 5po x 14po A3 LGR 11po x 17po Comprobaci n de la posici n de plegado 1 Enchufe la MFP en una toma de corriente y conecte su interruptor de alimenta ci n principal 2 Haga una copia de prueba en el modo de plegado Deber hacerse una copia de prueba para cada uno de los tama os de papel siguientes Trace una l nea recta 1 en el centro de cada papel a Deber hacerse una copia de prueba para cada uno de los tamafios de papel Siguientes AAR LTR 8 5 x 11 B4 LGL 8 5 x 14 A3 LGR 11 x 17 berpr fen der Mittenfaltposition 1 SchlieRen Sie den MFP an das Netz an und schalten Sie das Ger t ein 2 F hren Sie im Mittenfaltmodus eine Testkopie durch F r jede der nachfol genden Papiergr Ben muss eine Testkopie
287. he front connection portion of the mailbox A and the finisher 7 with the mounting plate cover B using a TP Taptite S screw M4 x 14 E and secure the rear connection portion using a TP Taptite S screw M4 x 14 E o Fixer la partie de connexion avant de la boite lettres A et du retoucheur 7 avec le couvercle de plaque de montage B l aide d une vis TP Taptite S M4 x 14 E et fixer la partie de connexion arri re l aide d une Vis TP Taptite S M4 x 14 E o Asegure la parte de conexi n delantera del buz n de correo A y finalizador 7 con la cubierta de la placa de montaje B utilizando un tornillo de TP Taptite S M4 x 14 E y asegure la parte de conexi n trasera utilizando un tornillo de TP Taptite S M4 x 14 E o Befestigen Sie den vorderen Verbindungsabschnitt der Mailbox A und des Finishers 7 mit der Abdeckung der Montageplatte B und einer TP Taptite S Schraube M4 x 14 E und befestigen Sie den hinteren Verbindungsabschnitt mit einer TP Taptite S Schraube M4 x 14 E o Fissare la parte di collegamento anteriore della casella postale A e del finitore 7 con il coperchio della piastra di montaggio B utilizzando una vite TP Taptite S M4 x 14 E e fissare la parte di collegamento posteriore utilizzando una vite TP Taptite S M4 x 14 E 6 HEAR B 4012502 E SHB 2 MA x 14TP E AEEA A 4021785 C7 ABTA Sat HNR RSH x 14TP E BS XE Ye Je f EA EE EID E 6 AZ
288. he paper entry sensor PES was turned on 1770 ms 1 4 7 2GZ 261 Section Optional finisher 1 4 8 Description 93 Reverse sensor jam document finisher only Conditions The reverse sensor REVS does not turn on within spec ified time of paper entry sensor PES turning on Specified time 1071 ms The reverse sensor REVS is not turned on within speci fied time 435 ms The reverse sensor REVS does not turn off within spec ified time of paper entry sensor PES turning off 622 ms The reverse sensor REVS is not turned off within speci fied time its turning on Depends on paper size 94 Paper entry sensor stay remaining jam document finisher only The paper entry sensor PES is not turned off within specified time its turning on Depends on paper size 95 Paper conveying sen sor jam document fin isher only The paper conveying sensor PCS does not turn on within specified time of reverse sensor REVS turning on The paper conveying sensor PCS does not turn off within specified time of reverse sensor REVS turning off 1004 ms 3 Paper misfeeds Problem 1 A paper jam in the paper feed convey ing or eject section is indicated as soon as the main power switch is turned on Causes check procedures A piece of paper torn from print paper is caught around feed switch 1 2 3 registra tion switch eject switc
289. heet Side registration home position sensor 1 SRHPS1 is not 500 ms document finisher only as a turned off within specified time of its turning on Side registration home position sensor 2 SRHPS2 is not 500 ms turned off within specified time of its turning on The paper conveying belt detection sensor PCBDS is 2000 ms not turned off within specified time 1 4 6 Section Optional finisher Description 89 Jam in centerfold unit 3000 sheet document finisher only Conditions The centerfold paper entry sensor CPES does not turn off within specified time of centerfold paper detection sen sor CPDS turning on 2GZ 2G1 2 Specified time The centerfold paper entry sensor CPES does not turn on within specified time of centerfold paper detection sen sor CPDS turning on The centerfold paper entry sensor CPES is not turned off within specified time of its turning on 2313 ms The centerfold eject switch CESW is not turned on within specified time 3040 ms The centerfold eject switch CESW is not turned off within specified time of its turning on 4213 ms Centerfold side registration sensor 1 CSRS1 is not turned on within specified time 600 ms Centerfold side registration sensor 2 CSRS2 is not turned on within specified time 600 ms The home position is not detected within the specified time after driving the centerfold staple motor CSTM
290. hibited action Disassembly prohibited eo indicates that action is required The specific action required is shown inside the symbol General action required Remove the power plug from the wall outlet Gage Always ground the copier 1 Installation Precautions WARNING Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified Avoid multiple connections to one outlet they may cause fire or electric shock When using an extension cable always check that it is adequate for the rated current ss Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point Not grounding the copier may cause fire or electric shock Connecting the earth wire to an object not approved for the purpose may cause explosion or electric shock Never connect the ground cable to any of the following gas pipes lightning rods ground cables for telephone lines and water pipes or faucets not approved by the proper e CAUTION Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface the copier may tip over causing injury N e Do not install the copier in a humid or dusty place This may cause fire or electric shock N Do not install the copier near a radiator heater other heat source or near flammable material This MAY cause TII aeter dee ee N Allow sufficient space around the copier to allow the ventilation grills to keep the machine as cool as possible Insufficient ventilation may cause heat buildup and
291. ichung nach links oder rechts maximal 1 5 mm Stampare nuovamente un modello di prova Ripetere i passi da 4 a 6 fino a quando i centri della carta e del modello di prova rientrano nei limiti del valore di riferimento Valore di riferimento Deviazione a sinistra o a destra fino a 1 5 mm EAT SE EI df HH o RSI 4 E 6 TUBE Er EAM bon GAI EE RU rro NAME AY LE Cof ED AU MAS lt 1 5mm EL BETA FAX UHDEREIR ST tank ke RSA LDESY EEN 72 5 C NE 6 ER EF lt FMEA gt AEB 1v 1 5mm DL F Adjusting the front cover position Note If the position of the adjuster is changed adjust the front cover position If the front cover position is not proper the cassette may not be fixed with the magnet or the gap between the front cover and the paper feeder body may be opened 8 Loosen the five screws 28 9 Move the position of the front cover 29 by the amount of divisions of the level that corresponds to the movement of the adjuster 26 amount of movement of the level 31 using the level 30 10 Retighten the five screws 28 R glage de la position du couvercle avant Remarque Si la position du dispositif de r glage est chang e r
292. ieRen Sie die Frontabdeckung 3 Reinserire il coperchio anteriore inferiore 4 nella sua posizione iniziale fissarlo utilizzando la vite 3 e chiuderlo 3 HIRE FAA JE FR RAE 3 iE THE AMAR 3 HIFI 4 oci 0 EX Y EU a 3 1 AS CIE LAS X PR US 4 Remove the front top cover 8 and rear top cover 9 at the top of the finisher 7 using a flat blade screwdriver or the like Retirer le couvercle sup rieur avant 8 et le couvercle sup rieur arri re 9 situ s en haut du retoucheur 7 l aide d un tournevis t te plate ou d un outil quivalent Remueva la cubierta superior delantera 8 y la cubierta superior trasera 9 en la parte superior del finalizador 7 utilizando un destornillador de punta plana o similar Entfernen Sie die vordere obere Abdeckung 8 und die hintere obere Abdeckung 9 an der Oberseite des Finishers 7 mit einem Klingenschraubendreher oder dergleichen Rimuovere il coperchio superiore anteriore 8 e il coperchio superiore posteriore 9 dalla parte superiore del finitore 7 utilizzando un cacciavite a punta piatta o un attrezzo simile 4 FI 7720222 RNE 8 7 Laos BTS AR 8 AIDE SAR 9 741 yVx7 T EROR SAIT 7 EECHER ENEE STIRETMIAT 5 Fit the pins 10 located at the front and rear of the bottom of the mailbox A into the notches 11 located at the front and rear o
293. ied time of the lower paper feed clutch PFCL L turning on 1209 ms The feed switch 3 FSW3 does not turn off within speci fied time of the paper feeder paper feed clutch 1 PFPFCL1 turning on 2643 ms The paper feeder feed switch PFFSW does not turn off within specified time of the paper feeder paper feed clutch 2 PFPFCL2 turning on 3913 ms The MP feed switch MPFSW does not turn off within specified time of the MP paper feed clutch MPPFCL turning on 3913 ms 1 4 3 2GZ 261 3 Section Paper feed section Description 22 Multiple sheets in verti cal conveying section Conditions The feed switch 1 FSW1 does not turn off within speci fied time of the feed switch 2 FSW2 turning off Specified time 1478 ms The feed switch 2 FSW2 does not turn off within speci fied time of the feed switch 3 FSW3 turning off 1539 ms The feed switch 1 FSW1 does not turn off within speci fied time of the feed switch 2 FSW2 turning on 1478 ms The feed switch 2 FSW2 does not turn off within speci fied time of the feed switch 3 FSW3 turning on 1474 ms 23 Multiple sheets in MP tray conveying section The registration switch RSW does not turn off within specified time of the MP feed switch MPFSW turning off 2739 ms The registration switch RSW does not turn off within specified time of the MP feed switch MPFSW turning on 3043 ms
294. in switch off 17 Remove the memory card from memory card slot 18 Turn the main switch on 19 Confirm that message display 4 is dis played after warm up 20 Print the status page Print the status page to check that the firmware version has been updated 1 6 4 Memory card slot Memory card Figure 1 6 7 Main switch On 2 Supervisor mode CF card reading q ee CS p CD Product code pe 2GZ This machine 3 RSS 004 n O Firmware category 05710727 Email a Engine controller 8 30 Main controller Supplement Normally 00 Classification Normally 0 Update history 6 Build number Release date Year Month Day SN 8 Checksum Main switch off Y cm ul ey if Main switch On Figure 1 6 8 card slot 3 Downloading the firmware from the USB memory 2GZ 2G1 1 The procedure below provides how to download firmware from a USB memory Procedure 1 Turn the main switch off 2 Connect the USB memory to the PC Copy the firmware file to the root directory of the USB memory 3 Remove the USB memory from the PC and then insert the USB memory into the printer s USB memory slot Turn the main switch on When message display 1 is displayed to detect firmware in the USB memory 6 Message display 2 is displayed during downloading 7 When message display 3 is displayed to indicate downloading is finish
295. ina 16 punto 19 12 4 93 HJ M4 X 10 M2 EC SL 70 S HAT D P E JE RE B G I 24 Sin S EAT CY F SE I PEY AM B V 14 M4 X 10 I 24 EE S 38 47 I Y 33 RE ISH B G V BM ESL 13 621 16 WEIN 19 j M4 X 10 12 amp AA 74 ZBO CAM X 104 Y7441 F S 1 AT SAA AZ4AZ BO EUXAM X 104374474 SODI A amp TCT241 787 FE T5 EAM x 10 u 724 F S V IH A A24 F B G V DE ONIS E 13 16 V FIJE 19 feto When the paper feeder of 3000 sheets is used 14 Insert base slider A F and base slider B G into the lower left of the MFP 15 Insert base slider V W and base slider B V into the lower right of the MFP Lors de l utilisation de l alimenteur de papier de 3000 feuilles 14 Ins rer la r gle de base A F et la r gle de base B G dans la partie inf rieure gauche du MER 15 Ins rer la r gle de base V W et la r gle de base B V dans la partie inf rieure droite du MFP Cuando utilice el alimentador de papel de 3 000 hojas 14 Inserte el deslizador A F y el deslizador B G en la parte inferior izquierda de la MFP 15 Inserte el deslizador de base V W y el deslizador de base B V en la parte inferior derecha de la MFP Bei Verwendung des Papiervorschubs f r 3000 Bl tter 14 F hren Sie den Basis Schieber A F und den Basis Schieber B G unten links in den MFP ein 15 F hren Sie den Basis Schie
296. inglesa Cuanto m s se apriete el tornillo de cabeza hexagonal M4 x 10 Z m s aumentar la altura del finalizador de documentos Bei Verwendung eines Vollfarbenkopierers 1 Ziehen Sie die im Schritt 4 auf Seite 11 vor bergehend angezogene M4 x 10 Sechskantschraube Z mit einem Schraubenschl ssel fest Je st rker die M4 x 10 Sechskantschraube Z festgezogen wird desto gr er ist der H henzuwachs f r den Dokument Finisher In caso di utilizzo di un macchinario a colori 1 Fissare la vite con testa esagonale M4 x 10 Z stretta temporanea mente al punto 4 di pagina 11 utilizzando una chiave Pi si stringe la vite con testa esagonale M4 x 10 Z pi aumenta l altezza della finitrice di documenti HASH 1 TH AE 11 HEH A 2p PEERS M4 X 10 A M4 X 10 7NfR 3385 Z FARZ BET Ar ca JIS 2 2193 08 1 11 ST DIR 4 CIRO Ud MA X 10 KF VERDI Z M4 X 10 AB CA 7 BHROMU AIEEE FEAS PIAR YU YO RS CA 7 Z AIST EE Checking the curl 1 Plug the MFP into a power outlet and turn on its main power switch 2 Perform a test copy to check the paper is fed 3 Check the curl of the copy sample and if the curl is tight follow the next step to adjust it V rification de la boucle 1 Brancher le MFP dans une prise secteur et mettre son interrupteur d alimentation principal sous tension 2 Effectuer une copi
297. instale el separador de trabajos por adelantado Aseg rese de apagar el interruptor principal del MFP y de desconectar la clavija de alimentaci n del MFP de la toma de corriente de la pared antes de empezar a instalar el finalizador de documentos Wenn Sie den Dokument Finisher an einer Vollfarbenmaschine installieren wollen muss der Jobtrenner vorher installiert werden Schalten Sie den MFP Hauptschalter aus und ziehen Sie den MFP Netzstecker von der Netzsteckdose ab bevor Sie mit der Installation des Dokument Finishers beginnen Quando si installa la finitrice di documenti su una macchina a colori installare prima il separatore dei lavori Prima di dare inizio alla procedura di installazione della finitrice di documenti non mancare di spegnere l MFP usando l interruttore principale di alimentazione e disinserire la spina dell MFP dalla presa a muro della rete elettrica HARRIS MARA A BRE a ZAM H JGH MFP EAS HE JSdSPREMEP E HL 9 FE Vidi S Md e ARTE ZNAI F azy RI4 YVI Y eH D fU AS EZ ELY a TRAN LOY TH Fate ich UY ERY ANN WF MFP AURORA VY AA v F OFF Z L MFP KEDEZ FT RIL CHEB eZ RITZ Es Steps 1 to 4 below are only for full color machines 1 Place the document finisher A sideways remove the eight screws 1 and remove the two pieces of fittings 2 Les tapes 1 4 ci dessous concernent les machines enti rement
298. ion defec tiveness on fuser unit thermistor 1 Check the mounting state of the fuser unit thermistor 1 If any problem is found repair it Defective PWB Replace the power source PWB or engine PWB and check for correct operation Zero cross signal error While fuser heater ON OFF control is performed the zero cross signal is not input within 3 s Defective PWB Replace the engine PWB or power source PWB and check for correct operation 1 4 23 Contents Fuser unit connector insertion prob lem Absence of the fuser unit is detected Remarks Causes Fuser unit connec tor inserted incor rectly Check procedures corrective measures Reinsert the fuser unit connector if neces sary Defective fuser unit connector Replace the fuser unit Fuser unit fuse cut problem The fuse cannot be cut When replacing the fuser unit the fuse cannot be cut in 3 s after the fuse cut signal is turned on Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC 10 on the engine PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Fuser unit connec tor inserted incor rectly Reinsert the fuser unit connector if neces sary Developing unit connector insertion problem Absence of the developing unit is detected Developing unit connector inserted incorrectly Reinsert the developing unit connector if neces
299. ional 3000 sheet paper feeder Paper feeder switch 1 does not turn on within 30 s of paper feeder lift motor 2 turning on Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector on the engine PWB and the connector on the paper feeder main PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective paper feeder lift switch 1 Check if YC5 4 on the paper feeder main PWB goes low when paper feeder lift switch 1 is turned off If not replace paper feeder lift switch 1 Defective paper feeder lift motor 2 Check for continuity across the coil If none replace paper feeder lift motor 2 The paper feeder right lift does not rise properly Check the gears and belts and remedy if necessary Contents Paper feeder unit communication problem optional paper feeder 3000 sheet paper feeder No communication there is no reply after 5 retries Abnormal communication a communica tion error parity or checksum error is detected five times in succession 2GZ2 261 Remarks Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check procedures corrective measures Check the connection of connector on the engine PWB and the connector on the paper feeder main PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective engine PWB Replace the engine PWB and check for cor rect operation Defe
300. ire l eliminatore degli accartocciamenti K nella copertura dell uscita carta 1 in modo tale che le proiezioni 4 sulla copertura siano inserite nelle due estremit dell eliminatore degli accartocciamenti K 4 Fissare l eliminatore degli accartocciamenti K utilizzando le due viti 2 rimosse al punto 2 3 HP D HL oO RA 2 E CK az n K ZEF EARI 4 KIE 2 F ORANET ORE Dr BM 3 FA F k Oil ERU 4 DLE SD WET PYF K SPM WAC e BY HITS 4 FIR 2 TLEER 2D2ACFH 7 EAMETS ou on ua ou ou oun Close the eject cover 1 Fit the latch catch B to the eject cover 1 using two M4 x 10 binding screws F Fermer le couvercle d jection 1 Fixer le pontet du loquet B au couvercle d jection 1 l aide de deux vis de raccordement M4 x 10 F Cierre la cubierta de expulsi n 1 Coloque el cerrojo B en la cubierta de expulsi n 1 usando dos tornillos de sujeci n M4 x 10 F Schliessen Sie die Auswurfabdeckung 1 Bringen Sie den RiegelschloRbausatz B mittels der zwei M4 x 10 Verbundschrauben F an die Auswurfabdeckung 1 an Chiudere la copertura dell uscita carta 1 Inserire il dispositivo di arresto B nella copertura dell uscita carta 1 utilizzando due viti di serraggio M4 x 10 F
301. ist an den Befestigungselementen angebracht Se agrega el siguiente paso al paso 6 en la p gina 5 7 Quite la cinta de fijaci n del mango de la bandeja interior y coloque el gancho de resorte a Der folgende Schritt wird nach Schritt 6 auf Seite 5 hinzugef gt 7 Ziehen Sie das Klebeband vom Griff des Innenfachs und den Federhaken a anbringen Procedura addizionale per l installazione della finitrice Parti fornite a Gancio a molla eee cceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeee 1 417 BREN AIMS eR Bt REDE DEOS 25575 1 Z24 wLv BE EIER KM tan AVX VI iodide kee Vea pere uy 1 Il passo 2 a pagina 3 stato sostituito con la seguente procedura Eseguire questo passo dopo il passo 5 a pagina 4 2 Togliere 13 viti 1 per rimuovere i cinque pezzi di raccordo 2 Un etichetta gialla incollata sui pezzi di raccordo 2 EH 3 AR 2 ARTER HETRE 4 WR 5 ZRH 2 JE 13 RRE 1 DEJE F 5 NET 2 o EEE EIA SEC BAR 3 AFI 2 EXO A CO 3I 4 D FIR 5 0f amp I f12 2 CA 0 13 ABIL MERA 2 5 E HY HERRIA RES OD Y M Rio Cv x Il seguente passo viene aggiunto dopo il passo 6 a pagina 5 7 Staccare il nastro adesivo dalla maniglia del vassoio interno e fissare il gancio a molla a EHTE 5 DIDIER 6 ZIE DNA RE 7 MARIER EI FIEF RTE SEI ec Be ah SHE a 5 A FIR 6 OIC RO F amp IBM 7 AB VA ORFORMET 7 93423 L AT IT ale RON 5 2006 3 303JY56770
302. it using two M4 x 6 binding screws E so that the gap between the guide rail D and the floor is approximately 10 mm 12 S parer le retoucheur de document A du MFP puis le fixer l aide de deux vis de raccordement M4 x 6 E de facon que l cart entre la glissi re D et le sol soit d environ 10 mm 12 Separe el finalizador de documentos A del MFP y aseg relo utilizando dos tornillos de fijaci n M4 x 6 E para que la separaci n entre el carril de gu a D y el piso sea de unos 10 mm 12 Den Dokument Finisher A vom MFP trennen und mit zwei M4 x 6 Befestigungsschrauben E sichern so dass der Abstand zwischen der F hrungsschiene D und dem Boden ca 10 mm betr gt 12 Separare la finitrice di documenti A dall MFP per fissarla a mezzo di due viti di serraggio M4 x 6 E in modo che lo spazio tra la guida della rotaia D e il pavimento sia di circa 10 mm 12 ETT RAY EEMFPGEUL JR Se 16 L D WALZ RIS E BE 39 102 Zn AE M4 x 6 E 5 RET CE ETT E E 12 F 2 XV 714 v A amp MFP REE VOREL ZI ELA D E KH ot DS 10mm 72 kIT EA M4 X 6737 VY F E24 CHET S 13 13 13 13 13 13 Loosen temporarily the two screws 7 that secure the sheet metal 6 of the rail mounting plate C on the MFP raise the sheet metal 6 by two divisions of the scale from the guide rail D and tighten the two screws 7 Note If the guide r
303. izzo di due alimentatori di carta da 500 fogli 8 Inserire lo scivolo di base V W e lo scivolo di base A F smontato al punto 5 sotto la base di assemblaggio X e agganciare le linguette 4 e I RE 78 4 EH 2 500 KA AS 8 147525 3 5 PIET AER HEAR V QW ANTE RETRO A E dif 331 AERE E X F FELE 4 ARATA F OE Y tt 500 x 2 A 374 G 0358 8 NSR X DFICR AAPA AIN amp PUES TRUE AAT E AF SE id 4 S5 o5 e GINA 4 W M4 X 10 322 K FLY S WAT D FIXE REX A F Fix base slider A F with four M4 x 10 tap Tight S screws I and fix base slider V W with four M4 x 10 tap Tight S screws Y respectively Fixer la r gle de base A F l aide de quatre vis S taraud es M4 x 10 I et fixer la r gle de base V W l aide de quatre vis S taraud es M4 x 10 Y respectivement Fije el deslizador A F con cuatro tornillos de ajuste M4 x 10 I y fije el deslizador de base V W con cuatro tornillos de ajuste M4 x 10 Y respectivamente Befestigen Sie den Basis Schieber A F mit den vier M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschrauben I sowie den Basis Schieber V W mit den vier M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschrauben Y Fissare rispettivamente lo scivolo di base A F con quattro viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 I e lo scivolo di base V W con quattro viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 Y 1449 M4 X 10 Ji EI S WET CY ELSE I
304. just the setting value If a is shorter than the reference value increase the setting value If a is larger than the reference value decrease the setting value Changing the value by 1 moves the punching position by approximately 0 49 mm Ajustement de la distance entre le bord d entr e et les perforations 1 Entrer le mode d entretien U246 s lectionner FINISHER 3000 et le mode PUNCH POS ADJ 2 Ajuster la valeur de r glage Si a est inf rieur la valeur de r f rence augmenter la valeur de r glage Si a est sup rieur la valeur de r f rence diminuer la valeur de r glage Changer la valeur de 1 pour d placer la position de perforation d environ 0 49 mm Ajuste de la distancia del borde delantero a los agujeros perforados 1 Entre en el modo de mantenimiento U246 seleccione FINISHER 3000 y el modo PUNCH POS ADJ 2 Ajuste el valor de configuraci n Si a es inferior al valor de referencia aumente el valor de configuraci n Si a es superior al valor de referencia disminuya el valor de configuraci n El cambio del valor en 1 desplaza la posici n de perforaci n 0 49 mm aproxi madamente Einstellen des Abstands von der Vorderkante zu den Stanz l chern 1 Geben Sie den Wartungsmodus U246 ein und w hlen Sie dann FINI SHER 3000 und PUNCH POS ADJ 2 Regeln Sie den Einstellungswert Wenn a kleiner als der Bezugswert ist ist der Einstellungswert zu erh hen Wenn a gr er als der Bezugswert ist i
305. k of Kyocera Corporation KYOCERA MITA NORGE Postboks 150 Oppsal NO 0619 Oslo Olaf Helsetsvei 6 NO 0694 Oslo Norway Phone 47 22 62 73 00 KYOCERA MITA DANMARK A S Ejby Industrivej 1 DK 2600 Glostrup Denmark Phone 45 5687 1100 KYOCERA MITA PORTUGAL LDA Rua do Centro Cultural 41 Alvalade 1700 106 Lisbon Portugal Phone 351 21 842 9100 KYOCERA MITA SOUTH AFRICA PTY LTD 527 Kyalami Boulevard Kyalami Business Park Midrand South Africa Phone 27 0 11 540 2600 KYOCERA MITA AMERICA INC Headquarters 225 Sand Road Fairfield New Jersey 07004 0008 U S A Phone 973 808 8444 KYOCERA MITA AUSTRALIA PTY LTD Level 3 6 10 Talavera Road North Ryde N S W 2113 Australia Phone 02 9888 9999 KYOCERA MITA NEW ZEALAND LTD 1 3 Parkhead Place Albany P O Box 302 125 NHPC Auckland New Zealand Phone 09 415 4517 KYOCERA MITA THAILAND CORP LTD 9 209 Ratchada Prachachem Road Bang Sue Bangkok 10800 Thailand Phone 02 586 0320 KYOCERA MITA SINGAPORE PTE LTD 121 Genting Lane 3rd Level Singapore 349572 Phone 67418733 KYOCERA MITA HONG KONG LIMITED 11 F Mita Centre 552 566 Castle Peak Road Tsuen Wan New Territories Hong Kong Phone 24297422 KYOCERA MITA TAIWAN Corporation 7F 1 2 No 41 Lane 221 Gangchi Rd Neihu District Taipei Taiwan 114 R O C Phone 02 87511560 KYOCERA MITA Corporation 2 28 1 chome Tamatsukuri Chuo ku Osaka 540 8585
306. k signal of the motor is detected for 450 ms continuously Paper feeder drive motor error optional paper feeder The lock signal of the motor is detected for 500 ms continuously Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector on the engine PWB and the connector on the paper feeder main PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Paperfeeder paper conveying motor paper feeder drive motor does not rotate correctly the motor is over loaded Check the gears and remedy if necessary Defective PWB Replace the paper feeder main PWB or engine PWB and check for correct opera tion Defective motor Replace the paper feeder paper conveying motor paper feeder drive motor Polygon motor synchronization prob lem The polygon motor does not reach the stable speed within 20 s of the START signal turning on Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC8 on the engine PWB and laser scanner unit and the continuity across the connector termi nals Repair or replace if necessary Defective polygon motor Replace the laser scanner unit Defective engine PWB Replace the engine PWB and check for cor rect operation 1 4 22 Polygon motor steady state problem The polygon motor rotation is not stable for 20 s after the polygon motor rotation has been stabilized Poor c
307. l ombreur F s assurer que la plieuse A est bien rang e 22 Ins rer l ombreur F dans l avant gauche inf rieur du finisseur de document et fixer l ombreur l aide d une vis S taraud e M4 x 8 H Instalaci n de la pantalla paraluz Antes de instalar la pantalla paraluz F ase g rese de que la unidad de plegado A est firmemente metida 22 Introduzca la pantalla paraluz F en la parte frontal inferior izquierda del finalizador de documentos y asegure la pantalla paraluz con un tornillo de ajuste M4 x 8 H Anbringen der Abschirmung Vor dem Anbringen der Abschirmung F ist sicherzustellen dass die Mittenfalteinheit A sicher eingesetzt ist 22 Stecken Sie die Abschirmung F in die untere linke Vorderseite des Dokument Fini shers ein und ziehen Sie die Abschirmung danach mit einer M4 x 8 Passstift Verbund schraube H fest Installare il dispositivo di attenuazione della luce douser Prima di procedere all installazione del dispositivo di atte nuazione della luce douser F assicurarsi che l unit di piegatura centrale A sia perfettamente inserita 22 Installare il dispositivo di attenuazione della luce douser F nella facciata inferiore a sinistra della finitrice e fissarlo con una vite con testa a croce S M4 x 8 H Z TA II ES o Reinstalling the cover 23 Reinstall the lower front cover that was removed in step 2 in place with two screws 1 24 Close the front cover of the d
308. la bride en retoucheur de document A au MFP serrant la vis 18 du MFP La longueur du c ble jusqu la bride G doit tre d environ 100 mm 5 Vuelva a instalar las piezas desmontadas en Conexi n del cable de se al Conexi n del cable de se al sus posiciones originales s lo para m quinas monocrom ticas s lo para m quinas a todo color 1 Conecte el cable de se al 17 del 1 Conecte el cable de se al 17 del finalizador de documentos A en el MFP finalizador de documentos A en el MFP pase el cable por la abrazadera G y asegure la abrazadera apretando el tornillo 18 del MFP La longitud del cable a la abrazadera G debe ser de unos 100 mm 5 Die entfernten Teile wieder an ihren AnschlieBen des Signalkabels AnschlieBen des Signalkabels urspr nglichen Positionen anbringen nur Monochrommaschinen nur Vollfarbenmaschinen 1 Das Signalkabel 17 des Dokument 1 Das Signalkabel 17 des Dokument Finishers A an den MFP anschlieRen das Finishers A an den MFP anschlieRen Kabel durch die Klemme G f hren und die Klemme durch Anziehen der Schraube 18 des MFP befestigen Die Kabell nge bis zur Klemme G muss ungef hr 100 mm betragen 5 Rimontare le parti rimosse nelle loro Connessione del cavo del segnale Connessione del cavo del segnale posizioni originali solo per macchine in bianco e nero solo per le macchine a colori 1 Collegare il cavo del segnale 17 della 1 Collegare il cavo del segn
309. lding units holes and install the covers It is easy to install front cover D by lifting center folding unit releasing lever 16 Install the cover assembled in step 6 when the center folding unit is installed into the full color machine 19 Use two M4 x 8 tap tight S screws H to secure rear cover C and front cover D Installation des capots 18 Ajuster les saillies l arri re du capot arri re C et du capot avant D dans les orifices de la plieuse et installer les capots Il est facile d installer le capot avant D en soulevant le levier de rel chement de la plieuse 16 Installer le capot assembl l tape 6 lorsque la plieuse est install e dans la machine pleine cou leurs 19 Utiliser deux vis S taraud es M4 x 8 H pour fixer le capot arri re C et le capot avant D Instalaci n de cubiertas 18 Coloque los resaltos del lado posterior de la cubierta posterior C y de la cubierta frontal D den tro de los agujeros de la unidad de plegado e instale las cubiertas Es m s f cil instalar la cubierta frontal D levantando la palanca de liberaci n de la unidad de plegado 16 Instale la cubierta ensamblada en el paso 6 cuando la unidad de plegado est instalada en la m quina a todo color 19 Utilice dos tornillos de ajuste M4 x 8 H para asegurar la cubierta posterior C y la cubierta fron tal D Anbringen der Abdeckungen 18 F hren Sie die Vorspr nge an der R ckseite der hinteren Abdeckung C
310. le Defective adjust ment home posi tion sensor Replace the adjustment home position sen sor Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Side registration motor 2 problem optional 3000 sheet document fin isher When operation returned to a home position is performed at the time of initial operation and a home position is not detected even if 3 s passed Jam 88 is indicated Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC8 on the internal tray PWB and the connector of side registration motor 2 and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective side reg istration motor 2 Replace side registration motor 2 Defective PWB Replace the internal tray PWB or finisher main PWB and check for correct operation 1 4 27 2GZ 261 Contents Stapler shift motor 1 error optional 3000 sheet document finisher When operation returned to a home position is performed at the time of initial operation and a home position is not detected even if 1 5 s passed Remarks Causes Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check procedures corrective measures Check the connection of connector YC9 on the finisher main PWB and the connector of stapler shift motor 1 and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defe
311. le curl is tightly turning up 1 Open the front cover of the document finisher A 2 Pull the pressure roller top adjusting knob E2 to your side and turn the knob by 1 scale in increasing order 3 Close the front cover of the document finisher A Si la boucle de l chantillon de copie est serr e vers le haut 1 Ouvrir le capot avant du retoucheur de document A 2 Tirer la molette de r glage sup rieure du rouleau de pression E2 vers Soi et faire tourner la molette pour l augmenter d un cran 3 Refermer le capot avant du retoucheur de document A Si la muestra de la copia est muy curvada hacia arriba 1 Abra la cubierta delantera del finalizador de documentos A 2 Tire del control de ajuste superior del rodillo de presi n E2 hacia donde est usted y gire el control 1 posici n en el orden de aumento 3 Cierre la cubierta delantera del finalizador de documentos A Wenn die Testkopie straff nach oben aufgerollt wird 1 ffnen Sie die vordere Abdeckung des Dokument Finishers A 2 Ziehen Sie den oberen Andruckwalzenreglerknopf E2 gegen sich und drehen Sie den Knopf um eine Stufe in aufsteigender Richtung 3 SchlieRen Sie die vordere Abdeckung des Dokument Finishers A Se la copia di prova notevolmente arricciata verso l alto 1 Aprire il pannello anteriore della finitrice di documenti A 2 Tirare la manopola di regolazione superiore del rullo di pressione E2 verso di voi e ruotarla di una tacca
312. lem optional 3000 sheet document fin isher When operation returned to a home position is performed at the time of initial operation and a home position is not detected even if 3 s passed Jam 88 is indicated 2GZ2 261 Remarks Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check procedures corrective measures Check the connection of connector YC2 on the internal tray PWB and the connector on side registration motor 1 and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective side reg istration motor 1 Replace side registration motor 1 Defective PWB Replace the internal tray PWB or finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Adjustment motor problem optional document finisher When the adjustment motor is driving the ON status of the adjustment home position sensor cannot be detected even if a specified time has elapsed When adjustment operation starts the ON status of the adjustment home posi tion sensor is not detected The adjustment motor connector makes poor con tact Reinsert the connector Also check for conti nuity within the connector cable If none remedy or replace the cable Defective adjust ment motor Replace adjustment motor The adjustment home position sen sor connector makes poor con tact Reinsert the connector Also check for conti nuity within the connector cable If none remedy or replace the cab
313. ler unit Registration guide stopper Figure 1 5 21 Figure 1 5 22 1 5 9 2GZ 261 Removing the right registration cleaner 1 2 3 1 5 10 Remove the developing unit and drum unit see pages 1 5 17 and 14 Remove the right registration cleaner Replace the right registration cleaner and Install the cleaner Refit the drum unit and developing unit Figure 1 5 23 2GZ2 261 1 5 3 Laser scanner unit 1 Detaching and refitting the laser scanner unit Take the following procedure when the laser scanner unit is to be replaced Procedure 1 Remove the developing unit and drum unit see pages 1 5 14 and 17 2 Remove the right lower cover see pages 1 5 4 3 Remove four screws and remove the front right cover Front right cover Figure 1 5 24 4 Remove three screws and remove the top tray Figure 1 5 25 5 Remove five screws and remove the inner Ihrer cover cover Figure 1 5 26 1 5 11 2GZ 2G1 2 6 Remove two screws and two connectors and then remove the fan duct Fan duct Connectors ES IL Va C a 5 HF Figure 1 5 27 7 Remove six screws and remove the toner container retainer Toner container retainer 8 Remove two pins and two spring Remove the screw and the connector and then remove the laser scanner unit 9 Replace the laser scanner unit and install the unit 10 Refit the toner container retainer fan duct and inner cove
314. lla finitrice di documenti al punto 20 per reinstallare il pannello inferiore anteriore 6 RARI THR 25 HEW 22 PMA 8 ER FS USES 7 27 14 64 A B MI B C EA A AR Joi n C 8 o Lo Go WP BS 6 DEEE 13 A 26 ABR 20 PARI SR EK F 119 2 8085 5 14 EP 224 BY F ii M 6 di ORY tlt KL ORY Hit 5 FJIR 22 CH a ZEZ AK 2L F az y RAH HY Y H A ERLA Toti Y UO fh 26 FJI 20 CH yu FIA 6 EEX 5 2 A Cati V LY HT 25 18 Installing the tray 27 Install tray A B and tray B C to the docu ment finisher A Refer to steps 13 and 14 on page 6 for the installation Installation des bacs 27 Installer le bac A B et le bac B C sur le retoucheur de document A Se r f rer aux tapes 13 et 14 de la page 6 pour l installa tion Instalaci n de la bandeja 27 Instale la bandeja A B y la bandeja B C en el finalizador de documentos A Consulte los pasos 13 y 14 para hacer la instalaci n Anbringen des Fachs 27 Bringen Sie das Fach A B und das Fach B C am Dokument Finisher A an Beziehen Sie sich hinsichtlich des Einbaus auf die Schritte 13 und 14 auf Seite 6 Installazione del vassoio 27 Installare il vassoio A B e il vassoio B C sulla finitrice di documenti A Per l installa zione fare riferimento ai punti 13 e 14 a pagina 6 AQ PIA BC EMO ID FANS 6 AY PE 13 14 BROZ L Installing the sponge 1 Clea
315. loje los dos tornillos 10 en la rueda trasera del finalizador de documentos A Ajuste la altura de la rueda trasera derecha girando su perno de ajuste 13 utilizando un destornillador de punta en cruz para que el eje del pasador 11 en el pestillo est alineado con la marca de la ranura 12 del finalizador de documentos A cuando el finalizador de documentos A est unido a el MFP vista del frente de la m quina Nota Al girar el perno de ajuste 13 en la direcci n de las manecillas del reloj se levanta el finalizador de documentos A y al girar contra las manecillas del reloj baja el finalizador de documentos A Die zwei Schrauben 10 an der hinteren rechten Laufrolle des Dokument Finishers A l sen Die H he der hinteren rechten Laufrolle durch Drehen ihrer Einstellschraube 13 mit einem Kreuzschlitzschraubenzieher so einstellen dass die Achse des Stifts 11 der Verriegelungsklaue auf die Markierung des Schlitzes 12 des Dokument Finishers A ausgerichtet ist wenn der Dokument Finisher A an den MFP angesetzt ist von der Ger tevorderseite gesehen Hinweis Durch Drehen der Einstellschraube 13 im Uhrzeigersinn wird der Dokument Finisher A angehoben w hrend er durch Drehen entgegen dem Uhrzeigersinn abgesenkt wird Allentare le due viti 10 sulla ruota orientabile posteriore destra della finitrice di documenti A Regolare l altezza della ruota orientabile posteriore destra ruotandone il suo bullone di r
316. m U101 is run If not replace the engine PWB Defective high voltage PWB 4 Background is visible Print example Causes Check if transfer charging takes place when CN1 5 on the high voltage PWB goes low while maintenance item U101 is run If not replace the high voltage PWB Check procedures corrective measures Deteriorated toner Perform the drum refresh operation Dirty main charger wire 5 A white line appears longitudinally Print example Causes Clean the wire or if it is extremely dirty replace it see page 1 5 15 Check procedures corrective measures Foreign matter in the developing unit Check if the magnetic brush is formed uniformly Replace the developing unit if any foreign matter see page 1 5 17 Defective laser beam output 6 A black line appears longitudinally Print example Causes Replace the laser scanner unit Check procedures corrective measures 1 4 34 Dirty or flawed drum Perform the drum refresh operation If the drum is flawed replace the drum unit see page 1 5 14 Deformed or worn cleaning blade Replace the drum unit see page 1 5 14 Dirty main charger wire Clean the wire or if it is extremely dirty replace it see page 1 5 15 7 A black line appears laterally Causes Print example 2GZ 2G1 2 Check procedures corrective me
317. m adjustment for each copy sample size When AAR or LTR 8 5 x 11 is used follow STAPLE POS ADJ1 When B4 or LGL 8 5 x 14 is used follow STAPLE POS ADJ2 When A3 or LGR 11 x 17 is used follow STAPLE POS ADJ3 Ajustement de la position des agrafes 1 Entrer le mode d entretien U246 s lectionner BOOKLET FOLDER Dos sier brochure et effectuer l ajustement pour chaque format d chantillon de copie Lorsque A4R ou LTR 8 5po x 11po est utilis suivre STAPLE POS ADJ1 Lorsque B4 ou LGL 8 5po x 14po est utilis suivre STAPLE POS ADJ2 Lorsque A3 ou LGR 11po x 17po est utilis suivre STAPLE POS ADJ3 Ajuste de la posici n de grabado 1 Entre en el modo de mantenimiento U246 seleccione BOOKLET FOL DER y realice el ajuste para cada tamafio de muestra de copia Cuando se utilice A4R o LTR 8 5 x 11 siga STAPLE POS ADJ1 Cuando se utilice B4 o LGL 8 5 x 14 siga STAPLE POS ADJ2 Cuando se utilice A3 o LGR 11 x 17 siga STAPLE POS ADJ3 Einstellen der Heftklammerposition 1 Geben Sie den Wartungsmodus U246 ein w hlen Sie BOOKLET FOLDER und f hren Sie die Einstellung f r jede Musterkopiengr Re durch Wenn A4R oder LTR 8 5 x 11 verwendet wird folgen Sie dem Schritt STAPLE POS ADJ1 Wenn B4 oder LGL 8 5 x 14 verwendet wird folgen Sie dem Schritt STAPLE POS ADJ2 Wenn A3 oder LGR 11 x 17 verwendet wird folgen Sie dem Schritt STAPLE POS ADJ3 Regolare la posizione della pinzatrice 1
318. main motor problem optional centerfold unit of 3000 sheet document finisher The motor lock signal is detected above 1000 ms during driving the centerfold main motor Remarks Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check procedures corrective measures Check the connection of connector YC12 on the centerfold main PWB and the connector of the centerfold main motor and the conti nuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective center fold main motor Replace the centerfold main motor Defective PWB Replace the centerfold main PWB or finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Sensor adjusting problem optional document finisher The sensor cannot be adjusted within the specified range The paper entry sensor connector makes poor con tact Reinsert the connector Also check for conti nuity within the connector cable If none remedy or replace the cable Defective paper entry sensor Replace the paper entry sensor and check for correct operation The optical path of the paper entry sensor is blocked by foreign matter Remove the foreign matter Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for correct operation EEPROM problem optional document finisher Reading from or writing to EEPROM cannot be performed Defective EEPROM or fin isher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for
319. mantenimiento 402 y haga que salga un patr n de prueba 3 Lassen Sie Wartungspunkt 993 laufen W hlen Sie VTC PG1 und drucken Sie ein Testmuster Nur f r Vollfarbenmaschinen den Wartungspunkt 402 ausf hren und das Testmuster ausgeben 3 Eseguire la voce manutenzione 993 Selezionare VTC PG1 e stampare un modello di prova Solo per le macchine a colore eseguire la voce manutenzione 402 e stampare un modello di prova 3 HAT ETE Mist 993 iX PE VTC PG1 DIE ITANAE mier AE CULA TRAE BK 402 gt DI EG MIA K HI 48 Hi o 3 AVF FY AE F 993 C VTC PCL Z j TX RUE MITA TNT BIL AUT HY AE F 402 AED TA NOAA AMD 4 If the center of the paper 14 and that of the test pattern output 15 do not meet the reference value perform the following adjustment Reference value Deviation to the left or right 1 5 mm or less Si le centre du papier 14 et celui de la sortie de mire 15 ne correspondent la valeur de r f rence effectuer le r glage suivant Valeur de r f rence D viation vers la gauche ou la droite 1 5 mm ou moins Si el centro del papel 14 y aqu l de la salida del patr n de prueba 15 no cumplen con el valor de referencia haga el siguiente ajuste Valor de referencia Desviaci n a la izquierda o derecha 1 5 mm o menos Falls die Mitte des Papiers 14 und des ausgegebenen Testmusters
320. manutenzione 993 Selezionare VTC PG1 e stampare un modello di prova Solo per le macchine a colore eseguire la voce manutenzione 402 e stampare un modello di prova JT AEE BU 993 MEFE VTC PG1 DIRE 47 WAR AY AT EH o BER EE LEAT HEME SK 402 gt DAVE TT MI 38 E F AI E o RVFI ZE 998 CVIC PGI 4 i TX RH UE MITA TNT BIL AUT HY AE F 402 AED TANIA A AMAT 3 If the center of the paper 24 and that of the test pattern output 25 do not meet the reference value perform the following adjustment Reference value Deviation to the left or right 1 5 mm or less Si le centre du papier 24 et celui de la sortie de mire 25 ne correspondent la valeur de r f rence effectuer le r glage suivant Valeur de r f rence D viation vers la gauche ou la droite 1 5 mm ou moins Si el centro del papel 24 y aqu l de la salida del patr n de prueba 25 no cumplen con el valor de referencia haga el siguiente ajuste Valor de referencia Desviaci n a la izquierda o derecha 1 5 mm o menos Falls die Mitte des Papiers 24 und des ausgegebenen Testmusters 25 nicht mit dem Bezugswert bereinstimmt ist die folgende Einstellung durchzuf hren Bezugswert Abweichung nach links oder rechts maximal 1 5 mm Seil centro della carta 24 e quello del modello di prova 25 non rientrano nei limiti del valore di ri
321. minador de curvatura del papel 1 Abre la cubierta de expulsi n 1 de la MFP 2 Quite dos tornillos 2 que aseguran el con junto de la gu a de cambio de alimentaci n 3 para quitar el conjunto Wenn der Dokument Finisher auf der Monochrommaschine angebracht wird Anbringen der Gl ttungseinrichtung 1 ffnen Sie die Auswurfabdeckung 1 des MFP 2 Entfernen Sie die beiden Schrauben 2 wel che die Papiervorschub Umschalt F hrungs einheit 3 befestigt um diese auszubauen In caso di installazione della finitrice di docu menti in un apparecchio in bianco e nero Installazione dell eliminatore di arricciature 1 Aprire la copertura dell uscita carta 1 della MFP 2 Togliere le due viti 2 che fissano il gruppo di guida di cambio alimentazione 3 e rimuo vere il gruppo 1441 2 SUE AH ER EXE D MEME 1 417 MFP RIA 1 2 He F E 2 4 Sc S 10 28 14 3 AY 2 RAT 2 DI RER FALE EJ 7 OBA EE KRACK EES E BEI 45458 kee tee 1 MFP Ah OBEH 77 23 1 Z BH lt 2 CA 22 AE PEL DIA A FAN 3 OST 3 Fit the curl eliminator O to the eject cover 1 such that the projections 4 on the cover fit into the two ends of the curl eliminator O 4 Secure the curl eliminator O using two screws 2 removed in step 2 3 Fixer l l ment d limination des boucles O sur le couvercle d jection 1 de facon ce que les saillies 4 du couvercle s ins rent dans l
322. n and off If it does replace the paper feeder feed switch 12 A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during printing jam in MP tray vertical paper conveying section Jam code 20 Broken MP feed switch actuator Check visually and replace switch Defective switch Run maintenance item U031 and turn following switch on and off manually Replace the switch if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse MP feed switch registration switch 13 A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during printing multiple sheets in paper feed section Jam code 21 1 4 12 Broken feed switch 1 2 3 or MP feed switch actuator Check visually and replace switch Defective switch Run maintenance item U031 and turn switch on and off manually Replace the switch if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse Feed switch 1 2 3 MP feed switch Broken paper feeder feed Switch actuator Check visually and replace switch Defective paper feeder feed Switch With 5 V DC present at CN2 8 on the paper feeder main PWB check if CN2 7 on the paper feeder main PWB remains low when the paper feeder feed switch is turned on and off If it does replace the paper feeder feed switch Check if the clutch malfunc tions Run maintenance item U032 and select following clutch on the touch panel to be t
323. n the sheet metal section under the upper cover 13 of the document finisher A with alcohol 2 Peel the release paper off the sponge N and adhere the sponge to the sheet metal section Installing the document finisher and the MFP 3 Bring the document finisher A near the MFP and connect them For connecting the document finisher A and the MFP do not hold the upper cover 13 of the document finisher Connecting the signal line 4 Connect the signal line 1 of the document finisher A to the connector 2 at the back of the MFP Installation du retoucheur de docu Installation de l ponge 1 Nettoyer la partie en feuille de m tal du capot sup rieur 13 du retoucheur de docu ment A avec de l alcool 2 Peler le papier de lib ration de l ponge N et coller l ponge sur la partie en feuille de m tal ment et du MFP 3 Approcher le retoucheur de document A du MFP et les connecter Pour connecteur le retoucheur de document A et le MFP ne pas tenir le capot sup rieur 13 du retoucheur de document Connexion de la ligne d intercon nexion 4 Connecter la ligne d interconnexion 1 du retoucheur de document A au connecteur 2 l arri re du MFP Conexi n de la l nea de se ales Instalaci n del finalizador de docu Instalaci n de la esponja 1 Limpie con alcohol la secci n de la hoja met lica situada debajo de la cubierta supe rior 13 del finalizador de documen
324. nal C5 OE A6 Executive OF B6 Letter R 10 Commercial 9 Letter E 11 Commercial 6 Legal 12 ISO B5 AAR 13 Custom size A4E 1E C4 B5R 1F Postcard B5E 20 Reply paid postcard A3 21 Oficio Il B4 22 Special 1 Special 2 A3 wide Ledger wide Full bleed paper 12 x 8 8K 16K R 16K E Statement R Statement E Folio Western type 2 Western type 4 e Detail of paper type Hexadecimal 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Transparency 09 Letter head OA Color OB Prepunched OC Envelope OD Cardstock OE Coated OF 2nd side 10 Media 16 11 High quality Not specified Plain Preprint Labels Bond Recycle Vellum Rough Custom 1 Custom 2 Custom 3 Custom 4 Custom 5 Custom 6 Custom 7 Custom 8 f Detail of paper exit location Hexadecimal 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 09 OB OC 0D 0E Face down FD Face up FU Document finisher face up FU 3000 sheet document finisher left sub tray FU Document finisher face down FD Document finisher sub tray FD Reserved 3000 sheet document finisher right sub tray FU 3000 sheet document finisher left sub tray FD 3000 sheet document finisher right sub tray FD Mailbox tray 1 FD Mailbox tray 1 FU Mailbox all tray FD Mailbox all tray FU Mailbox tray 2 FD Mailbox tray 2 FU Mailbox tray 3 FD Mailbox tray 3
325. nas a todo color Adici n Realice el siguiente procedimiento despu s del paso 2 en la p gina 2 Asegure la placa de gu a L utilizando el tornillo de hombro M y un tornillo S Tite M4 x 10 J Cambio Los tornillos J utilizado en los pasos 3 y 4 en la p gina 3 cambian a tornillo S Tite M4 x 10 Erg nzung und nderung des Verfahrens zur Installation des Finishers nur Vollfarbenmaschinen Erg nzung F hren Sie den folgenden Vorgang nach Schritt 2 auf Seite 2 durch Die F hrungsplatte L mit der Bundschraube M und einer S Tite Schraube M4 x 10 J befestigen Anderung Die in den Schritten 3 und 4 auf Seite 3 verwendeten Schrauben J werden durch S Tite Schrauben M4 x 10 ersetzt Aggiunta e modifica delle parti fornite Le parti fornite con il separatore dei lavori descritte a pagina 1 sono state cambiate come si vede qui in basso In seguito a ci sono state eseguite le seguenti modifiche e aggiunte alla procedura Aggiunta L Piastra guida M Vite a colletto Modifica J Vite S Tite M4 x 10 5 435 rh FS E ME AGS 1 RENIA i PES AL FR Eiere TB I E MV AT ZE VE Rei PY 78 BY BER EAT o Gul EE 1 M BEBRMRET lesse 1 J ERAT MA X 10S 5 4 gt 5 AXE O EI LADO a TERA ff BME FO EIC S Lx LUC ARTO E FSE AEL KT 584 J Lg e cite ee eege 1 METE A are dub 1 XE J CA MAX 10S WEE Aggiunta e modifica della procedura per installare il finiri
326. nd right longitudinal size adjusters 19 metric specifications only Align the pin holes 21 in the left and right longitudinal size adjusters 19 with the A4 pins 22 or B5 pins 23 according to the size of paper to be used Secure the adjusters using the screw 20 for each For inch specifications align the pin holes 21 in the left and right longitudinal size adjusters H with the A4 pins 22 or B5 pins 23 according to the size of paper to be used Secure the adjusters using the round cross head tapping screw M3 x 8 I for each Retirer la vis 20 de chaque dispositif de r glage du format longitudinal gauche et droit 19 sp cifications m triques seulement Aligner les trous de broches 21 des dispositifs de r glage du format longitudinal gauche et droit 19 avec les broches A4 22 ou B5 23 selon la taille du papier utiliser Fixer les dispositifs de r glage l aide de leur vis 20 Pour les sp cifications en pouces aligner les trous de broches 21 des dispositifs de r glage du format longitudinal gauche et droit H sur les broches A4 22 ou B5 23 selon la taille du papier utiliser Fixer les dispositifs de r glage l aide de leur vis de connexion t te cruciforme ronde M3 x 8 I Quite el tornillo 20 de cada regulador de tama o longitudinal de la izquierda y de la derecha 19 s lo especificaciones m tricas Alinee los huecos de las clavijas 21 de los reguladores de
327. nde de fixation ou mat riau d emballage entourant les pi ces fournies Y Tornillo de ajuste M4 x 10 9 Z Tornillo de cabeza hexagonal M4 x 10 1 Aseg rese de quitar las cintas de fijaci n o el material amortiguador colocado en las partes suministradas Y M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschrauben 9 Z M4 x 10 Sechskantschraube _ 1 Sicherstellen dass s mtliche Klebeb nder und D mpfungsmaterialien von den geliefer ten Teilen entfernt werden Y Vite con testa a croce S M4 x 10 Z Vite con testa esagonale M4 x 10 Assicurarsi di rimuovere qualsiasi nastro ade sivo o imbottitura fissati alle parti fornite Y M4 X 10 X ZZ EE F XY e 9 Z MA X 10 AHIR IR ET iii 1 115 5 2 dR F BS tte EB E P E S FB Fer Ba VERB Y XMX107 Y7X741FRS 9 Z MXI0ONHEZX 1 figi c DE T 7 EM ASU TW SBE t HOO AITZ E Installation Procedure Install the job separator and then install the document finisher to the full color machine Be sure to install the document finisher before installing the center folding unit Proc dure d installation Installer le s parateur de travaux puis installer le retoucheur de document sur la machine enti rement en couleurs Veiller installer le retoucheur de document avant d installer la plieuse Procedimiento de instalaci n Instale el separador de tareas y luego in
328. ndi il pannello 6 dal retro dell unit di alimentazione della carta Rimuovere la vite 7 dal retro dell MFP TE BR 1 EN R TI MFP JEU FARA 1 FERR HI S E o DER 1 Mir 5 PE PARTIES PIJE af H 6 YEER MFP EDL BUR 1 RAE 7 o SEI CHRO A Ltr MFP AO FEED E v 1 exc LEA Gil REIL N7 AE 8 033 23 6 RIA MFP AO EA 1 1 REIT AUREA 8 LS LIR HT o D Pull out the wire 8 covered with the black tube in front of the frame Connect the 12 P connector 9 to the connector on the MFP Tirer le c ble 8 recouvert par le tube noir l avant du cadre Connecter le connecteur douze broches 9 au connecteur du MFP Saque el cable 8 cubierto con el tubo negro en el frente del bastidor Conecte el conector de 12 clavijas 9 en el conector del MFP Ziehen Sie das mit dem schwarzen Mantel umh llte Kabel 8 auf der Vorderseite des Rahmens heraus SchlieRen Sie den 12 poligen Steckverbinder 9 an den Steckverbinder am MFP an Tirare fuori davanti al telaio il cavo 8 coperto con il tubo nero Collegare il connettore a 12 piedini 9 al connettore sull MFP 3 12 DEL 9 E MEP FALLIRE EES HOT 3 7 TENi ER 8 7 7 V ADEN E HT 12P zm Z A 9 MFP ADR A TRT S
329. ned off even if a specified time has elapsed after the machine eject signal was received 1052 ms The paper entry sensor PES is not turned on even if a specified time has elapsed after the machine eject signal was received 1052 ms The paper entry sensor PES does not turn off within specified time of its turning on 2313 ms Document finisher The paper entry sensor PES is not turned on even if a specified time has elapsed after the machine eject signal was received 2627 ms 82 Jam in stapler 3000 sheet document finisher The home position is not detected within the specified time when driving the staple motor Document finisher The staple home position sensor STSPS is not turned on within the specified time when driving the staple motor STM 1000 ms 1 4 5 2GZ 261 Section Description Conditions Specified time Optional finisher 83 3000 sheet document finisher 1182 ms Exit sensor stay jam Eject switch 1 ESW1 is not turned off within specified time of its turning on Document finisher 1680 ms In the straight mode the exit sensor EXS is not turned off within specified time of its turning on Document finisher 5375 ms In the offset or staple mode the exit sensor EXS is not turned off within specified time of its turning on 84 Eject switch 2 ESW2 is not turned off even if a specified 1209 ms
330. ns Collimates the diffused laser beam emitted from the laser diode to convert it into a cylindrical beam Cylindrical lens Shapes the collimated laser beam to suit the printing resolution Polygon mirror Nine facet mirror that rotates with each face reflecting the laser beam toward the drum for one main direction scan f lens Corrects for non linearity of the laser beam scanning speed on the drum surface keeps the beam diame ter constant and corrects for the vertical alignment of the polygon mirror to ensure that the focal plane of the laser beam is on the drum surface Mirror Reflects the laser beam and changes the irradiation direction Mirror Reflects the laser beam and changes the irradiation direction BD sensor mirror Reflects the laser beam to the BD sensor to generate the main direction horizontal sync sig nal Cylindrical correcting lens Corrects for the deviation of the laser beam reflected by the BD sensor mirror to the BD sensor BD sensor Detects the beam reflected by the BD sensor mirror outputting a signal to the main PWB MPWB to provide timing for the main direction sync signal 2GZ 2G1 The dimensions of the laser beam are as shown in Figure 2 1 9 Less than 100 um b Less than 85 um Figure 2 1 9 Scanning in the main direction is provided by the rotating polygon mirror while scanning in the auxiliary direction is pro vided by the rotating drum forming a static latent image on t
331. nstale la unidad de plegado Einbauverfahren Bevor Sie mit dem Einbau der Mittenfalteinheit beginnen stellen Sie sicher dass der Haupt schalter des Kopierers ausgeschaltet und das Netzkabel aus der Steckdose gezogen ist Bringen Sie den Dokument Finisher zuerst und dann erst die Mittenfalteinheit an Procedura Prima di installare l unit di piegatura centrale assicurarsi che l interruttore principale della fotocopiatrice sia spento e che il cavo di ali mentazione non sia inserito nella presa Installare prima la finitrice e poi procedere all installazione dell unit di piegatura centrale DA 2236 HP 34617 31506870800 d CM MFP HJE BUIK A AIR TF reds k o LARA AE AE TL To T REFIR SEET Ll GE MFP A KORA IAS vy FR OFF ILL EE kt HEEN FX anAwWBZa4L Uuvxemsti PHOS gt VA BEI D Z amp Removing the cover 1 Open the front cover of the document fin isher 2 Remove two screws 1 and remove lower front cover 2 Enl vement du capot 1 Ouvrir le capot avant du finisseur de docu ment 2 Retirer deux vis 1 et retirer le capot avant inf rieur 2 Extracci n de la cubierta 1 Abra la cubierta frontal del finalizador de documentos 2 Quite los dos tornillos 1 y la cubierta frontal inferior 2 Entfernen der Abdeckung 1 ffnen Sie die vordere Abdeckung des Dokument Finishers 2 Entfernen Sie die beiden Schrauben
332. nstallare il piedino di sostegno R H allo scivolo di base A F utiliz zando una vite con testa a croce S M4 x 10 I HER EET H 6 A A AA4A20 BX 6 amp A ATA AQ ICZV hZ HbhRO EAM X 10 3 774 A SOLA CHRBU fU S 1 M4 X 10 Jic KE S Wl W e R H RIRE AR A E o T Place base slider B G onto base slider A F 8 Follow each procedure below suitable for the paper feeder type attached to your MFP When using two paper feeders of 500 sheets Move to step 9 When using paper feeder of 3000 sheets Move to step 16 7 Mettre la r gle de base B G en place sur la r gle de base A F 8 Suivre chaque proc dure ci dessous convenant au type d alimenteur de papier fix sur le MFP Lors de l utilisation de deux alimenteurs de papier de 500 feuilles passer l tape 9 Lors de l utilisation de l alimenteur de papier de 3000 feuilles pas ser l tape 16 T Ponga el deslizador B G sobre el deslizador A F 8 Siga el procedimiento indicado abajo que sea m s adecuado al tipo de alimentador de papel colocado en su MER Cuando utilice dos alimentadores de papel de 500 hojas Vaya al paso 9 Cuando utilice el alimentador de papel de 3 000 hojas Vaya al paso 16 7 Setzen Sie den Basis Schieber B G am Basis Schieber A F an 8 Folgen Sie jedem nachfolgenden Verfahren das f r den am MFP angebrachten Papiervorschubtyp zutreffend ist Bei Verwendung von zwei Papiervorsch ben f r
333. nt O El ment d limination des boucles 1 M Cubierta de bandeja interna N Esponja i Para instalar el finalizador de documentos en una m quina de blanco y negro ser necesa ria la parte O mostrada arriba O Eliminador de curvatura del papel 1 M Innenfach ad N Schwamm iii 1 F r den Einbau des Dokument Finishers auf einer Monochrommaschine ist der obere Teil O zus tzlich erforderlich O Glattungseinrichtung ees 1 M Pannello del vassoio interno if N Sptighia uen cene deeds Per l installazione della finitrice di documenti su un macchinario in bianco e nero separa tamente necessaria la parte O sopra O Eliminatore di arricciature 1 IE ER ie 1 DE DL MPH 1 m m RRB ASI 99 bn R LU HF O O DER us ttt tee 1 M PIB RES ug 1 N ARAY sacred 1 EJ OBRAS RIA ER i3 5348 O 238 9E P RS UN S LL Ln 1 When installing the document finisher to a full color machine parts P Q R and eight out of nine S supplied with the job separator are needed Remaining parts S T and U are required only when installing DF 730 P Fixing plat amp lF enti 1 Q Fixing plate R A 1 R Cover AT zd S M4 x 10 tap Tight S screw Lors de l installation du retoucheur de document sur une machine enti rement en couleurs les pi c
334. oblem with paper feeder paper convey ing clutch Check see service manual of 3000 sheet paper feeder 1 4 11 2GZ 2G1 2 Problem 10 A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during printing jam in verti cal paper conveying section Jam code 18 Causes check procedures Broken feed switch 1 2 3 actuator Corrective measures Check visually and replace switch Defective switch Run maintenance item U031 and turn following switch on and off manually Replace the switch if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse Feed switch 1 2 3 registration switch Defective feed pulleys or feed rollers Check visually and replace 11 A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during printing jam in optional paper feeder vertical paper con veying section Jam code 19 Broken feed switch 3 actua tor Check visually and replace switch Defective feed switch 3 Run maintenance item U031 and turn feed switch 3 on and off manually Replace the switch if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse Broken paper feeder feed Switch actuator Check visually and replace switch Defective paper feeder feed Switch With 5 V DC present at CN2 8 on the paper feeder main PWB check if CN2 7 on the paper feeder main PWB remains low when the paper feeder feed switch is turned o
335. ochereinheit A in die 3 polige Buchse 11 innerhalb des Dokument Finishers ein Collegare il connettore solo per i modelli 120V 220V 230V 240V Eccetto per la specificazione svedese 8 Collegare il connettore a 3 piedini 10 dell unit di perforazione A al connettore a 3 piedini 11 all interno della finitrice VETE S LEA F 120V 220V 230V 240V Zi Sam 8 HT LHC A EMO 3P d s 10 ERT 3674 3P SX 11 314 4 01 120V 220V 230V 240V tiO A T LA DIT HERA 8 N F gt F A 3PARKZF 10 R a2AV RFK HY VU YO BP E EEN 11 IZ J A Installing the waste hole punch box 9 Open the front cover of the document finisher and insert the waste hole punch box D along the guide E which was installed in step 5 10 Clean the upper right cover of the waste hole punch box D with alcohol and adhere the label H on the concave section of the box 11 Close the front cover of the document finisher Installation du bac de r cup ration de la perforatrice 9 Ouvrir le capot avant du finisseur de document et ins rer le bac de r cup ration de la perforatrice D le long du guide E install l tape 5 10 Nettoyer le capot sup rieur droit du bac de r cup ra tion de la perforatrice D avec de l alcool et coller l tiquette H sur la partie concave du bac 11 Refermer le capot avant du finisseur de document Instalaci n la caja para desechos de la perforaci n 9 Abra la cubi
336. ocument fin isher Remontage du capot 23 Remonter le capot avant inf rieur retir l tape 2 l aide de deux vis 1 24 Refermer le capot avant du finisseur de document Reinstalaci n de la cubierta 23 Reinstale en su lugar con dos tornillos 1 la cubierta frontal inferior que fue quitada en el paso 2 24 Cierre la cubierta frontal del finalizador de documentos Anbringen der Abdeckung 23 Bringen Sie die in Schritt 2 entfernte untere Frontabdeckung wieder an und verwenden Sie hierf r die beiden Schrauben 1 24 SchlieRen Sie die Frontabdeckung des Dokument Finishers Reinstallare il pannello 23 Reinstallare nella sua posizione originale il pannello anteriore inferiore rimosso nel passo 2 con due viti 1 24 Chiudere il pannello anteriore della finitrice EC ET I JE E F HU E ARE TAI A B HRE o 22 AUR A C 28 HI ZE FA IF 1 3 M4 X 8 1022 X E ZY S WAT H EE RMAF o RO UNI ttk F ELO IDANE HHY F A PERCI EN TOD EE cke Eo 22 BE YEAR F amp F AV ATAR Y UY E HDE FRE LIAA MA X 8 ZYTA F SH IR THET 2 23 HI 2 FRET 1 E Z lt 675 2 2 P PER FIR 24 XI SCALE HI TU ns D o 245 088 Y ttit 23 F 2 TAF LICH F3 23 2 amp EA 1 2 ATM Y Hx Y FTA 24 F arkvbh7 Ze ORD AN PA C4 Adhering the label 25 Clean the area where the label is adhered on the right cover of the document
337. of connector on the finisher main PWB and the connector on the engine PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective PWB Replace the finisher main PWB or engine PWB and check for correct operation Contents Backup memory data problem optional 3000 sheet document fin isher Read and write data does not match 2GZ 2G1 2 Remarks Causes Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check procedures corrective measures Check the connection of connector on the finisher main PWB and the connector on the engine PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective finisher main PWB Replace the finisher main PWB and check for correct operation Backup memory data problem optional 3000 sheet document fin isher Read and write data does not match Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector on the punch PWB and the connector YC4 on the finisher main PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective punch PWB Replace the punch PWB and check for cor rect operation Backup memory data problem optional mailbox of 3000 sheet docu ment finisher Read and write data does not match Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector on the mailbox main PWB and the conn
338. on at which the value is to be changed and press the cursor up down keys to change the preset value Setting range 10 to 10 Initial setting O Change in value per step 0 32 ms When staple positions are off toward the front side of the machine sample 1 increase the preset value When staple positions are off toward the rear side of the machine sample 2 decrease the preset value Sample 1 Sample 2 Figure 1 3 3 4 Press the OK key The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key Setting adjustment of slanted stapling home position 1 Select gt gt T Staple HP 2 Press the OK key will blink 3 Press the cursor right left keys to move _ to the digit position at which the value is to be changed and press the cursor up down keys to change the preset value Setting range 10 to 10 Initial setting O Change in value per step 0 99 To increase the angle for slanted stapling sample 1 decrease the preset value To decrease the angle for slanted stapling sample 2 increase the preset value 34 5 E Figure 1 3 4 4 Press the OK key The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key 1 3 17 2GZ 2G1 2 Maintenance item No Description U246 1 3 18 Setting adjustment of upper lower side registration home position 1 Select gt gt Width U HP or gt gt Width L HP 2 Press the OK key will blink 3 Press the cursor right left keys to move
339. on funzio ner correttamente 20 Jt PARET df DU P A Bote erotic A op REA EE A EEN ve Ber JEZE D PORE h f 2 TOF HPR 3 90856 A AE JE 20 Bro v F A amp ReaeY RT Y Vv ICTS Tig SE LCIBURS EN CWRU BA PHY tay b A BREAST 4 Y ICE NnF PHO toy F A AMERICA EL TRV Installing the folding tray 21 Fit the projection of folding tray B into the inside hole of center folding unit A Installation du bac de pliage 21 Ajuster la saillie du bac de pliage B dans l orifice int rieur de la plieuse A Instalaci n de la bandeja plegable 21 Coloque el resalto de la bandeja plegable B dentro del agujero de la unidad de ple gado A Anbringen des Faltfachs 21 F hren Sie den Vorsprung des Faltfachs B in das innere Loch der Mittenfalteinheit A ein Installare il vassoio di piegatura 21 Inserire la parte sporgente del vassoio di pie gatura B nel foro interno dell unit di piega tura centrale A EE HEHE 21 TETE B foe mim epe fp SERT HT TUEJ A H9 PI B4L PHY F LA ORY tlt 21 PIV HF v4 B OSEA PH Y F A OJO Ez Go MYO 1419 Z Installing the douser Before installing the douser F make sure that center folding unit A is securely stored 22 Insert douser F into the lower front left of the document finisher and secure the douser with a M4 x 8 tap tight S screw H Installation de l ombreur Avant d installer
340. on gleichzeitig an Eine Person halt die Stelle 10 fest w hrend die andere Person die Stellen 11 und 12 festh lt F hren Sie diesen Schritt unbedingt mit zwei Personen durch 24 Befestigen Sie den Dokument Finisher A an die Bauteile Basis X mit den vier M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschrauben Y Installazione della base di assemblaggio Assicurarsi che il punto 23 venga eseguito da due membri del personale 23 Allineare la parte sporgente 9 della base di assemblaggio X al foro della finitrice di documenti A e collocare la finitrice di documenti A sopra la base di assemblaggio X Due membri del personale sollevino la finitrice di documenti A simultaneamente uno reggendo 10 e l altro reggendo 11 e 12 Assi curarsi che ad eseguire questo punto siano due membri del personale e non una persona sola 24 Fissare la finitrice di documenti A alla base di assemblaggio X utilizzando quattro viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 Y CBAR REE SS D ER M RME RTE 23 23 44 2H RIRE X F HI HA 9 M RITE A TL JERR A TCE ZH Ee X Eo AMAHA REA 2 4817 A Atit 10 SST 11 9a 12 E3 EH HERE A RATER MAR ITA 24 H 4 Fi M4 X 10 Jit KEA S RET CY EVA A RE 21 2H ER XO MIZA AOMYV tlt FIA 23 AMF 2 ATIT5 LE 23 HAZEN X OR 9 t Ffa AH A ORES DUE MINA Y CRF ARAYA 137 A HES 11 10 DHH Z EI 1 AD 11 12 OMB 185 2 ATEI R x D RIT 4 Zu D A FRE EHS E DEATZEN
341. onics or the CF card 2 Insert the CF card in the slot Insert it as its label surface facing toward outside connec tor end first Push it in all the way Figure 1 2 19 1 2 6 Installing the USB memory option Procedure 1 Insert the USB memory in the USB memory USB memory slot Figure 1 2 20 1 2 11 2GZ 2G1 2 1 2 7 Installing the expansion memory option Procedure 1 Remove the screw at the rear side of the machine and remove the memory slot cover 2 Open the clips on both ends of the DIMM socket 3 Insert the DIMM into the socket so that the notches on the DIMM align with the corre sponding protrusions in the socket 4 Close the clips of the DIMM socket to secure the DIMM 5 Refit the memory slot cover 1 2 12 Memory slot cover Figure 1 2 21 Socket Figure 1 2 22 2GZ 2G1 2 1 3 1 Maintenance mode 1 Maintenance mode The printer is equipped with a maintenance function which can be used to maintain and service the machine To run the maintenance mode Insert a compact flash card to which the maintenance program has been written into the printer and load the maintenance mode program to the printer using either method Turn off and on the printer The maintenance program will be automatically loaded into the printer Load the maintenance mode program with read program Ent
342. ontact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC8 on the engine PWB and laser scanner unit and the continuity across the connector termi nals Repair or replace if necessary Defective polygon motor Replace the laser scanner unit Defective engine PWB Replace the engine PWB and check for cor rect operation Contents BD steady state problem ASIC detects a BD error A for 2 s after the polygon motor rotation has been sta bilized 2GZ 2G1 2 Remarks Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check procedures corrective measures Check the connection of connector YC8 on the engine PWB and laser scanner unit and the continuity across the connector termi nals Repair or replace if necessary Defective laser scanner unit Replace the laser scanner unit Defective engine PWB Replace the engine PWB and check for cor rect operation Broken cleaning lamp wire While the cleaning lamp is on the bro ken cleaning lamp wire detection signal is detected for 2 s continuously Defective cleaning lamp Replace the cleaning lamp Defective engine PWB Replace the engine PWB and check for cor rect operation Fuser heater break Fuser unit thermistor 1 is detected 40 C 104 F below with 10 s continuously dur ing warm up and ready in Defective fuser heater M or S Replace the fuser heater M or S Installation defec tivene
343. output Connected to the upper and lower paper size width switches AN Oo Ud O N o LES N 24VDR 24VUP PWSW U0 PWSW U1 PWSW U2 GND 24VDR 24VLO PWSW LO PWSW L1 PWSW L2 GND 24 V DC 24 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 24 V DC power output 24 V DC power input PWSW U On Off PWSW U On Off PWSW U On Off Ground 24 V DC power output 24 V DC power input PWSW L On Off PWSW L On Off PWSW L On Off Ground 2 3 9 2GZ 261 Connector Signal Voltage Description YC13 Connected to the feed switch 2 3 feed clutch 2 3 left cover 2 switch upper lower lift motors lower lift motor upper lower paper size length switches upper lower lift limit switches and upper lower paper switches 2 3 10 GND FSW3 5VD R24VDR FCL3 GND FSW2 5VD GND LC2SW 24VDR FCL2 LM U SW2 GND LM U SW1 GND LM U REM GND PLSW L GND PLSW U LM L SW2 GND LM L SW1 GND LM L REM GND LICSW U 5VD GND PSW U 5VD GND LICSW L 5VD GND PSW L 5VD 0 5 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC 0 24 V DC 0 5 V DC 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 24 V DC 0 24 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 24 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 0 24 V DC 0 5 V DC 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 5 V DC 0 5 V DC 5 V DC Ground FSW3 On Off 5 V DC power output 24 V DC power output FCL3 On Off Ground FSW2 On
344. p Tight S screws G loosened in step 3 Use four screws 3 to reinstall the top cover 5 which was removed in step 2 For details see steps 16 and 17 on page 6 Reference value Vertical gap of the punch holes 2 mm R p ter les tapes 1 6 jusqu ce que l espace vertical des perforations de l chantillon de copie se trouve l int rieur de la valeur de r f rence Apr s l ajustement resserrer deux vis S taraud es M4 x 10 G desserr es l tape 3 Utiliser quatre vis 3 pour r installer le capot sup rieur 5 retir l tape 2 Pour plus de d tails se reporter aux tapes 16 et 17 de la page 6 Valeur de r f rence Espace vertical des perforations 2 mm Repita los pasos 1 a 6 hasta que la separaci n vertical de los agujeros perforados en la muestra de la copia cumplan con el valor de referencia Despu s de hacer el ajuste apriete dos tornillos de ajuste M4 x 10 G aflojados en el paso 3 Utilice cuatro tornillos 3 para volver a instalar la cubierta superior 5 que fue quitada en el paso 2 Para conocer detalles consulte los pasos 16 y 17 de la p gina 6 Valor de referencia Separaci n vertical de los agujeros perforados 2 mm Wiederholen Sie die Schritte 1 bis 6 bis der Vertikalabstand der Stanzl cher auf der Testkopie innerhalb des Bezugswertes liegt Nach der Einstellung sind die beiden in Schritt 3 gel sten M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschrauben G wieder festzuziehen Benu
345. per feed pulley or MP separation pulley is deformed Replace the pulley if it is deformed see page 1 5 4 Electrical problem with the following clutches upper lower paper feed clutches feed clutches 1 2 3 MP paper feed clutch and MP feed clutch See page 1 4 38 2 No secondary paper feed Check if the surfaces of the right and left reg istration rollers are dirty with paper powder Clean with isopropyl alcohol Electrical problem with the registration clutch See page 1 4 38 3 Skewed paper feed Width guide in a cassette installed incorrectly Check the width guide visually and correct or replace if necessary Deformed width guide in a cassette Check visually and replace any deformed guide Check if a pressure spring along the paper conveying path is deformed or out of place Repair or replace 4 Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time Paper is extremely curled Change the paper Check if the upper or lower separation pulley is worn Replace the upper or lower separation pul ley if itis worn see page 1 5 2 Check if the MP separation pulley is worn Replace the MP separation pulley if it is worn see page 1 5 4 5 Paper jams Paper is extremely curled Change the paper Deformed guides along the paper conveying path Check visually and replace any deformed guides Check if the contact between the right and lef
346. per feeder main PWB remains low when paper path sensor 3 is turned on and off If it does replace paper path sensor 3 Electrical problem with paper feeder paper feed clutch 2 Check see service manual of 3000 sheet paper feeder 8 A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during printing jam in 3000 sheet paper feeder horizontal paper con veying section Jam code 16 Paper is extremely curled Change the paper Check if the paper side guides are deformed Check visually and replace Defective paper path sen Sor 2 With 5 V DC present at CN6 9 on the paper feeder main PWB check if CN6 8 on the paper feeder main PWB remains low when paper path sensor 2 is turned on and off If it does replace paper path sensor 2 Electrical problem with paper feeder paper feed clutch 1 Check see service manual of 3000 sheet paper feeder 9 A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during printing jam in 3000 sheet paper feeder horizontal paper con veying section Jam code 17 Paper is extremely curled Change the paper Check if the paper side guides are deformed Check visually and replace Defective paper path sen sor 1 With 5 V DC present at CN6 6 on the paper feeder main PWB check if CN6 5 on the paper feeder main PWB remains low when paper path sensor 1 is turned on and off If it does replace paper path sensor 1 Electrical pr
347. peration and paper jam occurs if paper size is different from the setting of the printer Purpose To set the printer driver priority mode which priority is given to the setup of a printer driver when the ordinary paper feed operation mode is not suitable for the usage condition of the user Method 1 Enterthe service mode gt gt Paper feed 2 Press the OK key Message Paper feed will be displayed 3 Select the mode Normal or Special pressing the cursor up down keys Normal Ordinary paper feed operation mode Special Printer driver priority mode 4 Press the OK key Completion gt gt Developer Initializing the developer unit toner install mode Description The new developer unit is shipped from the factory with no toner contained The developer can be automatically replete with toner when a toner container is installed onto it and the printer is turned on However because the toner reservoir in the developer has a large capacity it requires a lengthy period of time until a substantial amount of toner has been fed to get the printer ready A new developer needs approximately 200 g for triggering the sen sor inside Purpose To execute when the developer unit has been replaced Method 1 Enter the service mode gt gt Developer 2 Press the OK key gt gt Developer will be displayed 3 Press the OK key Ready will be displayed 4 Turn off and on the main switch Self test Please wai
348. pied de plaque F I dans l encoche 6 du cadre du retoucheur puis fixer le pied de plaque a l aide de la borne de raccordement Taptite S M4 x 10 J 2 Enganche la parte de gancho 5 de la pata de placa F 1 en la muesca 6 en el marco del finalizador y asegure la pata de placa utilizando el tornillo de sujeci n Taptite S M4 x 10 J 2 H ngen Sie den Hakenteil 5 des PlattenfuRes F 1 in die Kerbe 6 im Finisherrahmen ein und sichern Sie den PlattenfuR mit der Taptite S Befestigungsschraube M4 x 10 J 2 Inserire la parte del gancio 5 del piedino della piastra F I nella cavit 6 del telaio del finitore e fissare il piedino della piastra utilizzando la vite di serraggio Taptite S M4 x 10 J 2 ARF 1 AER 5 SESE T ASTE S DIS FAME RS RESM x 10 J TELE 2 7 V R7y RFO OZ uI 5 474 my wx7w aABOXxxictslo ENF ER M4 X 10 4 E EE S D1ACHES 2 3 Refit the lower front cover 4 to its original position secure it using the screw 3 and close the front cover 3 Remettre le couvercle inf rieur avant 4 sa position d origine le fixer l aide de la vis 3 puis refermer le couvercle avant 3 Vuelva a colocar la cubierta delantera inferior 4 a su posici n original aseg rela utilizando el tornillo 3 y cierre la cubierta delantera 3 Bringen Sie die untere Frontabdeckung 4 wieder an ihrer urspr nglichen Position an sichern Sie sie mit der Schraube 3 und schl
349. ping bias is output The connector terminals of the high voltage PWB make poor contact Defective engine PWB Defective high voltage PWB See page 1 4 33 8 Transfer charging is not performed The connector terminals of the high voltage PWB make poor contact Defective engine PWB Defective high voltage PWB See page 1 4 33 9 The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present on the cas sette 1 2 or MP tray Poor contact in the con nector terminals of upper lower paper switch or MP paper switch Reinsert the connector Also check for continuity within the con nector cable If none remedy or replace the cable Defective upper lower paper switch or MP paper switch If the level of following terminal on PWB does not go low when the Switch is turned on and off replace the switch Upper paper switch YC13 B12 on the engine PWB Lower paper switch YC13 B18 on the engine PWB MP paper switch YC6 A6 on the engine PWB 10 The size of paper on the cassette 1 2 or MP tray is not dis played correctly Poor contact in the con nector terminals of upper lower paper size length switch upper lower paper size width Switch MP paper size length switch or MP paper size width switch Reinsert the connector Also check for continuity within the con nector cable If none remedy or replace the cable D
350. r 11 Refit the top tray front right cover and right lower cover 12 Refit the drum unit and the developing unit Laser scanner unit Figure 1 5 29 1 5 12 2GZ2 261 2 Adjusting the skew of the laser scanner unit reference Perform the following adjustment if the leading and trailing edges of the print image are laterally skewed lateral square ness not obtained Since this adjustment uses the test page that is output from the maintenance mode prepare the compact flash card to which the maintenance mode has been written and load the maintenance mode to the printer to carry out this adjustment See page 1 3 1 Procedure Correct image Print Print example 1 example 2 Figure 1 5 30 Press the MENU key Refit the laser scanner unit and turn the main switch on Enter maintenance mode Press the OK key twice The test page is printed Turn the main switch off and carry out steps 1 to 7 of 1 Detaching and refitting the laser scanner unit see page 1 5 11 For print example 1 Loosen the screw in the direction of the white arrow gt Reduce the height of the LSU spacer in the direction of the white arrow gt For print example 2 Tighten the screw in the direction of the black arrow Increase the height of the LSU spacer in End the direction of the black arrow p Is the image correct
351. r Description Sets the size of paper used in optional 3000 sheet paper feeder Purpose To change the setting when the size of paper used in the paper feeder is changed Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U208 2 Press the OK key will be displayed gt Set Bulk Feeder 0208 Size A4 Press the cursor up down keys to change the setting Display Description A4 A4 size B5 B5 size LT Letter size 4 Press the OK key The setting is set To keep the setting press the CANCEL key Setting punch destination Description Sets the destination of optional punch unit of document finisher Purpose To be set when installing a different punch unit from the destination of the machine Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U234 2 Press the OK key will be displayed gt Punch Dest U234 Nothing Press the cursor up down keys to change the setting Display Description Nothing With no punch unit Japan Metric Japan specifications Inch Inch North America specifications Europe Metric Europe specifications Initial setting Nothing Press the OK key The setting is set To keep the setting press the CANCEL key Turn the main switch off and on 1 3 13 2GZ 2G1 2 Maintenance item No Description U237 Setting finisher stack quantity De
352. r paper feed clutch 2 Check see service manual of paper feeder Problem 6 A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during printing no paper feed from MP tray Jam code 14 Causes check procedures Paper is extremely curled 2GZ 2G1 2 Corrective measures Change the paper Check if the MP paper feed pulley MP forwarding pulley and MP separation pulley are deformed Check visually and replace any deformed pulleys Broken MP feed switch actuator Check visually and replace switch Defective MP feed switch Run maintenance item U031 and turn MP feed switch on and off manually Replace the switch if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse Check if the MP paper feed clutch malfunctions Run maintenance item U032 and select MP paper feed clutch on the touch panel to be turned on and off Check the status and rem edy if necessary Electrical problem with the MP paper feed clutch Check see page 1 4 38 7 A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during printing jam in 3000 sheet paper feeder horizontal paper con veying section Jam code 15 Paper is extremely curled Change the paper Check if the paper side guides are deformed Check visually and replace Defective paper path sen sor 3 With 5 V DC present at CN6 12 on the paper feeder main PWB check if CN6 11 on the pa
353. raci n B 15 Conecte el cable de alimentaci n C en el PCB de perforaci n B Figura a Conector de 6 contactos 14 del cable de alimentaci n C y conector de 6 contactos 15 del sensor Figura b Conector de 2 contactos 13 del cable de alimentaci n C y conector de 2 contactos 16 del motor Figura c Conector de 9 contactos 17 del cable de alimentaci n C y conector de 9 contactos 18 del cable de alimentaci n del fina lizador de documentos 14 ffnen Sie den Kabelhalter 12 und f hren Sie den 2 poligen Stecker 13 durch den Kabelhalter am Motor um die Locherplatine B zu befestigen 15 SchlieRen Sie das Netzkabel C an der Locherplatine B an Abbildung a 6 poliger Stecker 14 des Netzkabels C und 6 poliger Stecker 15 des Sensors Abbildung b 2 poliger Stecker 13 des Netzkabels C und 2 poliger Stecker 16 des Motors Abbildung c 9 poliger Stecker 17 des Netzkabels C und 9 poliger Stecker 18 des Dokument Finishers Netzkabels 14 Aprire la slitta del filo 12 e inserire il connettore a 2 piedini 13 sul motore attra verso la slitta in modo da fissare la scheda a circuiti stampati di perforazione B 15 Collegare il cavo di alimentazione C alla scheda a circuiti stampati di perforazione B Figura a cavo di alimentazione C a 6 piedini 14 e connettore sensore a 6 piedini 15 Figura b cavo di alimentazione C a 2 piedini 13 e connettore motore a 2 piedini 16 Figura c
354. re l altezza delle due ruote orientabili sinistre allo stesso modo descritto al passo 2 in modo che le distanze superiori e inferiori a destra e a sinistra 16 tra la finitrice di documenti A e MFP siano le stesse una volta che la finitrice di documenti A viene separata dall MFP Ag T 4 5 3577 8 A M MFP HL _E 61 FETA A MFP HL Z 8 BY 1801140 0 465 E FH HET HS RA 7 7 3 38 MAL REWE Fra ZY 742 A MFP Ath da DEVRELER FEA p71 gt Y A MFP AKO ZERO 06 BE PCE LS AD kJ FIE amp FRE LT EMO e A 2 IOR S MS 73 S 5 Reattach the removed parts to their original Connecting the signal cable Connecting the signal cable positions monochrome machines only full color machines only 1 Connect the signal cable 17 of the 1 Connect the signal cable 17 of the document finisher A to the MFP pass the document finisher A to the MFP cable through the clamp G and secure the clamp by tightening the screw 18 of the MER The cable length to the clamp G must be approximately 100 mm 5 Remettez les pi ces enlev es leur position Connexion du c ble d interconnexion Connexion du c ble d interconnexion d origine machines monochromes seulement machines enti rement en couleurs 1 Connecter le c ble d interconnexion 17 du seulement retoucheur de document A au MFP passer 1 Connecter le c ble d interconnexion 17 du le c ble par la bride G puis fixer
355. re the guide plate L using the shoulder screw M and an S Tite screw M4 x 10 J Change The screws J used in steps 3 and 4 on page 3 are changed to S Tite screws M4 x 10 Addition et changement apport s l installation du finisseur pour les machines enti rement couleurs seulement Addition Ex cutez l op ration suivante apr s l tape 2 de la page 2 Fixez la plaque guide L l aide de la vis d paule M et d une vis S Tite M4 x 10 J Changement Les vis J utilis es dans les tapes 3 et 4 de la page 3 sont chang es pour des vis S Tite M4 x 10 mE Adici n y cambio de las partes suministradas Las partes entregadas con este separador de trabajos descrito en la p gina 1 se cambian como se indica abajo De acuerdo con este cambio se agrega el procedimiento y se cambia como se indica a continuaci n Adici n L Placa de gu a M Tornillo de hombro Cambio J Tornillo S Tite M4 x 10 5 4 gt 5 Erg nzung und nderung von gelieferte Teilen Die Teile die im Lieferumfang des auf Seite 1 beschriebenen Jobtrenners enthalten sind wurden wie folgt ge ndert Entsprechend dieser nderung wurden die folgenden Verfahren erg nzt und ge ndert Erg nzung L F hrungsplatte M Bundschraube Anderung J S Tite Schraube M4 x 10 5 435 Adici n y cambio del procedimiento para la instalaci n del finalizador s lo en las m qui
356. rface refreshing will start and finish after approximately 3 min utes after which the printer reverts to the Ready state Ready will displayed Drum sur face refreshing is finished Completion 2GZ2 261 1 4 1 Paper misfeed detection 1 Paper misfeed indication When a paper misfeed occurs the machine immediately stops printing and displays the jam location on the operation panel To remove paper jammed in the machine open the front cover left cover or pull the cassette out To remove the jammed paper in optional document finisher detach the finisher from the machine Paper misfeed detection can be reset by opening and closing the respective covers to turn safety switch off and on 2 Paper misfeed detection conditions Paper feeder 3000 sheet paper feeder Figure 1 4 1 1 4 1 2GZ 2G1 2 Section Description 04 Cover open Conditions Cover is open during printing Specified time 05 Secondary paper feed does not start Secondary paper feed does not start within specified time of arrival of paper at the registration section 09 3000 sheet paper feeder sequence error jam A communication sequence error occurs between the machine and the 3000 sheet paper feeder Paper feed section 1 4 2 10 No paper feed from cassette 1 Feed switch 1 FSW1 does not turn on within the speci fied time of upper paper feed clutch PFCL U turning on the cl
357. roken feed switch 1 actua tor Check visually and replace switch Defective switch Run maintenance item U031 and turn switch on and off manually Replace the switch if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse Feed switch 1 registration switch The contact between the right and left registration rollers is not correct Check visually and replace 17 A paper jam in the fuser section is indi cated during printing jam in fuser section Jam codes 40 to 44 46 and 47 Broken eject switch or feed shift switch actuator Check visually and replace switch Defective switch Run maintenance item U031 and turn switch on and off manually Replace the switch if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse Eject switch feedshift switch Check if the registration clutch malfunctions Run maintenance item U032 and select the registration clutch on the touch panel to be turned on and off Check the status and rem edy if necessary Electrical problem with the registration clutch Check see page 1 4 38 18 A paper jam in the eject section is indi cated during printing jam in eject section Jam code 50 Broken eject switch actua tor Check visually and replace switch Defective switch Run maintenance item U031 and turn switch on and off manually Replace the switch if indication of th
358. ront cover 2 Lightly tap the top of the toner container five to six times 3 Thoroughly shake the toner container in the direction of the arrows ten times or more to loosen and mix the toner inside 4 Gently push the toner container into the machine along the rails Push the container all the way into the machine until it locks in place Toner container 4 Figure 1 2 8 Toner container Figure 1 2 9 Toner container Figure 1 2 10 Install the waste toner box 1 2 Close the front cover Waste toner box Install the waste toner box in the machine Figure 1 2 11 H Connecting the printer to the computer 1 There are various ways of connecting the printer to the computer such as through the parallel interface connector USB interface connector or through the network interface connector Printer Right side Parallel interface Power cord Figure 1 2 12 Network interface 2GZ2 261 1 2 7 2GZ 2G1 2 Connect the power cord 1 Connect the power cord to the connector at the rear side of the machine 2 Insert the power plug into the wall outlet Printing a status page 1 Turn the main switch on and
359. rt the connector Also check for continuity within the con nector cable If none remedy or replace the cable Defective engine PWB Run maintenance item U032 and check if following terminals on the engine PWB goes low If not replace the engine PWB Upper paper feed clutch YC14 B1 on the engine PWB Lower paper feed clutch YC14 B4 on the engine PWB Feed clutch 1 YC11 14 on the engine PWB Feed clutch 2 YC13 A12 on the engine PWB Feed clutch 3 YC13 A5 on the engine PWB MP paper feed clutch YC6 A9 on the engine PWB MP feed clutch YC6 A11 on the engine PWB Registration clutch YC14 B6 on the engine PWB Duplex feed clutch YC10 B2 on the engine PWB 5 The feedshift sole noid or toner feed solenoid does not operate 1 4 38 Broken solenoid coil Check for continuity across the coil If none replace the solenoid Poor contact in the con nector terminals Reinsert the connector Also check for continuity within the con nector cable If none remedy or replace the cable Defective engine PWB Replace the engine PWB Problem 6 Main charging is not performed Causes Broken main charger wire Leaking main charger housing The connector terminals of the high voltage PWB make poor contact Defective engine PWB Defective high voltage PWB 2GZ2 261 Check procedures corrective measures See page 1 4 33 7 No develo
360. rt the memory card into the printer s memory card slot 3 Turn the main switch on 4 Press Menu key on the printer s operation panel and carry out the memory card for matting procedure 1 5 When formatting is complete turn the main switch off 6 Remove the formatted memory card from the memory card slot 7 Insert the memory card to the PC s slot or to the adaptor 8 Copy the firmware file to download to the root directory of the memory card 9 Remove the memory card from the PC s slot or the adaptor Memory card slot Memory card Figure 1 6 4 Message display Ready Operation panel keys Press the Menu key Press the cursor up down keys Y Memory Card gt Press the right key Press the cursor up down keys gt Format 1 Press the OK key gt Format E E y Press the OK key Y Processing Format information is automatically printed Ready Figure 1 6 5 Memory card Adaptor Memory card read writer Figure 1 6 6 1 6 3 2GZ 261 10 Confirm that the main switch is set to off 11 Insert the memory card into the printer s memory card slot 12 Turn the main switch on 13 When message display 1 is displayed to detect firmware in the memory card 14 Message display 2 is displayed during downloading 15 When message display 3 is displayed to indicate downloading is finished 16 Turn the ma
361. s und setzen Sie danach die Mittenfalteinheit auf den Schieber Halten Sie die untere Hinter und Vorderseite 15 der Mittenfalteinheit A fest und setzen Sie die Mittenfalteinheit danach auf den Schieber E 17 Ziehen Sie die Mittenfalteinheit A mit den beiden M4 x 8 Passstift Verbundschrauben H fest Installare l unit di piegatura centrale 15 Tirare in fuori gli scivolo E finch si bloccano 16 Allineare il dentello 13 dell unit centrale di piegatura A alla parte sporgente 14 dello scivolo E e posarvi sopra l unit stessa Assicurarsi di reggere bene sia la parte posteriore bassa che quella anteriore 15 dell unit di piegatura centrale A e posare l unit sullo scivolo E 17 Fissare l unit di piegatura centrale A con due viti con testa a croce S M4 x 8 H EE EEN Et iT BT 15 jr rp ABIL iL PR 16 1 4 PRE HT DI 76 A B EJK 13 ox ER BC E RER 14 344 P AREE Dr DI E igi Le i8 35 de C SEIT HT 870 A B BBA 15 HERO FRE TRASI E E 17 Hj 2 Wii M4 X 8 LE AA S IRE H E se SEAT brain pi Y a KORY Ht 15 A 24 4 E ERE S HT 16 PH F A OY A 13 RATA 7 E DRE 14 CADE CHLS viua E 0 TMOG EMD 15 OHASI2CA745 MES 1LMEXSASyTEA4MSQQ2ACCHJO Ty EAMETS Installing covers 18 Fit the projections at the rear side of rear cover C and front cover D into the center fo
362. s trois vis 27 Ajuste de la l nea central 4 Abra el casete del alimentador de papel y suelte los tres tornillos 27 que aseguran el regulador 26 A y B ejemplos de salidas de patrones de prueba 5 Si la salida del patr n de prueba es parecida a A mueva el regulador 26 en la direcci n que indica la flecha negra y vuelva a apretar los tres tornillos 27 Sila salida del patr n de prueba es parecido a B mueva el regulador 26 en la direcci n que indica la flecha blanca gt y vuelva a apretar los tres tornillos 27 Einstellen der Mittenlinie 4 Ziehen Sie die Papierlade des Papiereinzugs heraus und l sen Sie die drei Schrauben 27 die den Anpasser 26 halten A und B Beispiele von Testmusterausgaben 5 Wenn die Testmusterausgabe wie A aussieht bewegen Sie den Anpasser 26 in Richtung des schwarzen Pfeils und ziehen Sie die drei Schrauben 27 wieder fest Wenn die Testmusterausgabe wie B aussieht bewegen Sie den Anpasser 26 in Richtung des weiRen Pfeils gt und ziehen Sie die drei Schrauben 27 wieder fest Regolazione della linea centrale 4 Estrarre il cassetto dell unit di alimentazione della carta ed allentare le tre viti 27 assicurando il regolatore 26 A e B esempi di stampa del modello di prova 5 Se la stampa del modello di prova ha l aspetto A spostare il regolatore 26 nella direzione della freccia nera e serrare nuovamente le tre viti 27 Se la stampa del modello di prova ha
363. sary Defective develop ing unit connector Replace the developing unit Drum unit connector insertion prob lem Absence of the drum unit is detected Drum unit connec tor inserted incor rectly Reinsert the drum unit connector if neces sary Defective drum unit connector Replace the drum unit Broken external thermistor wire The thermistor output value is 4 5 V or more Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC 14 on the engine PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective humidity sensor Replace the humidity sensor Short circuited external thermistor The thermistor input value is 0 5 V or less Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC 14 on the engine PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective humidity sensor Replace the humidity sensor Drum EEPROM error Reading from or writing to EEPROM cannot be performed Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector on the engine PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective drum unit Replace the drum unit Developing unit EEPROM error Reading from or writing to EEPROM cannot be performed Poor contact in the connector termi nals
364. scription Sets the number of sheets of each stack on the main tray and on the internal tray in the optional finisher Purpose To change the setting when a stack malfunction has occurred Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U237 gt Adjust Finish gt U237 Limit Press the cursor right key to display the submenu screen Press the cursor up down keys to select the item for which the preset value is to be changed Submenu display Description Setting Initial range setting gt gt Main Tray Number of sheets of stack on the main tray 3000 1500 3000 gt gt Middle Tray Number of sheets of stack on the internal tray 50 30 50 for sort or staple printing Press the OK key will blink gt gt Main Tray 237 1 3000 Press the cursor up down keys to change the setting Press the OK key The value is set To keep the setting press the CANCEL key Turn the main switch off and on 1 3 14 Maintenance item No 2GZ 2G1 2 Description U246 Setting the finisher Description Provides various settings for the optional finisher if furnished Purpose Adjustment of registration stop timing in punch mode Adjust if skewed paper conveying occurs or if the paper is Z folded in punch mode Adjustment of paper stop timing in the punch mode To adjust this item when the position of a punch hole is different from the specified one Adj
365. section becomes abnormally hot fuser unit thermostat 1 and 2 FTS1 2 operates shutting the power to the fuser heaters off When the fusing process is completed the paper is separated from the heat roller by its separation claws and is conveyed from the machine to eject and switchback section Upper fuser unit cover Fuser housing Heat roller Heat roller separation claws Fuser heater M FH M Fuser heater S FH S Fuser unit thermostat 1 FTS1 Fuser unit thermostat 2 FTS2 Fuser unit thermistor 1 FTH1 Fuser unit thermistor 2 FTH2 Press roller Press roller separation claws a lt e O gt YC10 A10 Figure 2 1 20 Fuser section block diagram 2 1 13 2GZ 261 2 1 8 Eject and switchback sections The eject and switchback sections eject paper on which fixing has ended with the eject roller that is rotated by forward rotation of the eject motor In duplex printing paper is turned over by reverse rotation of the eject motor Feedshift guide Eject roller Eject pulley Switchback roller Switchback pulley Eject switch ESW Feedshift switch FSSW Feedshift solenoid FSSOL Figure 2 1 21 Eject and switchback sections D A FSSW FSSOL OQ lt a lt lt lt lt
366. sgeschaltet und das Netzkabel aus der Steckdose gezogen ist Bringen Sie den Dokument Finisher zuerst und dann erst die Lochereinheit an Procedura di installazione Prima di installare l unit di perforazione assi curarsi che l interruttore principale della foto copiatrice sia spento e che il cavo di alimentazione non sia inserito nella presa Installare prima la finitrice e poi procedere all installazione dell unit di perforazione ZRDE TOI FLA TCR WE MFP HI X ST RD H radice CA dd ss ER F ARTES IRE LEFT LME EI Im C REFIR N FTS gt y VI CEA KORA IAS y FR OFF ILL EE KUTHDIE TSLE FXLnALWRBZa4qIevyxcu tbh wo gt VA BEI D Z amp Removing the cover 1 Remove the four screws 1 to remove the back cover 2 from the document finisher Enl vement du capot 1 Retirer les quatre vis 1 pour retirer le capot arri re 2 du finisseur de document Extracci n de la cubierta 1 Quite los cuatro tornillos 1 para quitar la cubierta posterior 2 del finalizador de docu mentos Entfernen der Abdeckung 1 Entfernen Sie die vier Schrauben 1 und entfernen Sie die hintere Abdeckung 2 vom Dokument Finisher Rimuovere il coperchio 1 Togliere le quattro viti 1 per rimuovere il pannello posteriore 2 dalla finitrice NE im 1 AT di EUR F 4 UAT 1 DUET F JE iii dB 2 DAN OMY HL 1 EA AR
367. sher stack quantity See page 1 3 14 gt Finisher gt U246 Adjust Setting the finisher See page 1 3 15 gt Face Up Option 0391 44 gt Print Menu gt U392 li Setting the face up L unit See page 1 3 19 Outputs of the history of events of the ser vice calls and paper jam See page 1 3 20 gt Initialize gt U393 Initializing data for FRPO See page 1 3 20 Adjusting the leading gt Set Paper Feed gt U394 Top Reg edge margin of image printing for each paper cassette See page 1 3 21 gt Check MP tray U395 Size gt Check Cassette gt U396 Remain Checking the size in L MP tray See page 1 3 21 ai a Displaying the amount of paper remaining in each paper cassette See page 1 3 22 gt Set Paper Feed gt U398 Left Reg Adjusting left margin of image printing for each paper cassette See page 1 3 22 gt Set FRPO gt U399 Parameter Continue to the previous page Setting FRPO See page 1 3 23 2GZ 2G1 2 3 Contents of maintenance mode items Maintenance item No Description U002 Setting the factory default data Description Restore the machine conditions to the factory default settings Purpose To return the machine settings to initial settings Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U002 2 Press the OK key
368. so l interno gli scivoli 11 nella parte anteriore e posteriore della macchina due in ciascun punto Rimuovere la vite 13 da ciascuno dei regolatori della misura laterale anteriori e posteriori 12 ERA 2 RADAR 11 FEAL AES 3 rn UR 12 L ps 1 DIR 22 13 B 2 cA PRK 11 EP Y 5 ORAR XR 12 XV AE 13 1 ANT Insert the upper tabs 15 and lower tabs 16 of the front and rear lateral size adjusters 12 into the upper slots 17 and lower slots 18 respectively such that the size indicators 14 point to the size of paper to be used Secure the lateral size adjusters using the screw 13 for each For the front side check the paper size referring to the positions where the upper tabs 15 are inserted into the upper slots 17 Upper slot 17 positions Front A4 middle Letter rear B5 Upper slot 17 positions on the rear side Front B5 middle Letter rear A4 Move the front and rear sliders 11 two at each point outward until they make contact with the lateral size adjusters 12 Ins rer les pattes sup rieures 15 et inf rieures 16 des dispositifs de r glage du format lat ral avant et arri re 12 dans les fentes sup rieures 17 et inf rieures 18 respectivement de fa on ce que les indicat
369. ss on fuser unit thermistor 1 Check the mounting state of the fuser unit thermistor 1 If any problem is found repair it Defective fuser unit thermostat Replace the fuser unit thermostat Defective PWB Replace the power source PWB or engine PWB and check for correct operation Abnormally high fuser unit thermistor temperature Fuser unit thermistor 1 or 2 is detected 230 C 446 F or more for 40 ms Installation defec tiveness on fuser unit thermistor 1 or 2 Check the mounting state of the fuser unit thermistor 1 or 2 If any problem is found repair it Defective fuser unit thermistor 1 or 2 Replace the fuser unit thermistor 1 or 2 Defective engine PWB Replace the engine PWB and check for cor rect operation Fuser unit thermistor break error The thermistor break signal is detected continuously for 500 ms Installation defec tiveness on fuser unit thermistor 1 or 2 Check the mounting state of the fuser unit thermistor 1 or 2 If any problem is found repair it Defective fuser unit thermistor 1 or 2 Replace the fuser unit thermistor 1 or 2 Defective engine PWB Replace the engine PWB and check for cor rect operation Abnormally low fuser unit thermistor 3 temperature Fuser unit thermistor 1 is detected 100 C 212 F less than 1 s continuously during printing Defective fuser heater M or S Replace the fuser heater M or S Installat
370. st der Einstellungswert zu reduzieren Eine Ver nderung des Wertes um 1 verschiebt die Lochstanzposition um 0 49 mm Impostazione della distanza dal bordo anteriore ai fori di perforazione 1 Entrare in modalit di manutenzione U246 selezionare le modalit FINISHER 3000 e PUNCH POS ADJ regola posizione di cucitura 2 Regolare il valore di impostazione Nel caso in cui a sia minore del valore di riferimento aumentare il valore di impostazione Se a maggiore del valore previsto ridurre il valore di impostazione La modifica del valore 1 determina lo spostamento della posizione di cucitura di circa 0 49 mm 15 SE 8322 8 3T FLAN EE ES 1 BEA HE BL U246 MEF FINISHER 3000 HEILA 3000 fll PUNCH POS ADJ CT FLiZ WHE 46838 o 2 i Ec s o UE a Ji Tbe RUE WR a KPEE Tig x f o DI 1 SE DCHCEC EIT TUBE EUER SILK ZA 0 49mm IF mF ANY FRO Fon E A 1 AVFFV AE F U246 Czy ERTS 2 REM HET 2 a SIME EO MV GE Rena LIPS a PERES V ROBA RE FITS LAF YA SEY OB EEN 0 49mm UL FINISHER 3000 PUNCH POS ADJ J gt lt a 5 5 2 mm O Perform a test copy Repeat steps 1 to 3 until the distance from the leading edge to the punch hole indicates the value within the reference range lt Reference value gt Distance a in metric specification 9 5 2 mm Distance a in inch specification 5 5 2 mm Effectuer un
371. stale el finalizador de documentos en la m quina a todo color Aseg rese de instalar el finalizador de docu mentos antes de instalar la unidad de plegado central Einbauverfahren Bauen Sie zuerst den Jobtrenner und dann den Dokument Finisher in den Vollfarbenko pierer ein Stellen Sie sicher dass der Dokument Fini sher vor der Mittenfalteinheit angebracht wird Procedura di installazione Installare il separatore di dei lavori e poi proce dere all installazione della finitrice di docu menti sul macchinario a colori Assicurarsi di installare la finitrice di documenti prima di installare l unit di piegatura centrale marie 22 22 D IR SS E ISP LASER pp AA BRUT HT I ZERI D R EI AD SS IA A VE RETS L NEA a TELA ARE LTRS C Es IER 4 ay yy ORL DT Dee FE Day ROBER CAT o Before installing the document finisher make sure that the MFP s main power switch is turned off and that its power cord is unplugged from the power outlet Avant d installer le retoucheur de document s assurer que l interrupteur d alimentation prin cipal du MFP est hors tension et que le cordon d alimentation est d branch de la prise sec teur Antes de instalar el finalizador de documentos aseg rese de que el interruptor principal de la alimentaci n de la MFP est desconectado y que su cable de alimentaci n est desenchu fado de la toma de corriente Vor dem Einbau des Dokument Finishers m
372. switch 1 is turned off If not replace paper feeder lift Switch 1 Paper feeder lift motor 2 error optional paper feeder When optional cassette 4 is inserted paper feeder lift switch 2 does not turn on within 12 s of paper feeder lift motor 2 turning on Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector on the engine PWB and the connector on the paper feeder main PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Broken gears or couplings of paper feeder lift motor 2 Replace paper feeder lift motor 2 Defective paper feeder lift motor 2 Check for continuity across the coil If none replace paper feeder lift motor 2 Defective paper feeder lift switch 2 Check if YC1 7 on the paper feeder main PWB goes low when paper feeder lift switch 2 is turned off If not replace paper feeder lift Switch 2 1 4 19 2GZ 261 Contents Paper feeder lift motor 1 error optional 3000 sheet paper feeder A motor over current signal is detected continuously for 1 s or longer Remarks Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check procedures corrective measures Check the connection of connector on the engine PWB and the connector on the paper feeder main PWB and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Paper feeder lift motor 1 does not rotate correctly the motor is over
373. t demasiado a la izquierda en el ejemplo de copia e Disminuya el valor de configuraci n El cambio del valor en 1 desplaza la posici n de plegado 0 55 mm aproximadamente Haga una copia de prueba Repita los pasos 1 a 3 hasta que la distancia de centro a la posici n de plegado indique que el valor se encuentra dentro del margen de refe rencia Valor de referencia Distancia desde la posici n 2 3 mm Wenn die Mittenfaltposition auf der Kopie zu weit links erscheint e Reduzieren Sie den Einstellwert Eine Ver nderung des Wertes um 1 verschiebt die Mittenfaltposition um ca 0 55 mm F hren Sie eine Testkopie durch Wiederholen Sie die Schritte 1 bis 3 bis der Abstand von der Mitte der Mittenfaltposition innerhalb des Bezugswertes liegt Bezugswert Abstand von der Mittenfaltposition 2 innerhalb von 3 mm Nel caso in cui la posizione della piegatura centrale sia troppo a sini stra esempio e Ridurre il valore di impostazione La modifica del valore di 1 determina lo spostamento della posizione di piegatura di circa 0 55 mm Eseguire una copia di prova Ripetere i passi da 1 a 3 finch la distanza dal centro alla posizione della piegatura non rientra nel valore di riferimento Valore di riferimento Distanza dalla posizione della piegatura centrale 2 entro 3 mm TL EOS A MI SZ ED AS d Ir SECRET 16 E 326 Ar ANU Z CU EE A e HY NE fet BUG V EE ch KZ 0 55mm CM SEI OUR 1 P
374. t Adding toner will dis played The printer continually engages in this mode for a period of approximately 10 minutes after which the printer reverts to the Ready state Ready will dis played Developer initialization is finished Completion gt gt Charger Main charger wire cleaning Description The main charger wire cleaning system is operated to remove oxide developed on the main charger wire Purpose To execute when black streaks are printed lengthwise Method 1 Enter the service mode gt gt Charger 2 Press the OK key gt gt Charger will be displayed 3 Press the OK key The message display shows Please wait and then the main charger wire cleaning starts and stops after approx 45 seconds The printer reverts to Ready main charger wire cleaning is finished Completion 1 3 35 2GZ 261 Service items Description gt gt Drum 1 3 36 Drum surface refreshing Description Rotates the drum approximately 3 minutes with toner lightly on the overall drum using the high voltage output control of the engine PWB The cleaning blade in the drum unit scrapes toner off the drum surface to clean it Purpose To clean the drum surface when image failure occurs due to the drum This mode is effective when dew condensation on the drum occurs Method 1 Enter the service mode Drum 2 Press the OK key gt gt Drum will be displayed 3 Press the OK key Drum su
375. t gt Cassette 1 396 1 HES Display range 0 100 0 no paper 100 full 1 3 22 Adjusting left margin of image printing for each paper cassette Description Adjusts the left margin of image printing for each paper cassette Purpose To adjust the left margin if it is displaced depending on the paper cassette Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U398 gt Set Paper Feed gt U398 Left Reg Press the cursor right key to display the submenu screen Press the cursor up down keys to select the item for which the preset value is to be changed Submenu display Description Setting range Initial setting gt gt Cassette 2 Left margin for cassette 2 600 to 600 0 gt gt Cassette 3 Left margin for optional cassette 3 600 to 600 gt gt Cassette 4 Left margin for optional cassette 4 600 to 600 gt gt MP Left margin for MP tray 600 to 600 gt gt Duplex Left margin for duplex printing 600 to 600 Press the OK key _ will blink gt gt Cassette 2 398 1 TE Press the cursor right left keys to move _ to the digit position at which the value is to be changed and press the cursor up down keys to change the preset value If the preset value is increased the margin will be larger If the preset value is decreased the margin will be smaller Press the OK key The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key
376. t registration rollers is correct Check visually and remedy if necessary Check if the contact between the feed roller and feed pulley is correct Check visually and remedy if necessary Check if the press roller is extremely dirty or deformed Clean or replace the press roller Check if the contact between the heat roller and its separation claws is correct Repair if any springs are off the separation claws Check if the contact between the eject roller and pulley is correct Check visually and remedy if necessary The feedshift solenoid malfunctions See page 1 4 38 Check if the duplex feed pulley upper duplex feed roller or lower duplex feed roller is deformed Check visually and replace the pulley or roller if deformed 1 4 41 2GZ 261 Problem Causes check procedures Corrective measures 6 Check if the developing unit is extremely dirty Clean the developing unit Toner drops on the paper conveying path 7 Check if the pulleys rollers and gears operate Grease the bearings and gears Abnormal noise is heard smoothly Check if the following clutches are installed Correct correctly upper lower paper feed clutches feed clutches 1 2 3 MP paper feed clutch and MP feed clutch 1 4 42 2GZ2 261 1 5 1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly 1 Precautions Be sure to turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug before starting
377. t B exemples de sortie de mieres 2 Si la sortie de mire ressemble A tourner la vis de r glage 19 dans le sens des aiguilles d une montre d placer le dispositif de r glage 17 dans la direction de la fl che noire et resserrer les trois vis 18 3 Sila sortie de mire ressemble B tourner la vis de r glage 19 dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d une montre d placer le dispositif de r glage 17 dans la direction de la fl che blanche et resserrer les trois vis 18 Ajuste de la l nea central 1 Abra el caj n de papel 16 del alimentador de papel y suelte los tres tornillos 18 que aseguran el regulador 17 A y B ejemplos de salidas de patrones de prueba 2 Si la salida del patr n de prueba es parecida a A gire el tornillo de ajuste 19 en sentido horario mueva el regulador 17 en la direcci n que indica la flecha negra y vuelva a apretar los tres tornillos 18 3 Si la salida del patr n de prueba es parecida a B gire el tornillo de ajuste 19 en antihorario mueva el regulador 17 en la direcci n que indica la flecha blanca y vuelva a apretar los tres tornillos 18 Einstellen der Mittenlinie 1 Offnen Sie den Auszug 16 der Papierlade und l sen Sie die drei Schrauben 18 die den Anpasser 17 halten A und B Beispiele von Testmusterausgaben 2 Wenn die Testmusterausgabe aussieht wie A drehen Sie die Einstellschraube 19 im Uhrzeigersinn bewegen Sie den Anpasser 17 in Richtun
378. t de droite du retoucheur de document A 2 Retirer la vis 1 de la partie inf rieure gauche du retoucheur de document A et installer le retoucheur de document sur l orifice de droite l aide d une vis S taraud e M4 x 10 I Plus la vis S taraud e M4 x 10 1 est serr e plus la hauteur du retoucheur de document aug mente Ajuste de la altura del finalizador de documentos Cuando utilice una m quina de blanco y negro 1 Abra la cubierta derecha del finalizador de documentos A 2 Quite el tornillo 1 de la parte inferior izquierda del finalizador de documentos A e instale el finalizador de documentos en el agujero derecho utilizando los tornillos de ajuste M4 x 10 1 Cuanto m s se aprieten los tornillos de ajuste M4 x 10 I m s aumentar la altura del finalizador de documentos Einstellen der H he des Dokument Finishers Bei Verwendung einer Monochrommaschine 1 ffnen Sie die rechte Abdeckung des Dokument Finishers A 2 Entfernen Sie die Schraube 1 links unten am Dokument Finisher A und befestigen Sie den Dokument Finisher danach mit einer M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschraube I am rechten Loch Je st rker die M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschraube I festgezogen wird desto gr er ist der H henzuwachs f r den Dokument Finisher Regolazione dell altezza della finitrice di documenti In caso di utilizzo di un macchinario in bianco e nero 1 Aprire il pannello destro della finitrice di documenti A 2
379. t source halogen heaters Abnormally high temperature protection devices thermostats Exposure by cleaning lamp Cleaning blade and roller 1 1 1 2GZ 2G1 2 Controller oriente Applicable OS unas luc Ee nani ini PowerPC 750 FL 600MHz Code ROM 8 MB Font ROM 4 MB Interface 1 slot 100pin DDR SDRAM DIMM Memory Standard 64 MB Maximum 576 MB 40 ppm model Standard 128 MB Maximum 640 MB 50 ppm model Memory card 1 slot CompactFlash card Microsoft Windows 95 98 Me 2000 XP Microsoft Windows NT4 0 Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Apple Macintosh OS 9 Apple Macintosh OS X Parallel Bi directional parallel IEEE 1284 Nibble ECP mode High speed USB USB2 0 USB host interface Optional interface 2 slots KUIO LV RS 232C Network interface 10Base T 100Base TX PRESCRIBE PCL6 KPDL3 KC GL Line Printer IBM Proprinter X24E Epson LQ 850 Diablo 630 Fast 1200 mode 600 dpi 300 dpi 599 W x 646 D x 615 H mm 23 5 8 W x 25 1 8 D x 24 1 2 H Approx 68 kg 150 Ibs 1275 W x 646 D mm 50 3 16 W x 25 1 8 D 120 V AC 60 Hz max 11 4A 220 to 240 V AC 50 60 Hz max 6 1A Paper feeder 3000 sheet paper feeder document finisher 3000 sheet document finisher centerfold unit mailbox punch unit and security kit NOTE These specifications are subject to change without notice 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 Body Parts names SEPNMORWNS 0 Operation pan
380. ta 1 dell MFP 2 Rimuovere le due viti 2 che fissano il gruppo di guida di cambio alimentazione 3 e quindi il gruppo ER ed RT AAA 1 MFP ELA Hi A 2 HD N RET 2 dS F 3443 35 1 28 44 OHF n mi amp IB1 THE EE e Le EW 1 MFP ARO BEH 4 X 1 DR 2 EX 2 2 REPE Ll FA 3 amp MOAT 3 Fit the curl eliminator K to the eject cover 1 such that the projections 4 on the cover fit into the two ends of the curl eliminator K 4 Secure the curl eliminator K using the two screws 2 removed in step 2 3 Fixer l l ment d limination des boucles K au couvercle d jection 1 de telle fa on que les projections 4 du couvercle s ins rent dans les deux extr mit s de cet l ment K 4 Fixer l l ment d limination des boucles K l aide des deux vis 2 retir es l tape 2 3 Coloque el eliminador de enrollamiento K en la cubierta de expulsi n 1 de modo que las proyecciones 4 de la cubierta encajen en los dos extremos del eliminador de enrollamiento K 4 Asegure el eliminador de enrollamiento K usando los dos tornillos 2 que quit en el paso 2 3 Bringen Sie den Wellenverhinderer K so an die Auswurfabdeckung 1 an da die Vorspr nge 4 auf der Abdeckung in die zwei Enden des Wellenverhinderers K passen 4 Befestigen Sie den Wellenverhinderer K mittels der in Schritt 2 entfernten zwei Schrauben 2 3 Inser
381. tama o longitudinales de la izquierda y de la derecha 19 con las clavijas A4 22 o clavijas B5 23 de acuerdo al tama o del papel a utilizarse Asegure los reguladores usando el tornillo 20 para cada uno Para las especificaciones de pulgadas alinee los huecos de las clavijas 21 en los reguladores de tamafio longitudinal de la izquierda y de la derecha H con las clavijas A4 22 o clavijas B5 23 de acuerdo al tama o de papel a utilizarse Asegure los reguladores usando el tornillo de roscado de cabeza en cruz M3 x 8 I para cada uno Entfernen Sie die Schraube 20 von jedem der linken und rechten L ngsgr Ren Einsteller 19 nur metrische Spezifikationen Richten Sie die Stiftl cher 21 in den linken und rechten L ngsgr Ren Einstellern 19 mit den A4 Stiften 22 oder B5 Stiften 23 aus abh ngig von der benutzten Papiergr e Sichern Sie die Einsteller mit jeweils einer Schraube 20 Richten Sie die Stiftl cher 21 im linken und rechten L ngsgr fsen Einsteller H f r Zollspezifikationen auf die A4 Stifte 22 oder B5 Stifte 23 aus abh ngig von der zu verwendenden Papiergr e Sichern Sie die Einsteller mit jeweils einer Kreuzschlitz Rundkopf Schneidschraube M3 x 8 I Rimuovere la vite 20 da ciascuno dei regolatori della misura longitudinale sinistro e destro 19 solo specifiche metriche Allineare i fori dei perni 21 nei regolatori della misura longitudinale sinistro e destro 1
382. tch FRCSW Detects the opening and closing of the front cover Left cover 1 switch LC1SW Detects the opening and closing of the left cover 1 Left cover 2 switch LC2SW Detects the opening and closing of the left cover 2 Paper full sensor PFS usas Detects whether the top tray is full Duplex paper conveying switch DUPPCSW ennemi cere Detects a paper jam in the duplex section 2 2 3 2GZ 261 2 3 Motors Machine front 777 Machine inside Machine rear Figure 2 2 3 Motors 1 Drive motor DM seen Drives the machine 2 Paper feed motor PFM Drives paper feed section 3 Upper lift motor LM U eeeeeeeeeee Drives cassette 1 lift 4 Lower lift motor LM L Drives cassette 2 lift 5 Eject motor EM Drives the eject section 6 Cooling fan motor 1 CFM1 Cools the machine interior 7 Cooling fan motor 2 CFM2 Cools the machine interior 8 Cooling fan motor 3 CFM3 Cools the machine interior around the LSU 9 Cooling fan motor 4 CFM4 Cools the machine interior around the power source PWB 10 Cooling fan motor 5 CFM5 Cools the machine interior and supports paper transfer for duplex printing 11 Cooling fan motor 6 CFM6
383. te R 1 to the left cover 3 using two S Tite screws M4 x 10 J for each and fit the cover AT N to the fixing plate F H using two S Tite screws M4 x 10 J 4 Fit the latch catch B to the fixing plate F H and the fixing plate R I using two S Tite screws M4 x 10 J Proceed to step 7 Les tapes 3 et 4 de la page 3 sont modifi es comme d crit ci dessous 3 Fixer la plaque de fixation F H et la plaque de fixation R 1 sur le couvercle de gauche 3 l aide de deux vis Tite S M4 x 10 J chaque et fixer le couvercle AT N sur la plaque de fixation F H l aide de deux vis Tite S M4 x 10 J 4 Fixer le cliquet du verrou B sur la plaque de fixation F H et sur la plaque de fixation R I l aide de deux vis Tite S M4 x 10 J Passer l tape 7 E Modificaci n de la Gu a de Instalaci n para DF 730 Las partes provistas con el separador de trabajos descritas en la p gina 1 se modifican tal como se indica abajo Adici n N Cubietta ATi 1 Cambio H Placa de fijaci n F delantera Placa de fijaci n R trasera J Tornillo S Tite M4 x 10 Deutsch nderung der Installationsanleitung f r DF 730 Die Teile die im Lieferumfang des auf Seite 1 beschriebenen Jobtrenners enthalten sind wurden wie folgt ge ndert Erg nzung N Abdeckung AT cooccionocioccconcnonncnrnnannnononnnnranannnonananannno 1 Anderung H Fixierplatte F Fixierplatte R J S
384. tected Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check the connection of connector YC9 on the engine PWB and the connector on the main charger cleaning motor and the conti nuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective drive transmission sys tem Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly If not grease the bushings and gears Check for broken gears and replace if any Defective engine PWB Replace the engine PWB and check for cor rect operation Defective main charger cleaning motor Replace the main charger cleaning motor 1 4 21 2GZ 261 Contents Paper feed motor error Stable OFF is detected for 1 s continu ously after paper feed motor stability Remarks Poor contact in the connector termi nals Check procedures corrective measures Check the connection of connector YC11 on the engine PWB and the connector on the paper feed motor and the continuity across the connector terminals Repair or replace if necessary Defective drive transmission sys tem Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly If not grease the bushings and gears Check for broken gears and replace if any Defective engine PWB Replace the engine PWB and check for cor rect operation Defective paper feed motor Replace the paper feed motor Paper feeder paper conveying motor error optional 3000 sheet paper feeder The loc
385. ter su 1 5 22 5 Detaching and refitting the heat roller 1 5 23 6 Detaching and refitting the fuser unit thermistor 1 and 2 1 5 24 1 5 8 Others M lele done en a aoe ei Ri 1 5 25 1 Detaching and refitting the ozone filter 1 and 2 1 5 25 2 Detaching and refitting the dust filter 1 and 2 1 5 26 1 6 Firmware 1 6 1 Downloading firmware cuc tro ertt te E gem decer en Dag d Bg eh ERR e SERE Erano ARE 1 6 1 1 Downloading the firmware from the parallel interface cnn 1 6 2 2 Downloading the firmware from the memory Car 1 6 3 3 Downloading the firmware from the USB memory 1 6 5 2 1 Mechanical construction 2 1 1 Paper feed section einer Me pr eee no eium ARE tea 2 1 1 2 12 Main charging sectioni Lalli iaia e ria 2 1 4 PERS A O O AN 2 1 5 1 Las r scanner UN iii a Aida 2 1 5 2 1 4 Developing Ee ect 2 1 8 1 Single component developing system ss 2 1 10 2 1 5 Transfer and separation sechons ss 2 1 11 2 1 6 Cleaning and charge erasing sections 2 1 12 2 1 7 FUSERSECHION EE 2 1 13 2 1 8 Eject and switchback sections sis 2 1 14 2 1 9 Duplex S ction mE 2 1 15 1 Paper conveying operation in duplex copying us 2 1 16 2 2 Electrical Parts Layout 2 221 Electrical parts layout parere Aa eege ee ibas nes eus 2 2 1 TERRAIN 2 2 1 2 Switches and KE CN 2 2 2 LEE N 2 2 4 4 Other electrical components sise 2 2 5 2 3 Operation
386. the toner is supplied to the development unit for approx imately 8 minutes Press MENU key 3 Display Print Status page using cursor up down keys 4 Press the OK key twice A status page is printed N Completion of the machine installation 1 2 8 2GZ 2G1 2 1 2 3 Installing the network interface card option Procedure 1 Remove two screws and remove the inter Q face slot cover OPT HP f Y Interface slot cover Figure 1 2 13 2 Insert the network interface card and secure Network interface card it with the screws removed in step 1 Figure 1 2 14 3 Connect the network cable Network cable Figure 1 2 15 1 2 9 2GZ 2G1 2 1 2 4 Installing the hard disk unit option Procedure 1 Remove two screws and remove the slot cover HDD 2 Insert the hard disk unit into the slot 3 Tighten two screws to secure the hard disk unit 1 2 10 Figure 1 2 16 Hard disk unit Figure 1 2 17 o ge M lt SS b SER Qt Figure 1 2 18 Hard disk unit N 2GZ 2G1 2 1 2 5 Installing the CompactFlash card option Procedure 1 Turn the main switch off CF card Note Do not insert or remove a CF card while power in on If the CF card is removed while the machine is on damage could 0 result in the machine s electr
387. to LL sa Z gano ul 2 sia ul ul 9 ans gano i d sos rm Ems z i LER NACHOS dAs amp le zr quos ela LE Li selle rax QNS y s or s or ea e8 DEL swo a HEH 5 218 Tons IRR 681681 eoo H z 8 1 e H 4 Ts orajors or L 1 1 els 4 GT 9 GE 4 Gs sa sa ms orf s po os 98 o8 BONG 70TA 108 2 L Haaino ele z z t Lee a ca i g a er e INO9MOd Ia np Tone u Saws TE a L SCT LEE AVS AS als n794d 5 za za Rover elolelolal alo lolo oa 8 o N olwlslolalsle 35 3 sleeker lls M vt v Ke Te o 9 ever g gt D NOS o GNOS 2 o BIVSAS DNASAd m 6 6 Nadino 3 oo ele S3HSAS z 9 ls D gt ONS az z 313 NIOS SH s s I Iss a N n 4193 o ISAL o ASES gt ojja jo gt gt gt ele See aLe NDIIOS v v lol lio feo Te Te Te lo elo I Loos ko uo fou folto ho o es N o ol gt 11 91 40 1 gt 5 EWEG ao Y gt E ka i E ON elen la fio o x HI Y ON E 2 6 c Q z G ON E gt ao OO E ON s z Z ks fo ckt E Sve Z SOL 57 5 ol lol a DER O ua E IER L a lt uro 6 RI F dI q a 2 zZ Or TASH 2 E m HOAHH w 0 E 4 a OAH E SL GAH lt g o SONT a UI BESIG 4 Q z b lt LL Q gt x cc Wi O Oro E ZT Z 5 2 c a DIAS 8 ONS gt HESE OSI 2 wanrer LE 5 amp 319533 7 z gt 2 vlvada 9 gt ino asnd a NLINAAG s E ONS ii a SNL gt dAS Di EUX OdA3G a 193dd
388. to fire or other serious o leen a tM M IM When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies a distance or gap for installation of a part always use the correct scale and measure carefully sssee Q Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with a ground connection e Check that the power cable covering is free of damage Check that the power plug is dust free If it is dirty clean it to remove the risk of fire or electric shock Q Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers Leaking laser light may damage eyes IS G Handle the charger sections with care They are charged to high potentials and may cause electric shock if handled improperly ss A D 4h CAUTION Wear safe clothing If wearing loose clothing or accessories such as ties make sure they are safely secured so they will not be caught in rotating sections eee eeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeetteeteeeenaees A Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine Keep away from chains and belts A Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can be extremely hot A Check that the fixing unit thermistor heat and press rollers are clean Dirt on them can cause abnormally high temperatures ui Q Do not remove the ozone filter if any from the copier except for routine replacement
389. tos A 2 Despegue el papel de la esponja N y pegue la esponja en la secci n de la hoja met lica mentos y la MFP 3 Acerque el finalizador de documentos A a la MFP y con ctelos Para conectar el finalizador de documentos A y la MFP no sujete la cubierta superior 13 del finalizador de documentos 4 Conecte la l nea de se ales 1 del finaliza dor de documentos A al conector 2 de la parte trasera de la MFP Anbringen des Dokument Finishers Anbringen des Schwamms 1 Reinigen Sie den Metallbereich unter der oberen Abdeckung 13 des Dokument Fini shers A mit Alkohol 2 Ziehen Sie die Klebeschutzfolie vom Schwamm N ab und kleben Sie den Schwamm dann an der Metallfl che an und des MFP 3 Bringen Sie den Dokument Finisher A nahe am MFP an und verbinden Sie beide Komponenten mit einander Wenn der Dokument Finisher A und der MFP ver bunden werden darf die obere Abdeckung 13 des Dokument Finishers nicht festgehalten werden Anschlie en der Signalleitung 4 SchlieRen Sie die Signalleitung 1 des Dokument Finishers A am Stecker 2 auf der R ckseite des MFP an Installazione della finitrice di docu Installazione della spugna 1 Pulire con alcool la sezione in lamiera sotto il pannello superiore 13 della finitrice di docu menti A 2 Staccare la carta protettiva dalla spugna N e far aderire la spugna alla sezione in lamiera SCRI UD menti e della MFP 3 Avvi
390. tre l interrupteur principal du MFP sous tension Verificaci n de la l nea central 1 Conecte el enchufe del MFP en el recept culo de pared y encienda el interruptor principal del MFP Uberpr fen der Mittellinie 1 Stecken Sie den Netzstecker des MFP in die Wandsteckdose und schalten Sie den MFP am Hauptschalter ein Controllare la linea centrale 1 Collegare la spina del cavo di alimentazione dell MFP alla presa a muro della rete elettrica e accendere l interruttore principale di alimentazione HORRIRA 1 1 Pur SE EUR 4 3 lt H A Hif Re TR T t 523 224 HER 1 MPPAKDER777EZAVEY ME A ASIA WA YF NCTA Run maintenance item 993 Select VTC PG1 and output a test pattern For full color machines run maintenance item 402 and output the test pattern Ex cuter le point de maintenance 993 S lectionner VTC PG1 et produire une mire Sur les machines enti rement en couleurs ex cuter le point de maintenance 402 et produire la mire Ejecute el elemento de mantenimiento 993 Seleccione VTC PG1 y saque un patr n de prueba Para m quinas a todo color ejecute el elemento de mantenimiento 402 y haga que salga un patr n de prueba Lassen Sie Wartungspunkt 993 laufen W hlen Sie VTC PG1 und drucken Sie ein Testmuster Nur f r Vollfarbenmaschinen den Wartungspunkt 402 ausf hren und das Testmuster ausgeben Eseguire la voce
391. trice di documenti A togliendo 2 viti 8 per ciascuno DAR ETT RR BY E 1 E81 R RUN FERRERI more HR O FAIX KI1 Y9I O SiI 1 EX B G2AXAL ERAS p74 gt JV A DAH 9 HL D IT Loosen the two screws 10 on the rear right caster of the document finisher A Adjust the height of the rear right caster by turning its adjustment bolt 13 using a cross headed screwdriver so that the axis of the pin 11 of the latch catch is aligned with the marking of the slot 12 ofthe document finisher A when the document finisher A is joined to the MFP viewed from the machine front Note Turning the adjustment bolt 13 clockwise lifts the document finisher A while turning it counterclockwise lowers the document finisher A Desserrer les deux vis 10 de la roulette arri re droite du retoucheur de document A R gler la hauteur de la roulette arri re droite en tournant son boulon de r glage 13 l aide d un tournevis cruciformede mani re que l axe de la broche 11 du pontet du loquet soit align sur la marque de la fente 12 du retoucheur de document A lorsque le retoucheur de document A est fix au MFP vue partir de l avant de la machine Remarque Si l on tourne le boulon de r glage 13 dans le sens des aiguilles d une montre le retoucheur de document A s l ve si on le tourne dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d une montre le retoucheur de document A s abaisse Af
392. tzen Sie die vier Schrauben 3 um die obere Abdeckung 5 anzubringen die in Schritt 2 entfernt wurde N here Einzelheiten erfahren Sie in den Schritten 16 und 17 auf Seite 6 lt Bezugswert gt Vertikalabstand der Stanzl cher 2 mm Ripetere i passi da 1 a 6 finch la distanza verticale dei fori di perforazione nella copia campione non rientra nel valore di riferimento Dopo la regolazione serrare le due viti con testa a croce S M4 x 10 G allentate nel passo 3 Utilizzare quattro viti 3 per reinstallare il coperchio 5 rimosso nel passo 2 Per dettagli vedere passi 16 e 17 a pagina 6 Valore di riferimento Distanza verticale dei fori di perforazione 2 mm SOR 1 6 ig PR ZE 4a 76 ENG EL Z PY o ME e GEES EE WAR FACED 3 AIT 2 Wi MA X 10 322 E a S ERST G o 4 WURST 3 EI 4675 25 2 fr FU LR 5 ARM E BULA 6 TERR 16 AT 17 Vf FILME AIMAR 2mm H UT VORYFROFIVAS MAAC 72 SE CHI 1 6 2 V KT HKT FIRE 3 CREDI CA MA X 1073744 F S 0 2 R amp D 4 PII 2 CAE LERS 5 CEA 3 4 ATM V HX 9 14 17 5 o dE 6 X Z FJIR 16 17 EBRO TL die ASV F KROPF H 2mm Uu Su lt a 5 5 2 mm O Checking distance from leading edge to the punch holes 1 In the punch mode perform a test copy with paper fed from the MP tray 2 Check the
393. tzstecker des MFP in die Netzsteckdose ein und schalten Sie den Hauptschalter ein 2 Machen Sie Probekopien um sicherzustellen dass der Dokument Finisher A einwandfrei funktioniert Controllo del funzionamento 1 Inserire il cavo di alimentazione dell MFP nella presa di rete e quindi premete il pulsante generale di accensione 2 Eseguire copie di prova e controllare che la finitrice di documenti A funzioni correttamente HZ E 1 4 MFP HL 69 DE Sk AA AS IR 2 38 SE ENE E Ke ETE SM ER ER 1 MP ZA RAZIZ Zav EY KELA RAAVAA YF ROONICTS 2 FTARIEA BIO FXa27 RIG gt JV A DIE HIC MMES A L HERRI Do 11 English Addition and change of supplied parts The parts supplied with the job separator described on page 1 are changed as below In accordance with this change the procedure is added and changed as follows Addition L Guide plate M Shoulder screw Change J S Tite screw M4 x 10 5 435 Les pi ces fournies avec le s parateur de travaux d crites la page 1 sont chang es comme indiqu ci dessous Conform ment ces changements la proc dure est ajout e comme suit Addition L Plaque guide M Vis d paule Changement J Vis S Tite MAX 10 5 4 gt 5 Addition and change of procedure for installing finisher full color machines only Addition Perform the following operation after step 2 on page 2 Secu
394. ull color machine Before installing the finisher carry out the following procedure 1 Remove the two screws 2 from the height adjusting base 1 that will be attached under the finisher Effectuer les tapes 1 3 lorsqu on installe la boite lettres sur une machine enti rement en couleurs Avant d installer le retoucheur effectuer la proc dure suivante 1 Retirer les deux vis 2 de la base de r glage de hauteur 1 qui sera fix e au dessous du retoucheur Realice los pasos 1 a 3 cuando instale el buz n de correo en una m quina a todo color Antes de instalar el finalizador realice el siguiente procedimiento 1 Remueva los dos tornillos 2 de la base de ajuste de altura 1 que se colocan debajo del finalizador F hren Sie die Schritte 1 bis 3 aus wenn Sie die Mailbox an einer Vollfarbenmaschine anbringen Bevor Sie den Finisher installieren f hren Sie das folgende Verfahren aus 1 Entfernen Sie die zwei Schrauben 2 von der H heneinstellbasis 1 die unter dem Finisher angebracht wird Eseguire il procedimento dei passi da 1 a 3 quando si installa la casella postale su una macchina a colori Prima di installare il finitore eseguire le seguenti procedure 1 Rimuovere le due viti 2 dalla base di regolazione dell altezza 1 che sar fissata sotto il finitore 4SHEMLRENN DH 3 RRB CA HR TH RETIRE 1 RE PRRER SS FS ERES 1 LH 24 8822 2 FIR 1 3 EDILAD HICRY Ht
395. ur de document l tape 1 18 Utilice cuatro tornillos 1 para volver a insta lar la cubierta posterior 2 que fue quitada del finalizador de documentos en el paso 1 18 Verwenden Sie die vier Schrauben 1 um die hintere Abdeckung 2 zu befestigen welche in Schritt 1 vom Dokument Finisher entfernt wurde 18 Utilizzare quattro viti 1 per reinstallare il pannello posteriore 2 rimosso dalla finitrice nel passo 1 18 H 4 WIRE 1 EMMA LEA LHR MIRA isi 2 18 FIR 1 CALE F az y RIG Say YY EE ZEZ DA Crt Y Hx Y TITS 2mm lt X X 2mm Checking the center of the punch hole 1 Plug the MFP into a power outlet and turn on its main power switch 2 In the punch mode perform a test copy with paper fed from the MP tray 3 Check for any off centering in the punch holes If any off centering is observed follow the proce dure below to adjust the hole position Reference value Vertical gap of the punch holes 2 mm V rification du centre des perforations 1 Brancher le MFP dans une prise secteur et mettre son interrupteur d alimentation principal sous tension 2 Dans le mode perforation effectuer une copie de test avec du papier aliment depuis le plateau multifonction 3 V rifier tout d centrage des perforations Si des d centrages se produisent suivre la proc dure ci dessous pour ajuster la position de perforation Valeur de r f rence Espace
396. urned on and off Check the status and remedy if necessary Upper paper feed clutch lower paper feed clutch MP paper con veying clutch Electrical problem with clutch Check see page 1 4 38 Defective feed pulleys or feed rollers Check visually and replace Problem 14 A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during printing multiple sheets in vertical conveying section Jam code 22 Causes check procedures Broken feed switch 1 2 3 actuator 2GZ 2G1 2 Corrective measures Check visually and replace switch Defective switch Run maintenance item U031 and turn switch on and off manually Replace the switch if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse Feed switch 1 2 3 Defective feed pulleys or feed rollers Check visually and replace 15 A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during printing multiple sheets in bypass conveying section Jam code 23 Broken MP feed switch actuator Check visually and replace switch Defective switch Run maintenance item U031 and turn switch on and off manually Replace the switch if indication of the corresponding switch on the touch panel is not displayed in reverse MP feed switch registration switch 16 A paper jam in the paper conveying sec tion is indicated dur ing printing jam in registration transfer section Jam code 30 B
397. uss der MFP Hauptschalter aktiviert und das Netzkabel von der Steckdose abgezogen sein Prima di installare la finitrice di documenti assicurarsi che l interruttore principale della MFP sia spento e che il cavo di alimentazione non sia inserito nella presa ROBORE ARTI TERE MFP HIE B IH KX D ABE Base A BORSE E3R F o FAA KhI4 YVI vB cil VIT MFP ARO 2 ILAT v EOFFIZU R DES SEI TIA MEDI B Removing the fittings 1 Open the front cover of the document fin isher A 2 Remove six screws 1 to remove two fittings 2 Enl vement des fixations 1 Ouvrir le capot avant du retoucheur de docu ment A 2 Retirer six vis 1 pour retirer deux fixations 2 Extracci n de los accesorios 1 Abra la cubierta delantera del finalizador de documentos A 2 Quite los seis tornillos 1 para quitar los dos accesorios 2 Entfernen der Befestigungselemente 1 ffnen Sie die vordere Abdeckung des Dokument Finishers A 2 Entfernen Sie die sechs Schrauben 1 um die Befestigungselemente 2 zu entfernen Rimozione dei pezzi di raccordo 1 1 Aprire il pannello anteriore della finitrice di documenti A 2 2 Togliere sei viti 1 per rimuovere i due pezzi di raccordo 2 RNE 1 STER S8 A ff GU siti 2 JEF 6 BRET 1 DEDE F2 IH EE 2 EX RHRONHMYAL 1 Fazy 17 1 3y7x A ONE
398. ustment of front rear side registration home position of internal tray Provides optimization when paper jam occurs due to an inferior fitting of the internal tray adjuster guides to paper Adjusting of front and back slanted stapling home position Adjusts the stapling position in the staple mode if the position is not proper Provides adjustment of slanted stapling Adjustment of upper lower side registration home position of centerfold unit Provides optimization when paper jam occurs due to an inferior fitting of the centerfold adjuster guides to paper Adjustment of booklet stapling position Adjusts the booklet stapling position in the stitching mode if the position is not proper Adjustment of center folding position Adjusts the center folding position in the stitching mode if the position is not proper Start 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U246 gt Finisher gt U246 Adjust Press the cursor right key to display the submenu screen Submenu display Description gt gt Punch Reg Adjustment of registration stop timing in punch mode gt gt Punch Pos Adjustment of the paper stop timing in punch mode gt gt Width F HE Adjustment of front side registration home position gt gt Width R HE Adjustment of rear side registration home position gt gt Staple HP Adjustment of front and back stapling home position gt gt T Staple HP Adjustment of slanted stapling home position gt gt Width
399. utch is then successively turned off for 1 s and turned back on but the switch again fails to turn on within the specified time 1152 ms 11 No paper feed from cassette 2 Feed switch 2 FSW2 does not turn on within the speci fied time of lower paper feed clutch PFCL L turning on the clutch is then successively turned off for 1 s and turned back on but the switch again fails to turn on within the specified time 1209 ms 12 No paper feed from optional cassette 3 Feed switch 3 FSW3 does not turn on within the speci fied time of paper feeder paper feed clutch 1 PFPFCL1 turning on the clutch is then successively turned off for 1 s and turned back on but the switch again fails to turn on within the specified time paper feed from optional paper feeder 1209 ms Feed switch 3 FSW3 does not turn on within the speci fied time of paper feeder paper feed clutch 1 PFPFCL1 turning on the clutch is then successively turned off for 1 s and turned back on but the switch again fails to turn on within the specified time paper feed from optional 3000 sheet paper feeder 1582 ms 13 No paper feed from optional cassette 4 The paper feeder feed switch PFFSW does not turn on within the specified time of paper feeder paper feed clutch 2 PFPFCL2 turning on the clutch is then succes sively turned off for 1 s and turned back on but the switch again fails to turn on within the specified time paper feed
400. ved The total page count at the time of the paper jam Log code 2 digit hexadecimal 6 categories a Cause of a paper jam b Position of paper jam c Paper source d Paper size e Paper type f Paper exit Refer to the next page for the details of each log code Service items 2GZ 2G1 2 Description Description a Cause of paper jam Hexadecimal 04 05 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 30 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 50 52 60 61 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 Cover opened 00 Memory read ready time out secondary paper feed does not start 4D Sequence error 3000 sheet paper feeder 33 No paper feed cassette 1 31 No paper feed cassette 2 32 No paper feed cassette 3 paper feeder 3000 sheet paper feeder 33 No paper feed cassette 4 paper feeder 34 No paper feed MP tray 42 Jam in horizontal paper conveying section Paper path sensor 3 PPSENS3 non arrival jam 3000 sheet paper feeder 33 Jam in horizontal paper conveying section Paper path sensor 2 PPSENS2 non arrival jam 3000 sheet paper feeder 33 Jam in horizontal paper conveying section Paper path sensor 1 PPSENS1 non arrival jam 3000 sheet paper feeder 33 Jam in vertical paper feed section 4D Jam in vertical paper feed section
401. vertical des perforations 2 mm Comprobaci n del centro del agujero perforado 1 Enchufe la MFP en una toma de corriente y conecte su interruptor de alimentaci n principal 2 En el modo de perforaci n haga una copia de prueba con papel alimentado desde la bandeja MP 3 Compruebe que no haya ning n agujero perforado descentrado Si lo hay siga el procedimiento de abajo para ajustar la posici n del agujero Valor de referencia Separaci n vertical de los agujeros perforados 2 mm berpr fen der Stanzl cherzentrierung 1 SchlieBen Sie den MFP an das Netz an und schalten Sie das Ger t ein 2 F hren Sie im Lochungsmodus einen Test aus wobei das Papier vom MP Fach aus zugef hrt wird 3 Pr fen Sie auf nicht zentrierte L cher Sollte dies der Fall sein folgen Sie dem nachfolgendem Verfahren um die Lochposition zu korrigieren lt Bezugswert gt Vertikalabstand der Stanzl cher 2 mm Verificare la centratura dei fori di perforazione 1 Inserire il cavo di alimentazione della fotocopiatrice nella presa di corrente e accendere l interrut tore principale 2 In modalit di perforazione eseguire una copia di prova con la carta alimentata dal vassoio MP 3 Verificare che i fori di perforazione siano correttamente centrati Nel caso in cui non lo siano ese guire la procedura indicata qui di seguito per regolarne la posizione Valore di riferimento Distanza verticale dei fori di perforazione 2 mm Ht FLAT A
402. vimento Nota non inserire la sospensione E se la finitrice di documenti deve essere installata MiB 120V 220 240V BIFEM 11 H 2 N BI M4 X 16 F Ze RE Bi s Js 44 E Bii fip Jes ft E uk ECHO TH FAR 48 Wu A ER P nt EI AACS cZ DVE XIE d Y Et A 11 08 LE T R ERITREA I EA NAY F M4 X 16 F 2 A TH 0 ff ITA FXa4aAwbhZa4Lv UuxHotuueu DERE RUE E REO RET Ze Setting the paper size At the time of shipping the paper size is set to Letter for inch specifications and A4 for metric specifications To change the size follow the procedure below 1 Pull out the cassette of the paper feeder R glage de la taille du papier Au moment de l exp dition le format du papier est r gl Lettre pour les sp cifications en pouces et A4 pour les sp cifications m triques Pour changer le format proc der comme suit 1 Tirer le magasin du bureau papier vers soi Configuraci n del tamafio de papel Al momento de la salida de f brica el tamafio de papel est ajustado a Carta para las especificaciones de pulgadas y A4 para las especificaciones m tricas Para cambiar el tama o siga el procedimiento de abajo 1 Abra el casete del alimentador de papel Einstellen der Papiergr Be Das Papierformat wurde vor dem Versand auf Letter f r Zollspezifikationen und A4 f r metrische Spezifikationen eingestellt Um das Format zu ndern gehen Sie folgenderma en vor 1 Ziehen Sie die Papierla
403. with two M4 x 10 tap Tight S screws G Install the hole punch unit so that M4 x 10 tap Tight S screw G is placed at the center of each screw hole Installation de la perforatrice 6 Incliner la perforatrice A pour la faire pas ser par l orifice de la partie sup rieure du finisseur de document 7 Fixer la perforatrice A l aide de deux vis S taraud es M4 x 10 G Installer la perforatrice pour que les vis S taraud es M4 x 10 G soit plac es au cen tre de chaque orifice de vis Instalaci n de la perforadora 6 Incline la perforadora A para colocarla a trav s del agujero del lado superior del finali zador de documentos T Fije la perforadora A con dos tornillos de ajuste M4 x 10 G Instale la perforadora de forma que los torni llo de ajuste M4 x 10 G queden en el cen tro de cada agujero de tornillo Anbringen der Lochereinheit 6 Kippen Sie die Lochereinheit A um sie durch das Loch an der oberen Seite des Dokument Finishers einzuf h ren T Nun die Lochereinheit A mit den beiden M4 x 10 Pass stift Verbundschrauben G befestigen Stellen Sie sicher dass die Lochereinheit so angebracht wird dass sich die M4 x 10 Passstift Verbundschraube G in der Mitte jedes einzelnen Schraublochs befindet Installare l unit di perforazione 6 Inclinare l unit di perforazione A in modo da inserirla dentro la cavit nella parte supe riore della finitrice T Fissare l unit di perforazione A
404. ws 2 from the base slider A F to remove the stay foot 3 D montage de la r gle de base 5 Retirer les deux vis 2 de la r gle de base A F pour retirer le pied de la retenue 3 Desmontaje del deslizador de base 5 Quite los dos tornillos 2 del deslizador A F para quitar la pata de apoyo 3 Zerlegen des Basis Schiebers 5 Entfernen Sie die beiden Schrauben 2 vom Basis Schieber A F um den StrebenfuB 3 auszubauen Smontaggio dello scivolo di base 5 Togliere le due viti 2 dallo scivolo di base A F per rimuovere il piedino di bloccaggio 3 H ED JEE EET AR 5 MNE MB A F LIFT 2 WT 2 MME E FREIRE AARATA FORE 5 RTZAZ73AFAF OCA 2 2 BH LATA V Y F 3 ENU ATF 12 Reassembling the base slider 6 Put base slider B G onto base slider A F In the same way put base slider B V onto base slider V W Remontage de la r gle de base 6 Mettre la r gle de base B G en place sur la r gle de base A F De la m me fa on met tre la r gle de base B V en place sur la r gle de base V W Montaje del deslizador de base 6 Ponga el deslizador B G sobre el desliza dor A F De la misma forma ponga el desli zador de base B V sobre el deslizador de base V W Zusammenbauen des Basis Schiebers 6 Setzen Sie den Basis Schieber B G auf den Basis Schieber A F Verfahren Sie in gleicher Weise indem Sie den Basis Schie ber B V auf den Basis Schieber V W set
405. x 17 siga BOOKLET POS ADJ3 2 Ajuste el valor de configuraci n Cuando la posici n de plegado est demasiado a la derecha en el ejemplo de copia d Aumente el valor de configuraci n Einstellen der Mittenfaltposition 1 Geben Sie den Wartungsmodus U246 ein w hlen Sie BOOKLET FOLDER und f hren Sie die Einstellung f r jede Musterkopiengr fte durch Wenn A4R oder LTR 8 5 x 11 verwendet wird folgen Sie dem Schritt BOOKLET POS ADJ1 Wenn B4 oder LGL 8 5 x 14 verwendet wird folgen Sie dem Schritt BOOKLET POS ADJ2 Wenn A3 oder LGR 11 x 17 verwendet wird folgen Sie dem Schritt BOOKLET POS ADJ3 2 Anpassen des Einstellwertes Wenn die Mittenfaltposition auf der Kopie zu weit rechts erscheint d Erh hen Sie den Einstellwert Regolare la posizione della piegatura centrale 1 Entrare in modalit di manutenzione U246 selezionare BOOKLET FOLDER ed eseguire la regolazione per ciascun formato della copia campione Per i formati A4R e LTR 8 5 x 11 seguire BOOKLET POS ADJ1 Per i formati B4 e LGL 8 5 x 14 seguire BOOKLET POS ADJ2 Per i formati A3 e LGR 11 x 17 seguire BOOKLET POS ADJ3 2 Regolare il valore di impostazione Nel caso in cui la posizione della piegatura centrale sia troppo a destra esempio d Aumentare il valore di impostazione 15 3 E 1 HAB ES U246 i FE BOOKLET FOLDER CWI 2E2 ERI 5 EDA AS JR lt T dE 47 V 2 fi HJ A4R Ek LTR 8 5 X 11 HT WPT BOOKLET POS ADJ1 IT MEM 1 EA
406. y The value is set To keep the preset value press the CANCEL key Checking the size in MP tray Description Displays the size of paper set in the MP tray Purpose To check to see if the size switch of the MP tray operates correctly Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U395 The size of paper set in the MP tray will be displayed gt Check MP tray U395 Size Paper size Display Paper size Display A3 Ledger 010 B4 011 A4R Letter R 008 B5R 009 AdlLetter 108 B5 109 A5 013 B6 015 A6 014 Folio Legal 051 1 3 21 2GZ 2G1 1 Maintenance item No Description U396 Displaying the amount of paper remaining in each paper cassette Description Displays the amount of paper remaining in each paper cassette Purpose To check the amount of paper remaining in each paper cassette Method 1 Enter the maintenance mode and press the cursor up down keys to display U396 gt Check Cassette gt U396 Remain 2 Press the cursor right key to display the submenu screen 3 Press the cursor up down keys to select the item to check Submenu display Description gt gt Cassette 1 Amount of paper remaining in cassette 1 gt gt Cassette 2 Amount of paper remaining in cassette 2 gt gt Cassette 3 Amount of paper remaining in optional cassette 3 gt gt Cassette 4 Amount of paper remaining in optional cassette 4 g
407. y trasero del buz n de correo A T Setzen Sie die sieben Kopienausgabef cher C in den Ausgabeabschnitt der Mailbox A ein beginnend vom untersten Fach zum h chsten Dr cken Sie bei jedem Kopienausgabefach C beide Enden zusammen um es ein wenig zu biegen und setzen Sie dabei das Fach in einem fast aufrechten Winkel ein wie in der Abbildung dargestellt indem Sie den vorderen und hinteren Stift 12 in die Rundl cher 13 an der Vorder und R ckseite der Mailbox A einsetzen 7 Installare i sette scomparti di espulsione delle copie C nella parte di espulsione della casella postale A cominciando dallo scomparto pi in basso fino a quello pi in alto Premendo alle due estremit di uno scomparto di emissione delle copie C in modo da piegarle un poco installare lo scomparto come mostrato in illustrazione mantenendolo quasi ad angolo retto inserendo i perni anteriore e posteriore 12 nei fori rotondi 13 che si trovano sul davanti e sul dietro della parte di fondo della casella postale A 7 ABBR A AREA BB TATA ZR 7 MERA C Bite FRERE C AA E ZII CORTE SERRE AAA 12 PE A AIR AFL 13 A 7 BEH C z 0 7 KE Mr vm v A A OPERARI FA DIECI ITS HEHE C de zT LP Lt EERNE 1 72 ROL AL s AIEO EC HAD CL 02 ZZL RYZA A OBI OJX 13 CHATS LLLLLLLLE RH 8 Remove the two screws 15 located as shown in the illustration that secure the side cov

FS-9130DN FS-9530DN - KYOCERA Document Solutions

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents